As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2013

Registration Statement No. 333-191784

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands

  4412   Not Applicable

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H 0AD, United Kingdom

+44 (0)20 7340 4850

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

CT Corporation System

111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor

New York, New York 10011

(212) 894-8940

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

 

Mike Rosenwasser

E. Ramey Layne

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, New York 10103

Telephone: (212) 237-0000

Facsimile: (212) 237-0100

 

Marc D. Jaffe

Ian D. Schuman

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue Suite 1000

New York, New York 10022

Telephone: (212) 906-1200

Facsimile: (212) 751-4864

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF

SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE
OFFERING PRICE(1)(2)
  AMOUNT OF
REGISTRATION FEE(3)

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $230,000,000   $29,624

 

 

(1) Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(3) The Registrant previously paid $25,760 of the total registration fee in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling shareholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 4, 2013

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                     Shares

 

LOGO

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

Common Stock

We are offering              shares of common stock and the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering              shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect the public offering price to be between $             and $             per share. We have been approved to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NVGS.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the U.S. federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  

Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriters’ Discounts and Commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to Navigator Holdings Ltd. (Before Expenses)

   $         $     

Proceeds to the Selling Shareholders

   $         $     

 

 

Delivery of the common stock is expected to be on or about                     , 2013. The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional              shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.

 

Jefferies   Morgan Stanley

 

Evercore   Fearnley Securities   Global Hunter Securities     Stifel   

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO    LOGO
Artistic rendering of Navigator Neptune during
cargo operations, U.S. Gulf
   Artistic rendering of Navigator Aries under
construction, South Korea
LOGO    LOGO
Artistic rendering of Navigator Pluto at the
Centennial Bridge, Panama
   Artistic rendering of Navigator Leo trading
in ice, Baltic Sea

 

 


You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     16   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     36   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     37   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     38   

CAPITALIZATION

     39   

DILUTION

     40   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     41   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     44   

THE INTERNATIONAL LIQUEFIED GAS SHIPPING INDUSTRY

     64   

BUSINESS

     90   

MANAGEMENT

     113   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     119   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

     120   

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     122   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     125   

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

     126   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     129   

NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     135   

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     136   

UNDERWRITING

     137   

LEGAL MATTERS

     143   

EXPERTS

     144   

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS

     145   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     146   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A GLOSSARY OF TERMS

     A-1   

 

 

 

i


Until                     , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our shares of common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a Marshall Islands corporation. Substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. A majority of our directors and officers and some of the experts identified in this prospectus reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of the assets of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside of the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws. However, we have expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, and we have appointed CT Corporation System to accept service of process on our behalf in any such action.

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to Republic of the Marshall Islands law, has advised us that there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands would (1) enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws, or (2) recognize or enforce against us or any of our officers, directors or experts, judgments of courts of the United States predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

All references in this prospectus to “Navigator Holdings,” “our,” “we,” “us” and the “Company” refer to Navigator Holdings PLC, an Isle of Man corporation, with regard to all periods prior to its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and to Navigator Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation, with regard to all periods after its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. All references in this prospectus to our wholly-owned subsidiary “Navigator Gas L.L.C.” refer to Navigator Gas Transport PLC, an Isle of Man corporation, with regard to all periods prior to its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and to Navigator Gas L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company, with regard to all periods after its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. As used in this prospectus, unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, references to “our fleet” or “our vessels” (A) include (i) 23 vessels we own as of the date of this prospectus, or “our owned vessels,” (ii) four newbuildings for delivery from Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co. Ltd. in China, or “Jiangnan,” between April and October of 2014, or the “2014 newbuildings,” and (iii) four newbuildings for delivery from Jiangnan between March and December of 2015, or the “2015 newbuildings”; and (B) exclude (i) the chartered-in vessel that we have chartered-in through December 2014 and (ii) one newbuilding subject to an option with Jiangnan which, if exercised, would be delivered by early 2016, or the “option newbulding.” As used in the prospectus, (i) “WLR” refers to WL Ross & Co. LLC and (ii) the “WLR Group” refers to WLR and certain of its affiliated investment funds owning shares of our common stock, collectively. We include a glossary of certain shipping and other terms used in this prospectus in Appendix A.

 

ii


INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., or “Drewry,” has provided us statistical and graphical information contained in this prospectus and relating to the liquefied gas carrier industry. We do not have any knowledge that the information provided by Drewry is inaccurate in any material respect. Drewry has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. In connection therewith, Drewry has advised that: (a) certain information in Drewry’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (b) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Drewry’s database; and (c) while Drewry has taken care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures. We believe that, notwithstanding any such qualification by Drewry, the industry data provided by Drewry is accurate in all material respects.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® , TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

iii


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical financial statements and the notes to those financial statements. You should read “Risk Factors” for information about important factors that you should consider before buying our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “dollars” and “$” in this prospectus are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. Dollars.

Navigator Holdings

We are the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleet of handysize liquefied gas carriers. We provide international and regional seaborne transportation services of liquefied petroleum gas, or “LPG,” petrochemical gases and ammonia for energy companies, industrial users and commodity traders. These gases are transported in liquefied form, by applying cooling and/or pressure to reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making their transportation more efficient and economical. The demand for seaborne transportation of these liquefied gases will continue to grow due to evolving energy and petrochemical market dynamics, particularly as a result of increasing U.S. shale oil and gas development, as seaborne transportation is often the only, or the most cost effective, manner of transporting gases between major exporting and importing markets, according to Drewry.

Our fleet consists of 31 semi- or fully-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carriers, which we define as liquefied gas carriers between 15,000 and 24,999 cbm, including eight newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery by December 2015. In addition, we have an option to build one further handysize newbuilding vessel for delivery by early 2016 and currently operate an additional semi-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carrier under a time charter-in through December 2014. Vessels in our fleet are capable of loading, discharging and carrying cargoes across a range of temperatures from ambient to minus 104° Celsius and pressures from 1 bar to 6.4 bars. Our handysize liquefied gas carriers can accommodate medium- and long-haul routes that may be uneconomical for smaller vessels and can call at ports that are unable to support larger vessels due to limited onshore capacity, absence of fully-refrigerated loading infrastructure and/or vessel size restrictions. In addition, five of our vessels are the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world, meaning vessels capable of transporting and distributing ethylene and ethane cargoes, and five of our eight newbuildings will be among the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world. Finally, each of our newbuildings will be an Eco-design vessel incorporating advanced fuel efficiency and emission-reducing technologies, including the capability of conversion to the use of liquefied natural gas, or “LNG,” as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels enhances our returns as it allows us to meet charterers’ increasingly stringent environmental requirements and to fully capitalize on the fuel savings under our voyage charters and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs.”

We believe that the size and versatility of our fleet, which enable us to carry the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation across a diverse range of conditions and geographies, together with our track record of operational excellence, position us as the partner of choice for many companies requiring handysize liquefied gas transportation and distribution solutions. In addition, we believe that the versatility of our fleet affords us with backhaul and triangulation opportunities not available to many of our competitors, thereby providing us with opportunities to increase utilization and profitability. We seek to enhance our returns through a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs, with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters.

We carry LPG for major international energy companies, state-owned utilities and reputable commodities traders. LPG, which consists of propane and butane, is a relatively clean alternative energy source with more than 1,000 applications, including as a heating, cooking and transportation fuel and as a petrochemical and refinery feedstock. LPG is a by-product of oil refining and gas extraction, the availability of which has historically been limited by the flaring of natural gas at the wellhead. However, increasing restrictions across

 

 

1


the globe against flaring natural gas have resulted in, and are anticipated to continue to result in, the increased transportation or storage of by-products such as LPG. The expanding development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has resulted in an abundance of LPG that exceeds current U.S. domestic needs and, given the scarcity and cost of storage infrastructure, Drewry believes U.S. LPG will be increasingly exported. This LPG available for export from the United States, together with LPG associated with large LNG export projects in international oil and gas producing regions, is expected to create supply-driven growth of seaborne LPG transportation and to promote arbitrage opportunities due to regional price differentials, according to Drewry.

We also carry petrochemical gases for numerous industrial users. Petrochemical gases, including ethylene, propylene, butadiene and vinyl chloride monomer, are derived from the cracking of petroleum feedstocks such as ethane, LPG and naptha and are primarily used as raw materials in various industrial processes, like the manufacture of plastics and rubber, with a wide application of end uses. The demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases will increase due to industrial users seeking alternative feedstocks given the rise in crude oil prices, expanding global manufacturing and cracking capacity, particularly in the Middle East and Asia, and shifting regional supply imbalances in certain petrochemicals, according to Drewry. Our vessels are also capable of carrying ammonia, which is mainly used in the agricultural industry as a fertilizer. The ability of our fleet to carry the broadest range of petrochemical cargoes among liquefied gas carrier fleets, as well as serve ports with vessel size restrictions and/or limited infrastructure, has allowed us to enhance our fleet utilization and profitability, including through greater backhaul and triangulation opportunities.

Our management team has significant experience growing leading energy, logistics and maritime companies. Since our management team joined our company in 2006, we have successfully grown our fleet from five to 23 vessels on-the-water as of the date of this prospectus, and we expect to grow to 31 vessels on-the-water by December 2015. The growth of our fleet and successful management of our operations have enabled us to establish a track record of growing revenues and improving profitability over recent years despite the volatility in the shipping industry and world economy. We intend to leverage the expertise of our management to further grow our company as we look to capitalize on existing and future opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and complementary sectors. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported net income of $30.1 million and $30.5 million, respectively, EBITDA of $76.8 million and $63.9 million, respectively, and operating revenue of $167.0 million and $146.7 million, respectively, an increase over the comparable period in the previous year of 38.6%, 63.7%, 67.4%, 60.3%, 56.9% and 65.1%, respectively. Please see “—Summary Historical Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income.

 

 

2


Our Fleet

Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.6 years as of September 30, 2013. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps ensure safety and environmental protection.

The following table sets forth our owned vessels as of October 31, 2013:

 

 

 

OPERATING VESSEL (1)

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL
SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-CAPABLE      EMPLOYMENT
STATUS
   CHARTER
EXPIRATION

DATE

Semi-refrigerated

              

Navigator Mars

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Neptune

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    January 2014

Navigator Pluto

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    September 2015

Navigator Saturn

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Venus

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Magellan (2 )

     1998         20,700          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Aries

     2008         20,750          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Capricorn (2 )

     2008         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Gemini

     2009         20,750          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Pegasus

     2009         22,200          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Phoenix

     2009         22,200          Time charter    May 2014

Navigator Scorpio (2 )

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Taurus

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Leo ( 3 )

     2011         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Libra ( 3 )

     2012         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Virgo (2)

     2009         20,750          Time charter    December 2013

Navigator Mariner (2)

     2000         20,700          Time charter    February 2014

Fully-refrigerated

              

Navigator Grace (2 )

     2010         22,500          Time charter    February 2014

Navigator Galaxy ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Genesis ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Global ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Time charter    October 2018

Navigator Gusto ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Glory ( 2 )

     2010         22,500          Time charter    October 2014

 

 

(1)  

Excludes the Maple 3 , a semi-refrigerated vessel operated by us pursuant to a time charter-in from Maple 3 Inc. through December 2014.

(2)  

Vessel acquired in connection with the A.P. Møller acquisition described below.

(3)  

The Navigator Leo and Navigator Libra are under time charters through 2023 commencing in December 2013.

We are growing our fleet to capitalize on existing and anticipated opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and distribution market. In November 2012, we entered into sales and purchase agreements with affiliates of A.P. Møller Mærsk Group, or “A.P. Møller,” pursuant to which A.P. Møller agreed to sell to us its entire fleet of 11 handysize liquefied gas carriers, or the “A.P. Møller vessels,” all of which have been acquired and delivered as of the date of this prospectus. We have also entered into agreements with Jiangnan to build five 21,000 cbm semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers and three 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers and have an option to build one additional 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carrier. Our 2014 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between April and October of 2014, our 2015 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between March and December of 2015, and the option newbuilding would be delivered in early 2016 if the option were exercised. We have fully financed the construction of the 2014 newbuildings through a combination of debt and equity financings. We plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering together with future credit facilities to fund the construction of the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding.

 

 

3


The following table presents certain information concerning our newbuildings, excluding the option newbuilding.

 

 

 

NEWBUILDING VESSEL

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-CAPABLE      ANTICIPATED DELIVERY

Semi-refrigerated

           

Navigator Atlas

     2014         21,000       ü         April 2014

Navigator Europa

     2014         21,000       ü         June 2014

Navigator Oberon

     2014         21,000       ü         August 2014

Navigator Triton

     2014         21,000       ü         October 2014

Navigator Umbrio

     2015         21,000       ü         March 2015

Hull 2554 (1)

     2015         22,000          June 2015

Hull 2555 (1)

     2015         22,000          August 2015

Hull 2556 (1)

     2015         22,000          December 2015

 

 

(1)    

To be named upon delivery.

Our team of experienced in-house personnel manages the commercial and operational functions of our fleet. We currently outsource the technical and crewing management of our vessels to Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement, or “BSSM,” and Northern Marine Management Ltd., or “NMM,” an affiliate of Stena AB Gothenburg, both international maritime service companies that manage more than 650 and 70 ships, respectively. We refer to BSSM and NMM herein as our “technical managers.” We believe that outsourcing our technical and crewing management has historically been cost efficient and ensured a professional and safe environment for our seafarers and our vessels.

The Seaborne Liquefied Gas Transportation Market

The international seaborne liquefied gas transportation market is primarily driven by demand for, and supply of, liquefied gas carriers. Liquefied gas carriers transport three main types of cargo—LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia.

The Market for LPG

LPG has historically been a supply-driven industry, as LPG is a by-product of gas processing, LNG production and crude oil refining. The expansion of LNG projects around the world driven by, among other things, a greater emphasis on monetizing gas resources and more stringent restrictions across the globe on the flaring and venting of natural gas has, and will continue to boost LPG production and trade. The Middle East is the largest exporter of LPG, and Asia is the largest destination for Middle Eastern exports. Japan, South Korea and China are the main importers in Asia, with India and Europe being the other major destinations for LPG.

From 2009 through 2012, U.S. seaborne exports of LPG grew at a CAGR of approximately 22.9%, primarily driven by increased LPG production, a direct consequence of the development of domestic shale gas reserves. As a result, the United States has been transformed from being a net importer to a net exporter of LPG. The growth of U.S. gas supplies as a result of domestic shale gas development has also forced down ethane and propane prices in the United States to the point that they are now highly competitive compared to prices offered by other major LPG exporters. These decreased prices have created trading arbitrage opportunities that increase the demand for liquefied gas carriers. Drewry anticipates that U.S. exports of LPG will further grow as additional export terminal infrastructure is developed and that U.S. propane export capacity will increase five fold from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2015 to 745,000 barrels per day.

 

 

4


U.S. LPG Production

(Thousands of Barrels per Day)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

  

LPG Prices

(U.S.$ per ton)

 

LOGO

Source: Drewry

The Market for Petrochemicals Gases

Petrochemical gases are derived from processing oil and gas products. The market for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases is driven primarily by industrial and consumer demand for products derived from petrochemical gases, such as plastics, polymers, organic chemicals and rubber, as well as regional production imbalances and pricing differentials. Seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases has been increasing for much of the last decade in part due to refining and cracking capacity growth in the Middle East and Asia. Global feedstock price disparities, including for ethylene, have also increased, creating arbitrage opportunities. Generally, the growth of capacity ahead of downstream production has underpinned the growth in exports, creating additional demand for shipping capacity. The majority of this capacity has been in the handysize sector.

The Market for Ammonia

Ammonia is predominantly used in the agricultural industry as a fertilizer. In the last decade, international seaborne trade of ammonia has grown faster than production due to the growth in supply from regions with more competitively priced feedstock. As such, production of ammonia is gravitating to areas that have large supplies of low cost natural gas, such as the Middle East.

Versatility and Supply of Gas Carriers

Liquefied gas carriers range in size from 500 to 86,000 cbm and in technical capabilities from fully-pressurized to fully-refrigerated, depending on the mix of pressure and refrigeration applied to cargoes. In general, the operating flexibility of a liquefied gas carrier is restricted at the lower and upper ends of the vessel-size spectrum by a combination of technical and commercial features. The most flexible vessels are those in the handysize sector in which we operate due to their combination of pressure and refrigeration capabilities, which allows them to access each of the LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia markets.

As of September 30, 2013, the orderbook for liquefied gas carriers was equivalent to 21.3% of the existing fleet in capacity terms, far below the 32% peak seen in late 2007 and early 2008. In contrast to oil tankers and drybulk carriers, the number of shipyards with liquefied gas carrier building experience is quite limited and, as such, a sudden influx of supply beyond what is already on order before 2015 is unlikely. In the handysize sector, there are 88 vessels in the world fleet and 19 vessels on order for delivery by 2015 as of September 30, 2013. Almost 24% of the fleet capacity in the handysize sector is more than 20 years old.

Business Opportunities

We believe the following global trends create significant opportunities for us:

 

  n  

Emergence of the United States as a major LPG exporter . The recent growth in shale oil and gas production has transformed the United States from being a net importer to a net exporter of LPG. During 2012, the United States became the second largest exporter of seaborne LPG, only surpassed by Qatar, and in early 2013, U.S. monthly exports were more than double the long-term average for the period of 2002 through 2012. Natural gas liquids constitute on average approximately 40% of the gas stream in liquid-rich oil and gas fields such as the Utica and Marcellus shales. Natural gas liquids

 

 

5


 

primarily consist of propane, butane and ethane and have higher market value compared to natural gas. The excess supply of these liquids in markets such as the United States has created arbitrage opportunities and heightened demand in international consuming markets through attractive pricing. For example, average propane prices in the U.S. Gulf Coast for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, were approximately 37% and 42% less than the average propane price for such period in Algeria and Saudi Arabia, respectively, which we believe will create increased investment opportunities in growing LPG seaborne transportation on which we intend to capitalize.

 

  n  

Increasing supply of international LPG requiring transport . Over the last 18 months, the expansion of existing LNG facilities and the construction of major new LNG production facilities around the world have added to LPG production and trade volumes, following a period of project delays and stalled start-ups due to the global economic downturn. We expect recent expansions in international crude oil refining capacity to lead to increased production of LPG as a by-product. We also expect LPG production from natural gas processing to continue to increase as new, more stringent regulations restricting the flaring and venting of natural gas continue to be implemented across the globe. We believe that handysize vessels such as those in our fleet and smaller vessels will benefit from increased LPG production, particularly in the United States, the former Soviet Republics, North and West Coast Africa, the Caribbean and Latin America, and from growth in intra-regional and coastal trade to ports that larger vessels cannot easily access or that lack the fully-refrigerated loading and/or storage infrastructure that larger vessels require.

 

  n  

Growing demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemicals. We believe that growth in production at petrochemical facilities, demand for alternative feedstocks due to the rise in crude oil prices and regional supply imbalances create arbitrage opportunities that have a positive impact on trade flows from a ton-mile perspective. These arbitrage opportunities generate demand for seaborne liquefied gas carriers to transport petrochemical gas cargoes under voyage charters. Voyage charter rates for petrochemical gas cargoes are often higher than time charter rates for liquefied gas cargoes, with voyage charter rates for ethylene historically commanding an additional premium over the rates for other petrochemical gas cargoes. We believe that the balanced employment of our vessels and the fact that they are among the largest vessels in the world capable of carrying certain petrochemical gases, including ethylene, provide us with available and well-suited tonnage to benefit from these trends.

 

  n  

Evolving U.S. petrochemical market dynamics. The development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has also created an abundance of ethane resulting in a decrease in average U.S. ethane spot price from approximately $526 per metric ton for the year ended December 31, 2008 to approximately $161 per metric ton for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, providing the U.S. petrochemical industry with attractively priced domestic feedstock for the production of petrochemicals and ethylene. As a result, U.S. petrochemicals and ethylene are increasingly competitively priced in the global marketplace, and a number of new projects have been announced to expand U.S. ethylene cracking capacity. We expect these trends to lead to continued growth in U.S. exports of petrochemical and ethylene cargoes. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from this export growth as our fleet currently consists of the five largest, and by March 2015 we expect that it will consist of ten of the largest, ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers in the world.

 

  n  

Rising global demand for alternative fuels. The increase in global demand for LPG has also been supported by the substitution of alternative fuels as they become more attractive in light of concerns over the environmental impact of crude oil and the safety of nuclear power following the accident at the Fukushima, Japan nuclear power plants. We believe demand for LPG will also increase due to the introduction of various initiatives to encourage the use of cleaner fuels around the world. We believe the ability of our fleet to transport LPG to smaller ports around the world provides us with a competitive advantage as global demand for alternative fuels increases.

 

  n  

Increased ton-mile demand through backhaul and triangulation opportunities. The shale oil and gas development in the United States, the establishment of LNG and LPG production facilities in the Middle East and other oil and gas producing regions and the growth of petrochemical facilities in

 

 

6


 

various countries around the globe have not only increased the supply of liquefied gases available for export but also changed the trade flows between regions. As one region develops as a major export hub for one type of liquefied gas, it is likely to also grow into a major importer of another. Drewry believes the increased distances between the projected major exporting and importing regions of liquefied gases and the evolution of trade patterns will result in additional backhaul and triangulation opportunities as well as growing ton-mile demand. We have in the past and will continue to benefit from these emerging longer-haul liquefied gas trading patterns, as the versatility of our fleet enables us to carry a wide range of liquefied gases across multiple markets while providing our partners and customers with economies of scale.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include the following:

 

  n  

We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet. With 23 owned vessels and an additional eight vessels to be delivered to us in the next 25 months, we are and expect to continue to be the owner and operator of the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet. Of these eight vessels to be delivered to us, four are fully financed and four are expected to be financed through the proceeds of this offering and borrowings under future credit facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.” Furthermore, we are also the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleets of both semi-refrigerated and ethylene-capable semi-refrigerated handysize vessels. We believe that our fleet’s cargo carriage flexibility and long-haul capabilities provide us with competitive advantages in pursuing emerging growth opportunities, particularly in petrochemical and ethylene transportation.

 

  n  

Our highly versatile fleet allows us to enhance utilization and profitability. Our fleet is capable of cost effectively transporting a wide range of liquefied gases including, in the case of five of our current vessels and five of our newbuildings, ethylene and ethane. We believe that the diversity of our fleet, consisting of semi-refrigerated, fully-refrigerated and ethylene-capable vessels, allows us to match appropriate tonnage to a customer’s particular need. In addition, our ability to transport the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation affords us greater opportunities for backhaul and triangulation, thereby enhancing our utilization and profitability. Furthermore, we believe our vessels are highly versatile in terms of cargo breadth, ease and speed of loading and discharging cargoes and adaptability for route scheduling and available port infrastructure. During the economic downturn in 2008, when demand for seaborne LPG transportation was appreciably reduced, our vessels took advantage of their ability to carry a broad range of petrochemicals, and thereby maintained an average annual utilization rate across the total fleet of more than 96%.

 

  n  

We have a modern, fuel efficient fleet. Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.6 years as of September 30, 2013. The average age, fuel efficiency and technical capabilities of our fleet will be further enhanced by the delivery of our eight newbuildings. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps to ensure safety and environmental protection. In addition, our eight newbuilding vessels have been designed to maximize their fuel efficiency by incorporating advanced Eco-design technological improvements to reduce fuel consumption, such as electronically controlled engines, more efficient hull forms, energy efficient propellers, decreased water resistance and the capability of converting the vessels to use LNG as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels assists us in capturing additional business opportunities and enhances our operating performance by reducing voyage costs and allowing us to adhere to increasingly stringent environmental standards required by certain customers and ports.

 

  n  

We have an experienced operating team. Our vessels are some of the more complex vessel types on the water today, carrying the full range of LPG, petrochemical and ammonia cargoes. These cargoes can be loaded at significantly differing temperatures and require experience to understand the technical complexities of the vessel’s cooling capacity and pressure limitations to ensure efficient and safe handling and transportation. We believe the experience of our operating team and the network of

 

 

7


 

industry relationships we have established with charterers, traders, brokers, shipyards and other constituents of the liquefied gas industry are not easily replicable by potential new entries and provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

  n  

We have a track record of and visible built-in growth. Since joining our company, our management team has successfully grown our fleet from five operating vessels to the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet with 23 owned vessels as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, our fleet will continue to expand, as we have contracted to take delivery of eight newbuildings over the next 25 months and have an option to build one additional handysize newbuilding vessel for delivery by early 2016. The growth of our fleet was the primary contributor to our increasing revenues, net income and EBITDA by 65.1%, 63.7% and 60.3%, respectively, from 2011 to 2012. We expect our revenues and EBITDA to continue to grow as we take delivery of the additional vessels, and we believe that the expertise of our management team will allow us to capitalize on further growth opportunities in the future, including investment opportunities we believe to be complementary to our core handysize liquefied gas carrier business.

 

  n  

We have the financial flexibility to selectively pursue expansion opportunities. We believe that our liquidity and moderate leverage following this offering will give us the financial flexibility to pursue further newbuildings, including the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding, potential future acquisitions and complementary investment opportunities as we deem prudent based on prevailing market conditions. We have already fully financed through a combination of debt and equity the construction of the 2014 newbuildings. As of September 30, 2013, after giving effect to this offering and the anticipated use of proceeds, we would have $             million of cash on hand, based on an assumed public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and $563.8 million principal amount of outstanding indebtedness. See “Capitalization.”

Our Business Strategies

Our objective is to enhance shareholder value by executing the following business strategies:

 

  n  

Capitalize on the increasing demand for seaborne transportation of LPG and petrochemicals. We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet, in both the number as well as capacity of semi-refrigerated vessels within the handysize segment. We intend to use our vessels to further pursue the anticipated increases in liquefied gas transportation opportunities globally, and in particular, those that we expect to result directly and indirectly from the growth in U.S. shale oil and gas and associated liquids. We believe we were the first liquefied gas carrier operator to export propane from the U.S. East Coast and presently have six vessels dedicated to transporting products derived from U.S. shale oil and gas, including the vessels operating under a COA with Sunoco Logistics through the first quarter of 2014. We believe that we are strongly positioned to increase our presence in this emerging market.

 

  n  

Maintain a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy. We will seek to enhance our returns through a flexible vessel employment strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, high-rate voyage charters. In addition, we will seek to further strengthen our relationships with existing customers and expand our client base by providing companies with liquefied gas transportation solutions in the form and duration they require. We believe that our customer-driven employment strategy and high-quality operations position us to be the transportation partner of choice for our customers. In addition, by employing a portion of our fleet in the spot market, we maintain a regular dialogue with charterers and brokers that help us identify higher rate opportunities as well as longer-term trends that may benefit us. We believe that this flexible chartering strategy will enable us to maintain a base of relatively stable and predictable revenues, position us to capitalize on favorable market opportunities and allow us to proactively respond to our customers’ needs.

 

 

8


  n  

Capitalize on backhaul and triangulation opportunities in the petrochemical market. We believe that the versatility of our fleet, in particular our ethylene-capable and semi-refrigerated vessels, enhances our ability to pursue current and emerging backhaul and triangulation opportunities as new trade routes develop, thereby maximizing utilization and enhancing profitability. To further capitalize on such opportunities, we are seeking to expand our leading ethylene-capable liquefied gas carrier position through the acquisition of our eight semi-refrigerated newbuildings, five of which will be ethylene-capable. We intend to seek opportunities to improve our financial results and maximize the utilization of our vessels by transporting both LPG and petrochemicals during vessel repositioning voyages and between time charters.

 

  n  

Maintain reputation for operational excellence. We believe that we have established a track record in the industry of operational excellence based on our significant experience in the operation and ownership of high-specification liquefied gas carriers. We will endeavor to adhere to the highest standards with regard to reliability, safety and operational excellence as we execute our growth plans. We intend to continue outsourcing the technical and crewing management of our fleet in the near term to our technical managers. We believe outsourcing our technical and crewing management to our technical managers has historically allowed us to consistently maintain high-quality and skilled, professional crews while at the same time growing our substantive in-house expertise in these areas. As our fleet grows, we will regularly evaluate opportunities to enhance the quality and cost efficiency of managing our vessels.

 

  n  

Selectively grow and expand our operations. We intend to maintain our market position by growing our fleet through newbuildings and selective acquisitions of modern, high-quality vessels, as well as opportunistically expanding our business through the investment in complementary assets, including ventures that expand the types of cargo we carry and/or involve receiving, storing, partially mixing and distributing liquefied gas cargoes, should such opportunities arise. In addition, we will seek to leverage the experience of our operating team to selectively tailor the capabilities of our existing and/or future vessels and related investments to provide our partners and customers with integrated liquefied gas transportation solutions in new and evolving markets. Furthermore, although we currently operate vessels in the handysize segment, we will opportunistically evaluate acquisitions of vessels in other capacity ranges.

 

  n  

Maintain a strong balance sheet with moderate leverage. We have a strong balance sheet and, after this offering, expect to have a debt to capitalization ratio of             % and ample liquidity with cash on hand of $             million, based on an assumed public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We will seek to maintain modest leverage in the future by prudently financing our growth with a balanced mix of cash from operations, debt financings and proceeds from future equity offerings. We believe that maintaining a strong balance sheet will continue to provide us with the flexibility to capitalize on vessel purchases and related investment opportunities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, based on prevailing conditions and our outlook for the liquefied gas carrier market, we might consider incurring further indebtedness in the future to enhance returns to our shareholders.

Risk Factors

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategy. These risks include, among others, the capital-intensive nature of our business; the cyclical nature of charter rates for liquefied gas carriers; partial dependence on spot charters; political, governmental and economic instability; expanding customer relationships; and the availability of financing on favorable terms, if at all.

This is not a comprehensive list of risks to which we are subject, and you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in shares of our common stock. In particular, we urge you to carefully consider the risk factors set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

 

 

9


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We had less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the “JOBS Act.” An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

  n  

the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the registration statement of its initial public offering;

 

  n  

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the company’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

  n  

exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and

 

  n  

exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the “PCAOB,” requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and financial statements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different than information provided by other public companies. We have elected to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards is irrevocable.

Our Relationship with WL Ross & Co. LLC

Following the closing of this offering, over             % (or             % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) of our common stock will be owned by investment funds affiliated with WLR. WLR has restructured more than $300 billion of liabilities in North America and other parts of the world. The firm maintains offices in New York City and has become the sponsor of more than $9.0 billion of alternative investment partnerships on behalf of major U.S., European and Japanese institutional investors.

Corporate Information

We were formed in 1997 as an Isle of Man public limited company and subsequently redomiciled in 2008 in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Our representative offices are located at 21 Palmer Street, London SW1H 0AD, United Kingdom, Tel +44 (0)20 7340 4850 and 399 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022, United States, Tel +1 (212) 355-5893. Our website is located at http://www.navigatorgas.com.

We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. Please read “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for an explanation of our reporting requirements as a foreign private issuer.

 

 

10


THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

             shares.

 

Shares of common stock offered by the selling shareholders

             shares, or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock.

 

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering (1)

             shares.

 

Ownership after offering

Upon completion of this offering, the WLR Group, our executive officers, directors and affiliated entities will own approximately             % of our outstanding common stock, or             % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, and will as a result have significant control over our affairs.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering of $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $              per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the equity portion, or approximately $72.7 million, due under our purchase obligations for the 2015 newbuildings and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including if the newbuilding option is exercised, to fund $17.6 million of the approximately $44.0 million required to purchase the option newbuilding. We currently expect the remaining $109.1 million and $26.4 million of the purchase prices for the 2015 newbuildings and option newbuilding, respectively, to be financed under future credit facilities. The actual amount of the equity portion and debt portion under our purchase obligations could be impacted by the availability of debt financing on favorable terms.

 

  We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling shareholders. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

 

Dividends

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near term. In addition, the agreements governing our indebtedness place certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Exchange listing

We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE,” under the symbol “NVGS.”

 

 

11


Risk factors

Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional          shares of common stock from the selling shareholders.

(1) The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after our initial public offering gives effect to a 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend and the effectiveness of our second restated articles of incorporation, which we expect to be effective on November 5, 2013 and includes: (i) 46,296,765 shares of our common stock outstanding as of November 1, 2013, and (ii) the              shares of common stock offered by us in connection with this offering, and excludes 3,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

 

12


SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table presents historical information as follows:

 

  n  

The summary historical financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read together with and qualified in its entirety by reference to such audited consolidated financial statements.

 

  n  

The summary historical financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and 2013, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and, in our opinion, except as described below, have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements and include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this information.

The following table should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary historical financial data reflects the earnings per share and dividends per share impact of our 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend.

 

 

 

                                                           
     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
           2011                  2012                  2012                  2013        
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and average daily results)  

Income Statement Data:

           

Operating revenue

   $   88,875       $ 146,716       $ 106,488       $ 167,031   

Operating expenses:

           

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664         4,234         3,161         3,926   

Voyage expenses

     17,661         27,791         21,314         35,905   

Charter-in costs

     344         11,288         7,095         4,975   

Vessel operating expenses

     22,939         32,826         24,270         37,905   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         17,845         25,807   

General and administrative costs

     4,232         5,273         3,717         4,622   

Other corporate expenses

     1,166         1,402         1,084         2,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,684         106,994         78,486         116,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 21,191       $ 39,722       $ 28,002       $ 50,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         5,911         20,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 18,758       $ 31,051       $ 22,091       $ 30,468   

Income taxes

     108         515         377         365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 21,714       $ 30,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.60       $ 0.82       $ 0.59       $ 0.67   

Dividends per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.31       $ 0.06       $ 0.07       $   

EBITDA (1)

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 45,847       $ 76,770   

 

 

13


     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
           2011                 2012               2012             2013      
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and average daily results)  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,734      $ 140,870      $ 37,173      $ 46,013   

Total assets

     524,793        832,254        671,647        1,143,136   

Total liabilities

     152,765        384,431        232,911        589,660   

Total shareholders’ equity

     372,028        447,823        438,737        553,476   

Fleet Data:

        

Weighted average number of vessels (2)

     8.3        12.7        12.3        18.2   

Ownership days (3)

     3,033        4,663        3,375        4,981   

Available days (4)

     3,033        4,663        3,375        4,867   

Operating days (5)

     2,955        4,641        3,355        4,563   

Fleet utilization (6)

     97.4     99.5     99.4     93.7

Average Daily Results:

        

Time charter equivalent rate (7)

   $ 24,098      $ 25,627      $ 25,391      $ 28,728   

Daily vessel operating expenses (8)

   $ 7,632      $ 7,916      $ 7,980      $ 7,897   

 

 

(1)  

EBITDA represents net income before net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to consolidated net income or cash generated from operations, as determined by U.S. GAAP, and our calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. GAAP.

EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  n  

EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  n  

EBITDA does not recognize the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

  n  

EBITDA ignores changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

  n  

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,  
         2011              2012                  2012                      2013          
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 21,714       $ 30,103   

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         5,911         20,495   

Income taxes

     108         515         377         365   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         17,845         25,807   

EBITDA

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 45,847       $ 76,770   

 

 

 

 

14


(2)  

We calculate the weighted average number of vessels during a period by dividing the number of total ownership days during that period by the number of calendar days during that period.

(3)  

We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

(4)  

We define available days as ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with scheduled maintenance, which includes major repairs, drydockings, vessel upgrades or special or intermediate surveys. We use available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

(5)  

We define operating days as available days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire for any reason other than scheduled maintenance. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels actually generate revenues.

(6)    

We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period. An increase in non-scheduled off-hire days would reduce our operating days, and therefore, our fleet utilization. We use fleet utilization to measure our ability to efficiently find suitable employment for our vessels.

(7)  

Time charter equivalent rate, or “TCE rate,” is a measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. TCE rate is a shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., time charters, voyage charters and COAs) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue (net of voyage expenses) by operating days for the relevant time period.

(8)  

Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days (excluding ownership days for chartered-in vessels) for the relevant time period.

 

 

15


RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common stock. If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Charter rates for liquefied gas carriers are cyclical in nature.

The international liquefied gas carrier market is cyclical with attendant volatility in terms of profitability, charter rates and vessel values. The degree of charter rate volatility among different types of liquefied gas carriers has varied widely. Because many factors influencing the supply of, and demand for, vessel capacity are unpredictable, the timing, direction and degree of changes in the international liquefied gas carrier market are also unpredictable.

Future growth in the demand for our services will depend on changes in supply and demand, economic growth in the world economy and demand for liquefied gas product transportation relative to changes in worldwide fleet capacity. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments, including the return of the turmoil in the global financial system and economic crisis, could have a material adverse effect on world economic growth and thus on our business and results of operations.

The charter rates we receive will be dependent upon, among other things:

 

  n  

changes in the supply of vessel capacity for the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases, which is influenced by the following factors:

 

  n  

the number of newbuilding deliveries and the ability of shipyards to deliver newbuildings by contracted delivery dates and capacity levels of shipyards;

 

  n  

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

  n  

port and canal congestion; and

 

  n  

the number of vessels that are out of service, including due to vessel casualties.

 

  n  

changes in the level of demand for seaborne transportation of liquefied gases, which is influenced by the following factors:

 

  n  

the level of production of liquefied gases in net export regions such as Russia, North America, the Middle East and Africa;

 

  n  

the level of demand for liquefied gases in net import regions such as Asia, Europe, Latin America and India;

 

  n  

the level of internal demand for petrochemicals to supply integrated petrochemical facilities in net export regions;

 

  n  

a reduction in global or general industrial activity specifically in the plastics and chemical industry;

 

  n  

the prices of alternative fuels;

 

  n  

increases in the cost of petroleum and natural gas from which liquefied gases are derived;

 

  n  

prevailing global and regional economic conditions;

 

  n  

political changes and armed conflicts in the regions traveled by our vessels and the regions where the cargoes we carry are produced or consumed that interrupt production, trade routes or consumption of liquefied gases and the products made therefrom;

 

  n  

developments in international trade;

 

  n  

the distances between exporting and importing regions over which liquefied gases are to be moved by sea;

 

  n  

infrastructure to support seaborne liquefied gases, including pipelines, railways and terminals;

 

  n  

the availability of alternative transportation means;

 

  n  

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

 

16


  n  

changes in liquefied gas carrier prices; and

 

  n  

changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the production or consumption of liquefied gases or the useful lives of vessels.

Adverse changes in any of the foregoing factors could have an adverse effect on our revenues, profitability, liquidity, cash flow and financial position.

We are partially dependent on voyage charters in the spot market, and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

We currently operate a fleet of 24 vessels, including one chartered-in vessel. Of those, nine vessels are employed in the spot market, exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates.

We may employ additional vessels that we may acquire or charter-in the future in the spot market, including the eight newbuildings to be acquired for delivery by December 2015. Although spot chartering is common in our industry, the spot market may fluctuate significantly. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot market depends upon, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling in ballast and to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and there have been periods when spot rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably or meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

We may be unable to charter our vessels at attractive rates, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Payments under our charters represent substantially all of our operating cash flow. Our time charters expire on a regular basis. Furthermore, we anticipate receiving at least eight new vessels by December 2015 as a result of our acquisition of the newbuildings, none of which are currently subject to charters. If demand for liquefied gas carriers has declined at the time that our charters expire or vessels are received, we may not be able to charter our vessels at favorable rates or at all. In addition, while longer-term charters would become more attractive to us at a time when charter rates are declining, our customers may not want to enter into longer-term charters in such an environment. As a result, if our charters expire or vessels are received at a time when charter rates are declining, we may have to accept charters with lower rates or shorter terms than would be desirable. Furthermore, we may be unable to charter our vessels immediately after the expiration of their charters or after their receipt, resulting in periods of non-utilization for our vessels. Our inability to charter our vessels at favorable rates or terms or at all would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “Business—Our Fleet.”

If the demand for liquefied gases and the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases does not continue to grow, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our growth depends on continued growth in world and regional demand for liquefied gases and the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases, each of which could be adversely affected by a number of factors, such as:

 

  n  

increases in the demand for industrial and residential natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to producing areas, or the conversion of existing non-gas pipelines to natural gas pipelines in those markets;

 

  n  

increases in demand for chemical feedstocks in net exporting regions;

 

  n  

decreases in the consumption of petrochemical gases;

 

  n  

decreases in the consumption of LPG due to increases in its price relative to other energy sources or other factors making consumption of liquefied gas less attractive;

 

  n  

the availability of competing, alternative energy sources, transportation fuels or propulsion systems;

 

  n  

decreases in demand for liquefied gases resulting from changes in feedstock capabilities of petrochemical plants in net importing regions;

 

  n  

changes in the relative values of hydrocarbon and liquefied gases;

 

  n  

a reduction in global industrial activity, especially in the plastics and petrochemical industries, particularly in regions with high demand growth for liquefied gas, such as Asia;

 

17


  n  

adverse global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in liquefied gas exporting or importing regions, which could reduce liquefied gas shipping or energy consumption;

 

  n  

changes in governmental regulations, such as the elimination of economic incentives or initiatives designed to encourage the use of liquefied gases over other fuel sources; or

 

  n  

decreases in the capacity of petrochemical plants and crude oil refineries worldwide or the failure of anticipated new capacity to come online.

Reduced demand for liquefied gases and the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The expected growth in the supply of petrochemical gases, including ethylene, available for seaborne transport may not materialize, which would deprive us of the opportunity to obtain premium charters for petrochemical cargoes.

Charter rates for petrochemical gas cargoes are often higher than those for LPG, with charter rates for ethylene historically commanding an additional premium. While we believe that growth in production at petrochemical production facilities and regional supply and pricing imbalances will create opportunities for us to transport petrochemical gas cargoes, including ethylene, factors that are beyond our control may cause the supply of petrochemical gases available for seaborne transport to remain constant or even decline. For example, a significant portion of any increased production of petrochemicals in export regions may be used to supply local facilities that use petrochemicals as a feedstock rather than exported via seaborne trade. If the supply of petrochemical gases available for seaborne transport does not increase, we will not have the opportunity to obtain the premium charter rates associated with petrochemical gas cargoes, including ethylene, and our expectations regarding the growth of our business may not be met.

The market values of our vessels may fluctuate significantly. This could cause us to incur a loss, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The market value of liquefied gas carriers fluctuates. While the market values of our vessels have increased since the recent economic slowdown, they still remain below the historic high levels prior to the economic slowdown. In addition, they are subject to the potential significant fluctuations depending on a number of factors including: general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry, prevailing charter rates, competition from other shipping companies, other modes of transportation, other types, sizes and age of vessels, applicable governmental regulations and the cost of newbuildings.

In addition, when vessel prices are considered to be low, companies not usually involved in shipping may make speculative vessel orders, thereby increasing the supply of vessel capacity, satisfying demand sooner and potentially suppressing charter rates.

Also, if the book value of a vessel is impaired due to unfavorable market conditions or a vessel is sold at a price below its book value, we would incur a loss that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry” for information concerning historical prices of liquefied gas carriers.

Over the long term, we will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to preserve the operating capacity of, and to grow, our fleet.

We must make substantial capital expenditures over the long term to maintain the operating capacity and expansion of our fleet in order to preserve our capital base.

We estimate that drydocking expenditures can cost up to $2.0 million per vessel per drydocking, although these expenditures could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year and could increase as a result of changes in:

 

  n  

the location and required repositioning of the vessel;

 

  n  

the cost of labor and materials;

 

  n  

customer requirements;

 

18


  n  

the size of our fleet;

 

  n  

the cost of replacement vessels;

 

  n  

length of charters;

 

  n  

governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the environment; and

 

  n  

competitive standards.

Furthermore, we intend to make substantial capital expenditures to increase the size of our fleet. As of September 30, 2013, the remaining payment for the final A.P. Møller vessel was approximately $38.7 million. We have since taken delivery of this vessel and made the full payment to A.P. Møller. In addition, we have agreed to purchase the four 2014 newbuildings from Jiangnan for $50.0 million per vessel and the four 2015 newbuildings from Jiangnan for an average of $45.5 million per vessel, for an aggregate of $381.2 million. As of September 30, 2013, we had made aggregate payments to Jiangnan of $43.7 million. We also have an option to build one additional newbuilding for delivery from Jiangnan in early 2016 at $44.0 million.

We have fully financed the construction of the 2014 newbuildings through a combination of debt and equity financings. We plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering together with future credit facilities to fund the construction of the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding.

Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future debt or equity offerings in order to finance the expansion of our fleet may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for future capital expenditures could limit our ability to expand our fleet. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of such financings may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant shareholder dilution. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditional Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Cash Needs.”

We may be unable to make, or realize the expected benefits from, acquisitions and the failure to successfully implement our growth strategy through acquisitions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our growth strategy includes selectively acquiring existing liquefied gas carriers or newbuildings and investing in complementary assets. Factors such as competition from other companies, many of which have significantly greater financial resources than we do, could reduce our acquisition and investment opportunities or cause us to pay higher prices.

Any existing vessel or newbuilding we acquire (including the 2014 newbuildings, the 2015 newbuildings and, if exercised, the option newbuilding) may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flow sufficient to cover the cost of acquisition. Market conditions at the time of delivery of any newbuildings or vessels acquired free of charter may be such that charter rates are not favorable and the revenue generated by such vessels is not sufficient to cover their purchase prices.

In addition, our acquisition and investment growth strategy exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results, including risks that we may:

 

  n  

fail to realize anticipated benefits of acquisitions, such as new customer relationships, cost savings or increased cash flow;

 

  n  

not be able to obtain charters at favorable rates or at all;

 

  n  

be unable to hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet or engage a third-party technical manager to do the same;

 

  n  

fail to integrate investments of complementary assets or vessels in capacity ranges outside our current operations in a profitable manner;

 

  n  

not have adequate operating and financial systems in place as we implement our expansion plan;

 

19


  n  

decrease our liquidity through the use of a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

 

  n  

significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

 

  n  

incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business or vessels acquired; or

 

  n  

incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

Unlike newbuildings, existing vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flow and reduce our liquidity.

From time to time, we may selectively pursue new strategic acquisitions or ventures we believe complementary to our seaborne transportation services and any strategic transactions that are a departure from our historical operations could present unforeseen challenges and result in a competitive disadvantage relative to our more-established competitors.

We may pursue strategic acquisitions or investment opportunities we believe complementary to our core business of owning and operating handysize liquefied gas carriers and the transportation of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia. Such ventures may include, but are not limited to, expanding the types of cargo we carry and/or ventures involved in the distribution, mixing and/or storage of liquefied gas cargoes. While we have general knowledge and experience in the seaborne transportation services industry, we have no meaningful operating history outside of the ownership and operation of handysize liquefied gas carriers and the transportation of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia.

Any investments we pursue outside of our historical provision of seaborne transportation services could result in unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial and managerial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing operation and growth of our fleet.

We may face several factors that could impair our ability to successfully execute these acquisitions or investments including, among others, the following:

 

  n  

delays in obtaining regulatory approvals, licenses or permits from different governmental or regulatory authorities, including environmental permits;

 

  n  

unexpected cost increases or shortages in the equipment, materials or labor required for the venture, which could cause the venture to become economically unfeasible; and

 

  n  

unforeseen engineering, design or environmental problems.

Any of these factors could delay any such acquisitions or investment opportunities and could increase our projected capital costs. If we are unable to successfully integrate acquisitions or investments into our historical business, any costs incurred in connection with these projects may not be recoverable. If we experience delays, cost overruns, or changes in market circumstances, we may not be able to demonstrate the commercial viability of such acquisitions or investment opportunities or achieve the intended economic benefits, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Operations outside the United States expose us to political, governmental and economic instability, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Because our operations are primarily conducted outside of the United States, we may be affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we engage in business or where our vessels are registered. Any disruption caused by these conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We derive some of our revenues from transporting gas cargoes from, to and within politically unstable regions. Conflicts in these regions have included attacks on ships and other efforts to disrupt shipping. In addition, vessels operating in some of these regions have been subject to piracy. Hostilities or other political

 

20


instability in regions where we operate or may operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries against countries where we engage in business as a result of terrorist attacks, hostilities or other events may limit trading activities with those countries, which could also harm our business. Finally, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels, which is most likely during a war or national emergency. Any such requisition would cause a loss of the vessel and would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The geopolitical risks associated with chartering vessels to Indonesian and Venezuelan state-owned corporations are significant and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

PT Pertamina (Persero), or “Pertamina,” is a state-owned corporation of the Republic of Indonesia. Pertamina currently employs three of our vessels. Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., or “PDVSA,” is a state-owned corporation of the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela. PDVSA currently employs two of our vessels. Collectively, our charters with Pertamina and PDVSA generated approximately 10.9% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our vessels that are chartered to Pertamina and PDVSA are subject to various risks, including (i) loss of revenue, property or equipment as a result of expropriation, nationalization, changes in laws, exchange controls, war, insurrection, civil unrest, strikes or other political risks, (ii) being subject to foreign laws and legal systems and the exclusive jurisdiction of Indonesian or Venezuelan courts or tribunals and (iii) the unilateral renegotiation of contracts and changes in laws and policies governing the operations of foreign companies in Indonesia or Venezuela. In addition, if a contract dispute arises it may be difficult for us to enforce our contractual rights against either Pertamina or PDVSA, as it may claim sovereign immunity against judgments from foreign courts. As a result, we are subject to significant economic uncertainty associated with doing business with state-owned corporations. We cannot predict how government policies may change under the current or any future Indonesian or Venezuelan administration, and future government policies could have a substantial adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We depend to a significant degree upon third-party managers to provide technical management services for our fleet.

We subcontract the majority of the technical management of our fleet, including crewing, maintenance and repair, to third-party technical managers, BSSM and NMM. Our technical managers, in turn, contract with one or more manning agents for the provision of crews for our vessels. Although we have subcontracted the technical management of portions of our fleet to BSSM since 2001 and NMM since 2009, our agreements with them are subject to annual renewal and may be terminated by us or our technical managers with three months’ notice. The loss of services of one or both of our technical managers or a failure to perform their obligations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Although we may have rights against our technical managers if they were to default on their obligations, shareholders will have no recourse against our technical managers. In addition, if we were to lose the services of one or both of our technical managers, we may not be able to find replacement technical managers on terms as favorable as those currently in place.

The ability of our technical managers to continue providing services for our benefit will depend in part on their financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our technical managers’ financial strength. Because our technical managers are privately held, it is unlikely that information about their financial strength will be available. As a result, we might have little advance warning of problems that affect our technical managers, even though those problems could have a material adverse effect on us. Our inability to replace our technical managers or to successfully take over and perform the technical management of the vessels being managed by our technical managers would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

An increase in fuel prices may adversely affect our charter rates for time charters and our cost structure for voyage charters and COAs.

The price and supply of bunker fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil, actions by members of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations. The price of bunker fuel has increased substantially, primarily as a result of increases in the price of crude oil and changing refinery industry dynamics. A significant portion of our revenues are generated by time charters, the terms of which require our customers to incur the cost of bunker fuel. However, our customers may be less willing to enter into charters under which they bear the

 

21


full risk of bunker fuel price increases or may shorten the periods for which they are willing to make such commitments. Under voyage charters and COAs, we bear the cost of bunker fuel used to power our vessels. A substantial increase in bunker fuel prices would correspondingly increase our voyage expenses under any of our voyages charters or COAs, which may adversely affect our profitability. A substantial increase in the cost of bunker fuel may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The required drydocking of our vessels could have a more significant adverse impact on our revenues than we anticipate, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The drydocking of our vessels requires significant capital expenditures and results in loss of revenue while our vessels are off-hire. Any significant increase in the number of days of off-hire due to such drydocking or in the costs of any repairs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Although we do not anticipate that more than one vessel will be out of service at any given time, we may underestimate the time required to drydock our vessels, or unanticipated problems may arise.

Our operating costs are likely to increase in the future as our vessels age, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our vessels age, we will incur increased costs. Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than newer vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations, including environmental, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels to comply. These laws or regulations may also restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage or limit their operation in certain geographic regions. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their expected useful lives.

The loss or inability to operate any of our vessels would result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We do not carry loss of hire insurance. If, at any time, we cannot operate any of our vessels due to loss of the vessel, mechanical problems, lack of seafarers to crew a vessel, prolonged drydocking periods, loss of certification, the loss of any charter or otherwise, our business, financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected. In the worst case, we may not receive any revenues from any loss vessel, but we may be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition.

An economic downturn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Future adverse economic conditions may lead to a decline in our customers’ operations or ability to pay for our services, which could result in decreased demand for our vessels. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including liquefied gases. The world economy is currently facing a number of challenges. As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, in particular in Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility, or the “EFSF,” and the European Financial Stability Mechanism, or the “EFSM,” to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. In March 2011, the European Council agreed on the need for Eurozone countries to establish a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism, or the “ESM,” which will be activated by mutual agreement, to assume the role of the EFSF and the EFSM in providing external financial assistance to Eurozone countries after June 2013. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for liquefied gases and have a negative impact on our customers. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Furthermore, a future economic slowdown could have an impact on our customers and/or suppliers including, among other things, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to us. Similarly, a future economic slowdown could affect lenders participating in our secured term loan facilities, making them unable to fulfill their commitments and

 

22


obligations to us. Any reductions in activity owing to such conditions or failure by our customers, suppliers or lenders to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Due to our lack of diversification, adverse developments in the seaborne liquefied gas transportation business could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely exclusively on the cash flow generated from vessels that operate in the seaborne liquefied gas transportation business. Unlike many other shipping companies, which have vessels that can carry drybulk, crude oil and oil products, we depend exclusively on the transport of LPG, petrochemicals and ammonia. Due to our lack of diversification, an adverse development in the international liquefied gas shipping industry would have a significantly greater impact on our business, financial condition and operating results than it would if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of business.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums to have the arrest lifted.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against all of the vessels in our fleet for claims relating to only one of our ships. The arrest of any of our vessels would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may experience operational problems with vessels that reduce revenue and increase costs.

Liquefied gas carriers are complex vessels and their operation is technically challenging. Marine transportation operations are subject to mechanical risks and problems. Operational problems may lead to loss of revenue or higher than anticipated operating expenses or require additional capital expenditures. Any of these results could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

A shortage of qualified officers makes it more difficult to crew our vessels and increases our operating costs. If a shortage were to develop, it could impair our ability to operate and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our liquefied gas carriers require a technically skilled officer staff with specialized training. As the world liquefied gas carrier fleet and the LNG carrier fleet continue to grow, the demand for such technically skilled officers has increased and could lead to a shortage of such personnel. If our technical managers were to be unable to employ such technically skilled officers, they would not be able to adequately staff our vessels and effectively train crews. The development of a deficit in the supply of technically skilled officers or an inability of our technical managers to attract and retain such qualified officers could impair our ability to operate and increase the cost of crewing our vessels and, thus, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “Business—Crewing and Staff.”

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention. Our vessels are currently enrolled with Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register or Det Norske Veritas. All of our vessels have been awarded International Safety Management, or the “ISM Code,” certification.

As part of the certification process, a vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Twelve of the vessels in our existing fleet are on a planned maintenance system, or “PMS,” approval, and as such the classification society attends on-board once every year to verify that the maintenance of the on-board equipment is done correctly. The remaining ships are operating

 

23


continuous management surveys. All of the vessels in our fleet have been qualified within its respective classification society for drydocking once every five years, subject to an intermediate underwater survey done using an approved diving company in the presence of a surveyor from the classification society. When gas carriers reach an age of 15 years, they must undergo hull / bottom surveys twice in each five-year cycle, with a maximum of 30 months between each underwater survey.

If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable. This would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our fleet includes sets of sister ships, which have identical specifications. As a result, any latent design or equipment defect discovered in one of our sister ships will likely affect all of the other vessels.

Our owned vessels consist of five sets of sister ships, ranging from two vessels to six vessels, and our newbuildings will be sister ships. The vessels in each set of sister ships were or will be built based on standard designs and are uniform in all material respects. Any latent design defects in one of the sister ships would likely affect all of its respective sister ships. We cannot assure you that latent defects will not be discovered in any of these vessels. In addition, all vessels that are sister ships have the same or similar equipment as all other such vessels. As a result, any equipment defect discovered in one vessel may affect one or all of the vessels that are sister ships with that vessel. Any disruptions in the operation of the vessels in our fleet, resulting from any such defects could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Delays in deliveries of newbuildings or acquired vessels, or deliveries of vessels with significant defects, could harm our operating results and lead to the termination of any related charters that may be entered into prior to their delivery.

The delivery of any of the newbuildings we have ordered or may order or of any vessels we agree to acquire in the future could be delayed, which would delay our receipt of revenues under any future charters we enter into for the vessels. In addition, under some of the charters we may enter into for these newbuildings, if our delivery of a vessel to the customer is delayed, we may be required to pay liquidated damages in amounts equal to or, under some charters, almost double the hire rate during the delay. For prolonged delays, the customer may terminate the time charter, resulting in loss of revenues. The delivery of any newbuilding with substantial defects could have similar consequences.

Our receipt of newbuildings could be delayed because of many factors, including:

 

  n  

quality or engineering problems;

 

  n  

changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

  n  

work stoppages or other labor disturbances at the shipyard;

 

  n  

bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipbuilder;

 

  n  

a backlog of orders at the shipyard;

 

  n  

political or economic disturbances in the locations where the vessels are being built;

 

  n  

weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;

 

  n  

our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;

 

  n  

shortages of, or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;

 

  n  

our inability to finance the purchase of the vessels; or

 

  n  

our inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals.

We do not carry delay of delivery insurance to cover any losses that are not covered by delay penalties in our construction contracts. As a result, if delivery of a vessel is materially delayed, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

24


Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing customers and obtain new customers, for which we will face substantial competition.

The process of obtaining new charters is highly competitive, generally involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids, and often extends for several months. Contracts are awarded based upon a variety of factors, including:

 

  n  

the operator’s industry relationships, experience and reputation for customer service, quality operations and safety;

 

  n  

the quality, experience and technical capability of the crew;

 

  n  

the operator’s relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;

 

  n  

the operator’s construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

 

  n  

the operator’s willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 

  n  

the competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

Our ability to obtain new customers will depend upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

  n  

successfully manage our liquidity and obtain the necessary financing to fund our growth;

 

  n  

attract, hire, train and retain qualified personnel and ship management companies to manage and operate our fleet;

 

  n  

identify and consummate desirable acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances; and

 

  n  

identify and capitalize on opportunities in new markets.

We expect substantial competition for providing transportation services from a number of experienced companies. As a result, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The marine transportation industry is subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may limit our operations and increase our expenses.

Our operations are affected by extensive and changing environmental protection laws and other regulations and international treaties and conventions, including those relating to equipping and operating vessels and vessel safety. These regulations include the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA 90,” the U.S. Clean Water Act, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 and regulations of the IMO, including the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as the CLC, the IMO International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1975, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL, the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution of 1973, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS, the IMO International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, as from time to time amended, and the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the “ISM Code.” We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, substantial expenses in complying with these laws and regulations, including expenses for vessel modifications and changes in operating procedures. Additional laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or further increase costs, which could harm our business. In addition, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of operations. We may become subject to additional laws and regulations if we enter into new markets or trades.

In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of the public, regulators, insurance underwriters and charterers will generally lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements, greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels in the marine transportation markets and possibly restrictions on the emissions of greenhouse gases from the operation of vessels. These requirements are likely to add incremental costs to our operations and the failure to comply with these requirements may affect the ability of our vessels to obtain and, possibly, collect on insurance or to obtain the required certificates for entry into the different ports where we operate.

 

25


Please read “Business—Environmental and Other Regulations” for a more detailed discussion on these topics.

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the IMO have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emission from vessel emissions. These regulatory measures may include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Additionally, a treaty may be adopted in the future that includes restrictions on shipping emissions. Compliance with changes in laws and regulations relating to climate change could increase our costs of operating and maintaining our vessels and could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Adverse effects upon the oil and gas industry relating to climate change, including growing public concern about the environmental impact of climate change, may also have an effect on demand for our services. For example, increased regulation of greenhouse gases or other concerns relating to climate change may reduce the demand for oil and gas in the future or create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil and gas industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Marine transportation is inherently risky. An incident involving significant loss of product or environmental contamination by any of our vessels could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

Our vessels and their cargoes and the LPG and petrochemical production and terminal facilities that we service are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as:

 

  n  

marine disasters;

 

  n  

bad weather;

 

  n  

mechanical failures;

 

  n  

grounding, capsizing, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

  n  

piracy;

 

  n  

human error; and

 

  n  

war and terrorism.

An accident involving any of our vessels could result in any of the following:

 

  n  

death or injury to persons, loss of property or damage to the environment and natural resources;

 

  n  

delays in the delivery of cargo;

 

  n  

loss of revenues from time charters;

 

  n  

liabilities or costs to recover any spilled cargo and to restore the ecosystem where the spill occurred;

 

  n  

governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;

 

  n  

higher insurance rates; and

 

  n  

damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.

We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. The liquefied gas carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of propane and butane for heating during the winter months in the Northern Hemisphere. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. While our time charters typically provide a uniform monthly fee over the term of the charter, to the extent any of our time charters expires during the relatively weaker fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, we may have difficultly re-chartering those vessels at similar rates or at all.

 

26


Competition from more technologically advanced liquefied gas carriers could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The charter rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes fuel economy, speed and the ability to be loaded and unloaded quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter ports, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. Physical life is related to the original design and construction, maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new liquefied gas carriers are built that are more efficient or flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced liquefied gas carriers could adversely affect the charter rates we receive for our vessels once their current charters are terminated and the resale value of our vessels. As a result, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Acts of piracy on any of our vessels or on ocean going vessels could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. If such piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being named on the Joint War Committee Listed Areas, war-risk insurance premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage might become more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs that may be incurred to the extent we employ on-board security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Terrorist attacks, increased hostilities, piracy or war could lead to further economic instability, increased costs and disruption of business.

Terrorist attacks may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, ability to raise capital and future growth. Continuing hostilities in the Middle East may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance in the United States or elsewhere, which may contribute further to economic instability and disruption of production and distribution of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia, which could result in reduced demand for our services.

Terrorist attacks on vessels, such as the October 2002 attack on the m.v. Limburg and the July 2010 attack allegedly by Al-Qaeda on the m. Star , both very large crude carriers not related to us, may in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. In addition, petrochemical production and terminal facilities and vessels that transport petrochemical products could be targets of future terrorist attacks. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, vessel or other property damage, increased vessel operational costs, including insurance costs, and the inability to transport gases to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, piracy, war or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the distribution, production or transportation of gases to be shipped by us could entitle customers to terminate our charters, which would harm our cash flow and business. In addition, the loss of a vessel as a result of terrorism or piracy would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our vessels or result from our operations.

The operation of liquefied gas carriers is inherently risky. We may not be able to adequately insure against all risks, and any particular claim may not be paid by insurance. None of our vessels are insured against loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time. Any claims covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Certain insurance coverage is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations, and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if the member claims exceed association reserves.

We may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. The costs arising

 

27


from a catastrophic spill or marine disaster could exceed the insurance coverage. Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks or piracy may also make certain types of insurance more expensive or more difficult to obtain. In addition, the insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain actions, such as vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Restrictive covenants in our secured term loan facilities, and any future debt facilities will impose, financial and other restrictions on us.

The secured term loan facilities impose, and any future debt facility will impose, operating and financial restrictions on us. The restrictions in the existing secured term loan facilities may limit our ability to, among other things:

 

  n  

pay dividends out of operating revenues generated by the vessels securing indebtedness under the facility, redeem any shares or make any other payment to our equity holders, if there is a default any secured term loan facility;

 

  n  

incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees;

 

  n  

create liens on our assets;

 

  n  

sell our vessels;

 

  n  

merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person;

 

  n  

change the flag, class or management of our vessels; and

 

  n  

enter into a new line of business.

The secured term loan facilities require us to maintain various financial ratios. These include requirements that we maintain specified maximum ratios of net debt to total capitalization, that we maintain specified minimum levels of cash and cash equivalents (including undrawn lines of credit with maturities greater than 12 months), that we maintain specified minimum ratios of consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (consolidated EBITDA), to consolidated interest expense and that we maintain specified minimum levels of collateral coverage. If at any time the aggregate fair market value of (i) the vessels subject to a mortgage in favor of our lenders and (ii) the value of any additional collateral we grant to the lenders is less than 135% of the outstanding principal amount under the secured term loan facilities and any commitments to borrow additional funds, our lenders may require us to provide additional collateral. Upon notice from our lenders that additional collateral is required, we will have 30 days to either provide collateral that is acceptable to the lenders, cancel remaining commitments to lend and/or prepay outstanding debt in an amount to maintain the minimum collateral coverage ratio. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Secured Term Loan Facilities—Financial Covenants.” The failure to comply with such covenants would cause an event of default that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We expect to be in compliance with these covenants after giving effect to the offering and the application of the proceeds thereof, although we cannot assure you that we will be.

Because of these covenants, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours, and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to finance our future operations and make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Secured Term Loan Facilities.”

The secured term loan facilities are reducing facilities. The required repayments under the secured term loan facilities may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Loans under the secured term loan facilities are subject to quarterly repayments beginning three months after the initial borrowing date or delivery dates of the newbuildings, as applicable. If at such time we have not made alternative financing arrangements or generate substantial cash flows, any such repayments and our declining borrowing availability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not be able to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities, which we may need to fund the acquisition of the remaining newbuildings that we have agreed to purchase.

Our ability to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities will be subject to satisfaction of certain customary conditions precedent and compliance with terms and conditions included in the loan documents. To the

 

28


extent that we are not able to satisfy these requirements, including as a result of a decline in the value of our vessels, we may be required to repay a portion of our existing debt or provide additional collateral and we may not be able to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities. If we are unable to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities, we may be unable to fund the acquisition of the newbuildings or vessel acquisitions that we have agreed to purchase, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The derivative contracts we may enter into to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates could result in higher than market interest rates and reductions in our shareholders’ equity, as well as charges against our income.

We may enter into interest rate swaps for purposes of managing our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates applicable to indebtedness under our secured term loan facilities which were advanced at floating rates based on LIBOR. Our hedging strategies, however, may not be effective and we may incur substantial losses if interest rates move materially differently from our expectations.

To the extent our future derivative contracts may not qualify for treatment as hedges for accounting purposes, we will recognize fluctuations in the fair value of such contracts in our statement of income. In addition, changes in the fair value of future derivative contracts, even those that qualify for treatment as hedges, will be recognized in “Other Comprehensive Income” on our balance sheet, and can affect compliance with the net worth covenant requirements in our secured term loan facilities. Our financial condition could also be materially adversely affected to the extent we do not hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations under our financing arrangements under which loans have been advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR.

Any hedging activities we engage in may not effectively manage our interest rate exposure or have the desired impact on our financial conditions or results of operations.

Our business depends upon certain key employees.

Our future success depends to a significant extent upon our chairman, president and chief executive officer, David J. Butters, and certain members of our senior management. Mr. Butters has substantial experience in the shipping industry and he and others are crucial to the development of our business strategy and to the growth and development of our business. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our major shareholder may exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which our shareholders will be entitled to vote, and its interests may be different from yours.

After giving effect to this offering, the WLR Group, our principal shareholder, will own approximately         % (or         % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) of our common stock. The WLR Group may exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of our directors to our board of directors and other significant corporate actions. The interests of the WLR Group may be different from your interests.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, or by the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, which regulates the payment of dividends by companies. In addition, under the secured term loan facilities, Navigator Gas L.L.C., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and our vessel-owning subsidiaries that are parties to the secured term loan facilities may not make distributions to us out of operating revenues from vessels securing indebtedness thereunder, redeem any shares or make any other payment to our shareholders if an event of default has occurred and is continuing. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Secured Term Loan Facilities.” The inability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

29


Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $             per share.

The assumed initial public offering price of $               per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $               per share. Based on the assumed initial public offering price, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $               per share. Shareholders may experience additional dilution if we issue common stock in the future. As a result of this dilution, shareholders may receive significantly less than the full purchase price they paid for the shares in the event of a liquidation. Please read “Dilution.”

We may issue additional equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests.

We may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities without the approval of our shareholders, subject to certain limited approval requirements of the NYSE. In particular, we may finance all or a portion of the acquisition price of future vessels, including newbuildings, that we agree to purchase through the issuance of additional shares of common stock. Our second restated articles of incorporation, which we expect will be effective on November 5, 2013, will authorize us to issue 400,000,000 shares of common stock, of which              shares will be outstanding upon the closing of this offering. The issuance by us of additional shares of common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

  n  

our shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

  n  

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share may be diminished; and

 

  n  

the market price of the common stock may decline.

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future. At the closing of this offering, the WLR Group, our principal shareholder, will own approximately         % (or         % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) of our common stock. In the future, the WLR Group may elect to sell large numbers of shares from time to time. The number of shares available for sale in the public market will be limited by restrictions applicable under securities laws and agreements that the WLR Group, we and our executive officers and directors have entered or will enter into with the underwriters of this offering. Subject to certain exceptions, these agreements generally restrict the WLR Group, us and our executive officers and directors from directly or indirectly offering, selling, pledging, hedging or otherwise disposing of our equity securities or any security that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities and from engaging in certain other transactions relating to such securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension, without the prior written consent of each of Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. However, Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the expiration of the lock-up period, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these agreements.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. While we understand that transactions in our securities have been reported in the pink sheets, we do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market in our common stock or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock and limit the number of investors who are able to buy our common stock.

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We have no current plans to declare dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if you sell your shares of common stock at a price greater than you paid for it. There is no guarantee that the market price of our common stock will ever exceed the price that you pay in this offering.

 

30


We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” as described under “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention.

As a public company in the United States, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative costs and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.

For as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” Furthermore, after the date we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will only be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting depending on our market capitalization. Even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may still decline to attest to our management’s assessment or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, in connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control

 

31


over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. Failure to comply with Section 404 could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, impair our ability to raise revenue, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and negatively affect our share price.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the “Securities Act,” and therefore, we are not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. Under Rule 405, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on December 31, 2013.

In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our shareholders, directors or management are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. For example, the annual report on Form 10-K requires domestic issuers to disclose executive compensation information on an individual basis with specific disclosure regarding the domestic compensation philosophy, objectives, annual total compensation (base salary, bonus, equity compensation) and potential payments in connection with change in control, retirement, death or disability, while the annual report on Form 20-F permits foreign private issuers to disclose compensation information on an aggregate basis. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the “BCA.” The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the Republic of the Marshall Islands law are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.

Because we are a Marshall Islands corporation, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. A majority of our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict you from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers.

 

32


Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, has advised us that there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands would (1) enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws; or (2) recognize or enforce against us or any of our officers, directors or experts, judgments of courts of the United States predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, please read “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” immediately following the table of contents.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, have limited operations in the United States and maintain limited assets in the United States. Consequently, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving us, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply. The Republic of the Marshall Islands does not have a bankruptcy statute or general statutory mechanism for insolvency proceedings. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court’s jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would determine it had jurisdiction. These factors may delay or prevent us from entering bankruptcy in the United States and may affect the ability of our shareholders to receive any recovery following our bankruptcy.

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws may have anti-takeover effects.

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire our company. However, these anti-takeover provisions could also discourage, delay or prevent the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Blank Check Preferred Stock . Under the terms of our second restated articles of incorporation, which we expect will be effective on November 5, 2013, our board of directors will have authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock. Our board could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power or rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us or the removal of our management and may harm the market price of our common stock.

Election of Directors . Our articles of incorporation provide that directors will be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require shareholders to provide advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our bylaws provide that, with a few exceptions, shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive office not less than 90 days or more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede a shareholder’s ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

Limited Actions by Shareholders. Our bylaws provide that only the board of directors may call special meetings of our shareholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

33


Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, please read “Business—Taxation of the Company,” “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Non-United States Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

We will be subject to taxes.

We and our subsidiaries may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. Upon review of these positions the applicable authorities may disagree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted.

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75.0% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of “passive income” or at least 50.0% of the average value of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property, and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their interests in the PFIC.

Based on our current and projected method of operation, and an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., we believe that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year, and we expect that we will not be treated as a PFIC for any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from our present time-chartering and voyage-chartering activities and COAs should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such activities or other income that our U.S. counsel has opined does not constitute passive income, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such non-passive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year. This opinion is based and its accuracy is conditioned on representations, valuations and projections provided by us regarding our assets, income and charters to our U.S. counsel. While we believe these representations, valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile and no assurance can be given that they will continue to be accurate at any time in the future.

Moreover, there are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the Code relating to foreign sales corporations. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In published guidance, the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, stated that it disagreed with the holding in Tidewater, and specified that time charters similar to those at issue in the case should

 

34


be treated as service contracts. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering activities, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we will not be a PFIC in the future. If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year (and regardless of whether we remain a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year), our U.S. shareholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more detailed discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

 

35


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements included in this prospectus concerning plans and objectives of management for future operations or economic performance, or assumptions related thereto, including our financial forecast, contain forward-looking statements. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements that are also forward-looking statements. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business and the markets in which we operate as described in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify the forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “forecast,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “propose,” “potential,” “continue,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

 

  n  

future operating or financial results;

 

  n  

pending acquisitions, business strategy and expected capital spending;

 

  n  

operating expenses, availability of crew, number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;

 

  n  

general market conditions and shipping market trends, including charter rates and factors affecting supply and demand;

 

  n  

our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain additional financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate activities;

 

  n  

estimated future capital expenditures needed to preserve our capital base;

 

  n  

our expectations about the receipt of our eight newbuildings and, if exercised, our option newbuilding, and the timing of the receipt thereof;

 

  n  

our expectations about the availability of vessels to purchase, the time that it may take to construct new vessels, or the useful lives of our vessels;

 

  n  

our continued ability to enter into long-term, fixed-rate time charters with our customers;

 

  n  

changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

  n  

potential liability from future litigation;

 

  n  

our expectations relating to the payment of dividends; and

 

  n  

other factors discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any of these forward-looking statements, whether because of future events, new information, a change in our views or expectations, or otherwise. We make no prediction or statement about the performance of our common stock.

 

36


DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the near term. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the growth of our business. We may, however, adopt in the future a policy to make cash dividends. Our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our board of directors. Any determination to pay or not pay cash dividends will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities, statutory and contractual restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

37


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering of $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the equity portion, or approximately $72.7 million, due under our purchase obligations for the 2015 newbuildings and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including if the newbuilding option is exercised, to fund $17.6 million of the approximately $44.0 million required to purchase the option newbuilding. We currently expect the remaining $109.1 million and $26.4 million of the purchase prices for the 2015 newbuildings and option newbuilding, respectively, to be financed under future credit facilities. The actual amount of the equity portion and debt portion under our purchase obligations could be impacted by the availability of debt financing on favorable terms.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling shareholders. We have agreed to pay certain expenses incurred by the selling shareholders related to this offering, which we estimate to be approximately $250,000.

 

38


CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2013, on an:

 

  n  

actual basis; and

 

  n  

as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,

each giving effect to a 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend and the effectiveness of our second restated articles of incorporation which we expect will be effective on November 5, 2013.

This table is derived from, and should be read together with, the historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

 

 

     AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2013  
     ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 46,013        $             (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

    

Secured term loan facilities, current portion

     58,682     

Secured term loan facilities, net of current portion

     380,110     

9% Senior unsecured bond issue

     125,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 563,792        $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock at $0.01 par value per share, actual—400,000,000 shares authorized, 46,296,765 shares issued and outstanding; as adjusted—400,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding

     463     

Additional paid-in capital

     427,862                     (1)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (123  

Retained earnings

     125,275     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 553,477        $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,117,269        $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Cash and cash equivalents and additional paid-in capital on an as adjusted basis reflect $             million of estimated expenses associated with this offering.

 

39


DILUTION

After giving effect to the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $               per share, our pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 2013, would have been $               million, or $               per share. This represents an immediate dilution of net tangible book value of $               per share to investors in this offering. The following table illustrates the pro forma as adjusted per share dilution to new investors who purchase common stock in this offering:

 

 

 

Initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2013

   $                   

Increase per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $                
     

 

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, which consists of tangible assets less liabilities, by the number of shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share.

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2013, on the basis described above, the differences between the number of shares issued as a result of this offering, the total amount paid by existing shareholders and the average price per share to be paid by investors in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share.

 

 

 

     SHARES     TOTAL CONSIDERATION     AVERAGE
PRICE PER
SHARE
 
     NUMBER    PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT    

Existing shareholders

                                           $                

New investors

                                          
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $                      100   $                
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would not affect our net tangible book value, would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value per share as adjusted by $             per share and would decrease (increase) the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming no other change to the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

40


SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table presents historical information as follows:

 

  n  

The selected historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read together with and qualified in its entirety by reference to such audited consolidated financial statements.

 

  n  

The selected historical financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and, in our opinion, except as described below, have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements and include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this information.

The following table should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected historical financial data reflects the earnings per share and dividends per share impact of our 3-for-1 stock split that was effected in the form of a stock dividend on October 29, 2013.

 

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
           2011                  2012                  2012                  2013        
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and
average daily results)
 

Income Statement Data:

           

Operating revenue

   $   88,875       $ 146,716       $ 106,488       $ 167,031   

Operating expenses:

           

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664         4,234         3,161         3,926   

Voyage expenses

     17,661         27,791         21,314         35,905   

Charter-in costs

     344         11,288         7,095         4,975   

Vessel operating expenses

     22,939         32,826         24,270         37,905   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         17,845         25,807   

General and administrative costs

     4,232         5,273         3,717         4,622   

Other corporate expenses

     1,166         1,402         1,084         2,928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,684         106,994         78,486         116,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 21,191       $ 39,722       $ 28,002       $ 50,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         5,911         20,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 18,758       $ 31,051       $ 22,091       $ 30,468   

Income taxes

     108         515         377         365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 21,714       $ 30,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.60       $ 0.82       $ 0.59       $ 0.67   

Dividends per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.31       $ 0.06       $ 0.07       $ ——   

EBITDA  (1)

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 45,847       $ 76,770   

 

 

 

 

41


 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and average
daily results)
 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,734      $ 140,870      $ 37,173      $ 46,013   

Total assets

     524,793        832,254        671,647        1,143,136   

Total liabilities

     152,765        384,431        232,911        589,660   

Total shareholders’ equity

     372,028        447,823        438,737        553,476   

Fleet Data:

        

Weighted average number of vessels (2)

     8.3        12.7        12.3        18.2   

Ownership days (3)

     3,033        4,663        3,375        4,981   

Available days (4)

     3,033        4,663        3,375        4,867   

Operating days (5)

     2,955        4,641        3,355        4,563   

Fleet utilization (6)

     97.4     99.5     99.4     93.7

Average Daily Results:

        

Time charter equivalent rate (7)

   $ 24,098      $ 25,627      $ 25,391      $ 28,728   

Daily vessel operating expenses (8)

   $ 7,632      $ 7,916      $ 7,980      $ 7,897   

 

 

(1)    

EBITDA represents net income before net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to consolidated net income or cash generated from operations, as determined by U.S. GAAP, and our calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. GAAP.

EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  n  

EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  n  

EBITDA does not recognize the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

  n  

EBITDA ignores changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

  n  

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2011      2012      2012      2013  
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 21,714       $ 30,103   

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         5,911         20,495   

Income taxes

     108         515         377         365   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         17,845         25,807   

EBITDA

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 45,847       $ 76,770   

 

 

 

42


(2)    

We calculate the weighted average number of vessels during a period by dividing the number of total ownership days during that period by the number of calendar days during that period.

(3)    

We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

(4)    

We define available days as ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with scheduled maintenance, which includes major repairs, drydockings, vessel upgrades or special or intermediate surveys. We use available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

(5)    

We define operating days as available days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire for any reason other than scheduled maintenance. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels actually generate revenues.

(6)    

We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period. An increase in non-scheduled off-hire days would reduce our operating days, and therefore, our fleet utilization. We use fleet utilization to measure our ability to efficiently find suitable employment for our vessels.

(7)    

TCE rate is a measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. TCE rate is a shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., time charters, voyage charters and COAs) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue (net of voyage expenses) by operating days for the relevant time period.

(8)    

Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days (excluding ownership days for chartered-in vessels) for the relevant time period.

 

43


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or “U.S. GAAP,” and are presented in U.S. Dollars unless otherwise indicated. Any amounts converted from another non-U.S. currency to U.S. Dollars in this prospectus were converted at the rate applicable at the relevant date, or the average rate during the applicable period.

Overview

We are the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleet of handysize liquefied gas carriers. We provide international and regional seaborne transportation services of liquefied petroleum gas, or “LPG,” petrochemical gases and ammonia for energy companies, industrial users and commodity traders. These gases are transported in liquefied form, by applying cooling and/or pressure, to reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making their transportation more efficient and economical.

We employ our vessels through a combination of time charters, voyage charters and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs.” Our fleet consists of 31 semi- or fully-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carriers, which we define as liquefied gas carriers between 15,000 and 24,999 cbm, including eight newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery by December 2015. In addition, we have an option to build one further handysize newbuilding vessel for delivery by early 2016 and currently operate an additional semi-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carrier under a time charter-in through December 2014. As of September 30, 2013, we operated 23 vessels, including our chartered-in vessel, of which 15 were employed under time charters and eight were employed in the spot market. We have since taken delivery of an additional vessel, which we have chartered out through October 2014. Our operated vessels earned an average time charter equivalent rate of approximately $873,800 per vessel per calendar month ($28,728 per day) during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to approximately $779,500 per vessel per calendar month ($25,627 per day) for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Our largest customers by revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, include three companies that currently time charter a total of eight of our 24 operated vessels: PT Pertamina (Persero), the Indonesian state-owned producer of hydrocarbons; Tomza Group, a Mexican LPG distribution company that distributes LPG to the Mexican and Central American markets; and Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., the Venezuelan state-owned integrated oil and petrochemical company. For the year ended December 31, 2012, these customers accounted for approximately 36.6% of our revenue in the aggregate. In the past, we have chartered vessels to a range of trading, shipping and other customers on both time charter and voyage charter bases, including Kolmar Group AG, a petroleum and petrochemicals trading company; Trafigura Limited, an international commodities trading and logistics company; the Vitol Group, an independent energy trading company; Marubeni Corporation, an international general trading company; Mitsubishi Corporation, a leading global chemical company; and Petredec Ltd., a leading LPG trading company.

The trends and changing dynamics in global supply and trade of LPG and certain petrochemicals described in “The International Liquified Gas Shipping Industry” have resulted in an increase in demand for our transportation services. This increase in demand is among the primary motivating factors for the significant increase in our fleet size and resulting increase in total revenue. We expect additional changes in global supply and trade of LPG and certain petrochemicals will continue to increase the demand for our transportation services. For example, the increase in LPG produced in the United States, particularly from shale gas, has resulted in increased seaborne LPG transportation from the United States. We currently have nine vessels transporting U.S. LPG, compared to none two years ago. We expect continued worldwide LPG production growth and market developments, including continuing changes in seaborne trade routes, to support increased growth of our fleet and increased revenue. Similarly, regional imbalances in petrochemical supply and consumption have resulted in our increased petrochemical voyages. We

 

44


expect these regional imbalances will increase and change as producers react to changing supply of feedstock. For example, we expect increased ethylene production in the U.S. Gulf Coast in response to relatively inexpensive ethane prices driven by U.S. shale gas to result in increased demand for ethylene export to other regions.

We expect our largest shareholder, the WLR Group, will own             % (or             % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) of our outstanding shares of common stock after the completion of this offering. Based on the WLR Group’s significant ownership interest in us it may be able to exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors to our board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

Vessel Contracts

We generate revenue by providing seaborne transportation services to customers pursuant to the following three types of contractual relationships:

Time Charters. A time charter is a contract under which a vessel is chartered for a defined period of time at a fixed daily or monthly rate. Under time charters, we are responsible for providing crewing and other vessel operating services, the cost of which is intended to be covered by the fixed rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls. LPG is typically transported under a time charter arrangement, generally with a term of twelve months. However, five of our 14 current time charters were for terms exceeding twelve months, with three having initial terms of five years and two having initial terms of ten years. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 61.4% of our revenue was generated pursuant to time charters.

Voyage Charters. A voyage charter is a contract, typically for shorter intervals, for transportation of a specified cargo between two or more designated ports. This type of charter is priced on a current or “spot” market rate, typically on a price per ton of product carried rather than a daily or monthly rate. Under voyage charters, we are responsible for all of the voyage expenses in addition to providing the crewing and other vessel operating services. Petrochemical gases have typically been transported pursuant to voyage charters, as the seaborne transportation requirements of petrochemical product traders have historically resulted from a particular product arbitrage at a point in time. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 16.1% of our revenue was generated pursuant to voyage charters.

Contracts of Affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or “COA,” is a contract to carry specified quantities of cargo, usually over prescribed shipping routes, at a fixed price per ton basis (often subject to fuel price or other adjustments) over a defined period of time. As such, a COA essentially consists of a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo over a specified time period ( i.e. , the term of the COA), which can span for months to potentially years. Similar to a voyage charter, we are typically responsible for all voyage expenses in addition to providing all crewing and other vessel operating services when trading under a COA. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 22.5% of our revenue was generated pursuant to COAs.

Vessels operating on time charters and longer-term COAs provide more predictable cash flows, but can potentially yield lower profit margins than vessels operating in the spot charter market during periods of favorable market conditions. Accordingly, as a result of a portion of our fleet being committed on time charters and COAs, we will be unable to take full advantage of improving charter rates to the same extent as we would if our liquefied gas carriers were employed only on spot charters. Conversely, vessels operating in the spot charter market generate revenue that is less predictable, but they may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improving charter rates. However, operating in the spot charter market exposes us to the risks of declining liquefied gas carrier charter rates and relatively lower utilization rates as compared to time charters and certain COAs, which may have a materially adverse impact on our financial performance. Notwithstanding these risks, we believe that providing liquefied gas transportation services in the spot charter market is important to us, as it provides us with greater insight into market trends and opportunities.

We believe that the size and versatility of our fleet, which enables us to carry the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation across a diverse range of conditions and geographies, together with our track record of operational excellence, positions us as the partner of choice for many companies requiring handysize

 

45


liquefied gas transportation and distribution solutions. In addition, we believe that the versatility of our fleet affords us with backhaul and triangulation opportunities not available to many of our competitors, thereby providing us with opportunities to increase utilization and profitability. We seek to enhance our returns through a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters.

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts in the evaluation of our business and operations. These include the following:

Operating Revenue. Our operating revenue includes revenue from time charters, voyage charters and COAs. Operating revenue is affected by charter rates and the number of days a vessel operates. Rates for voyage charters are more volatile as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates at the time of the voyage. Historically, voyage charters have usually represented a minority of our annual operating revenue, which is consistent with our vessel employment strategy for the near future.

Address and Brokerage Commissions. Address and brokerage commissions are costs remitted to either the shipping brokers or charterers for placing business with our vessels and are calculated as a percentage of chartering income.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls. Voyage expenses are typically paid by the shipowner under voyage charters and COAs and by the charterer under time charters. Accordingly, we generally only incur voyage expenses when performing voyage charters and COAs or during repositioning voyages between time charters for which no cargo is available. The gross revenue received by the shipowner under voyage charters and COAs are generally higher than those received under comparable time charters so as to compensate the shipowner for bearing all voyage expenses. As a result, our operating revenue and voyage expenses may vary significantly depending on our mix of time charters, voyage charters and COAs.

Charter-in Costs. Charter-in costs represent charter hire costs incurred by us for non-owned vessels that we charter into our fleet. While it is not a focus of our operational strategy, we may opportunistically charter-in vessels if we either have a need for a vessel to perform a specific undertaking or consider the charter rate requested by a vessel owner to be sufficiently attractive.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses are expenses that are not unique to a specific voyage. Vessel operating expenses are typically paid by the shipowner under each of our charter types. Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. Our vessel operating expenses will increase with the expansion of our fleet. Other factors that are beyond our control may also cause these expenses to increase, including developments relating to market prices for insurance and crewing costs.

In connection with providing us with technical management for our fleet, NMM and BSSM currently receive crewing and technical management fees of approximately $200,000 per vessel per year in the aggregate, which fees are considered to be vessel operating expenses. Our technical and crew management agreements have terms through December 31, 2013, and thereafter continue until terminated on at least three months’ notice by either party, subject to certain exceptions. See “Business—Technical Management of Fleet.”

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense consists of:

 

  n  

charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our fleet (or the revalued amount), less the estimated residual value of our vessels, calculated on a straight-line basis over their useful life, which is estimated to be 30 years; and

 

  n  

charges related to the amortization of capitalized drydocking expenditures relating to our fleet over the period between drydockings.

 

46


General Administration Costs. General administration costs principally consist of the costs incurred in operating our London representative office, which manages our chartering, operations, accounting and administrative functions and oversees the technical management of our vessels; our New York representative office; and certain costs and expenses attributable to our board of directors. Please read “Business—Commercial Management of the Fleet.” Following this offering, we will incur additional expenses as a result of being a publicly-traded corporation, including costs associated with annual reports to shareholders and SEC filings, investor relations and NYSE annual listing fees. We may also grant equity compensation that would result in an expense to us, which may result in an increase in expenses. Please read “Management—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

Other Corporation Expenses. Other corporation expenses consist of our advisors’ services, including ongoing audit, taxation, legal and corporate services.

Drydocking. We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for any major repairs and maintenance, for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel, that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating and for any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. We are required to drydock a vessel once every five years until it reaches 15 years of age, after which we are required to drydock the applicable vessel every two and one-half to three years.

We capitalize costs associated with the drydockings as “built in overhauls” in accordance with U.S. GAAP and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings. Costs incurred during the drydocking period which relate to routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. The number of drydockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of drydocking expenditures.

Ownership Days. We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days include the number of days in a period in which we have possession of a chartered-in vessel. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

Available Days. We define available days as ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with major scheduled maintenance, which principally include drydockings, special or intermediate surveys, vessel upgrades or major repairs. We use available days to measure the number of days in a period that our operated vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

Operating Days. We define operating days as available days less the aggregate number of days that our operated vessels are not generating revenue, which include idle days and off-hire days for any reason other than major scheduled maintenance. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our operated vessels actually generate revenues.

Fleet Utilization. We define fleet utilization as the total number of operating days in a period divided by the total number of available days during that period.

Time Charter Equivalent Rate. Time charter equivalent rate, or “TCE rate,” is a measure which converts voyage charter and COA revenues to a time charter comparable, by deducting voyage expenses (which are incurred by the charterer in the case of time charters) from voyage revenue. TCE rate is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare the performance of different charter types ( i.e. , time charters, voyage charters and COAs) and to enable a period-to-period comparison in performance despite changes in the mix of charter types under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue for a voyage charter or COA (net of voyage expenses) by the relevant time period of that charter.

Daily Vessel Operating Expenses. Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days (excluding ownership days attributable to chartered-in vessels) for the relevant time period.

 

47


Results of Operations

Factors Affecting Comparability

You should consider the following factors when evaluating our historical financial performance and assessing our future prospects:

 

  n  

We have been and are significantly increasing our fleet size. Our historical financial performance and future prospects have been and will be significantly impacted by the increasing size of our fleet.

 

  n  

Historical Fleet Size . Our historical financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflect the results of operations of a weighted average fleet size of 8.3 vessels, with nine vessels owned at year end. During 2012, we took delivery of Navigator Libra , Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix and chartered-in two additional vessels, the Maple 3 and the Arctic Gas (a chartered-in vessel from July 2012 through January 2013), bringing our total fleet size to 14 by year end and resulting in a weighted average fleet size of 12.7 vessels for the year. In addition, in November 2012, we entered into sales and purchase agreements with affiliates of A.P. Møller pursuant to which it agreed to sell to us its entire fleet of 11 handysize liquefied gas carriers. We took delivery of 10 of the A.P. Møller vessels in the first nine months of 2013.

 

  n  

Future Fleet Size. We have taken delivery of all 11 of the A.P. Møller vessels as of the date hereof. In addition, we have entered into agreements to acquire eight newbuilding handysize liquefied gas carriers, with four to be delivered in 2014 and four in 2015, and have an option for one handysize newbuilding vessel. Furthermore, the time charter relating to our chartered-in vessel currently terminates in December 2014, after which such vessel will no longer contribute to our results of operations unless we extend the charter-in relationship.

Given the variability in operating vessels in our fleet, our historical financial statements reflect, and in the future will reflect, significantly different levels of ownership and operating days as well as different levels of voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, interest expense and other related costs.

 

  n  

We will incur additional general administration costs and other corporation expenses. We will incur additional costs as a result of being a publicly-traded corporation, including costs associated with annual reports to shareholders and SEC filings, investor relations and NYSE annual listing fees. We may also grant equity compensation that would result in an expense to us, which may result in an increase in expenses. Please read “Management—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

 

  n  

We will have different financing arrangements . We have entered into secured term loan facilities and issued senior unsecured notes to finance the acquisitions of vessels and the construction of newbuildings. Please read “—Secured Term Loan Facilities” and “—Senior Unsecured Bond Offering.”

 

48


Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

The following table compares our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013:

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2012
    NINE MONTHS
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2013
    PERCENTAGE
CHANGE
 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Operating revenue

   $ 106,488      $ 167,031        56.9

Operating expenses:

      

Address and brokerage commissions

     3,161        3,926        24.2

Voyage expenses

     21,314        35,905        68.5

Charter-in costs

     7,095        4,975        (29.9)

Vessel operating expenses

     24,270        37,905        56.2

Depreciation and amortization

     17,845        25,807        44.6

General administration costs

     3,717        4,622        24.3

Other corporate expenses

     1,084        2,928        170.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 78,486      $ 116,068        47.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating income

   $ 28,002      $ 50,963        82.0

Interest expense

     (5,946     (20,553     245.7

Interest income

     35        58        65.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before income taxes

   $ 22,091      $ 30,468        37.9

Income taxes

     (377     (365     (3.2)
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 21,714      $ 30,103        38.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Operating Revenue. Operating revenue increased by 56.9% to $167.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $106.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to:

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $37.6 million attributable to an increase in the weighted average number of vessels by 6.0, or 48.2%, and a corresponding increase in vessel ownership days by 1,606 days, or 47.6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012;

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $16.1 million attributable to an improved monthly charter rate, which rose to an average of approximately $873,800 per vessel per calendar month ($28,728 per day) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as compared to an average of approximately $772,310 per vessel per calendar month ($25,391 per day) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012;

 

  n  

a decrease in operating revenue of approximately $7.9 million attributable to a reduction in fleet utilization from 99.4% during the first nine months of 2012 to 93.7% during the first nine months of 2013 primarily as a result of increased idle time as well as repositioning the additional vessels entering our fleet during the nine months ended September 30, 2013; and

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $14.6 million relating to a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters during an increasing spot market rate environment.

 

49


The following table presents selected operating data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and 2012, which we believe are useful in understanding our operating revenue:

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2012
    NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2013
 

Fleet Data:

    

Weighted average number of vessels

     12.3        18.2   

Ownership days

     3,375        4,981   

Available days

     3,375        4,867   

Operating days

     3,355        4,563   

Fleet utilization

     99.4     93.7

Average daily time charter equivalent rate

   $ 25,391      $ 28,728   

 

 

As a result of acquisitions between September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013, we increased our weighted average number of vessels from 12.3 to 18.2 during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as compared to the comparable period in 2012. As a result, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we had 4,563 operating days, an increase of 1,208 days when compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Our fleet utilization for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, decreased by 5.7% to 93.7% from our fleet utilization of 99.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, primarily as a result of increased idle time as well as repositioning the additional vessels entering our fleet in the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

The average TCE rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was approximately $873,800 per vessel per calendar month or $28,728 per vessel per day, $3,337 per vessel per day higher than the average TCE rate of $25,391 per vessel per day ($772,310 per vessel per calendar month) in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This was primarily due to higher demand for the handysize vessels during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Address and Brokerage Commissions. Address and brokerage commissions increased by 21.9% to $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $3.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses increased by 68.5% to $35.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $21.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to the increase in our fleet size and a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters.

Charter-in Costs. Charter-in costs decreased by 29.9% to $5.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This decrease is primarily related to chartering in two vessels during 2012, against only one vessel for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased by 56.2% to $37.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $24.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Vessel operating expenses decreased by $85 per day, or 1.1%, to $7,897 per vessel per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $7,980 per vessel per day for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. These decreases were primarily due to our additional vessels being younger, and therefore less expensive to maintain, than our vessels owned in 2012.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by 44.6% to $25.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $17.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our fleet size. Depreciation and amortization expense included amortization of capitalized drydocking costs of $2.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Other Operating Results

General and Administration Costs . General and administration costs increased by 24.3% to $4.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, primarily due to additional costs attributable to enlarged operations associated with fleet expansion.

Other Corporate Expenses. Other corporate expenses increased by 170.1% to $2.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to project feasibility costs incurred associated with the evaluation of a terminal development opportunity, complementary to our core activities.

 

50


Interest Expense . Interest expense increased to $20.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to:

 

  n  

$9.1 million of increased interest expense attributable to our issuance of $125.0 million of 9.0% senior unsecured bonds in December 2012;

 

  n  

$3.9 million of increased interest expense for our entry into an additional secured term loan facility in February 2013 to facilitate the acquisition of the vessels from A.P. Møller; and

 

  n  

$1.3 million of increased interest expense attributable to refinancing a previous revolving credit facility at an increased interest rate.

Interest Income . Interest income increased to $58,325 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from $35,636 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was primarily due to interest generated on unapplied proceeds of our senior unsecured bond issuance, maintaining an increased working capital cash balance associated with a larger fleet size and as required to comply with minimum liquidity covenants under our debt instruments.

Income Taxes . Income tax relates to taxes on our subsidiaries incorporated in the United Kingdom and Singapore. Our United Kingdom subsidiary earns management and other fees from fellow subsidiary companies, and our Singaporean subsidiary earned interest payments from Indonesia, where the main corporate tax rates are 24% and 17%, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we incurred taxes of $365,662 as compared to taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 of $376,705.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

The following table compares our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
    PERCENTAGE
CHANGE
 
     (In thousands, except percents)  

Operating revenue

   $ 88,875      $ 146,716        65.1

Operating expenses:

      

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664        4,234        58.9

Voyage expenses

     17,661        27,791        57.4

Charter-in costs

     344        11,288        3181.4

Vessel operating expenses

     22,939        32,826        43.1

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678        24,180        29.5

General and administrative costs

     4,232        5,273        24.6

Other corporate expenses

     1,166        1,402        20.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 67,684      $ 106,994        58.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating income

   $ 21,191      $ 39,722        87.4

Interest expense

     (2,442     (8,736     257.7

Interest income

     9        65        622.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before income taxes

   $ 18,758      $ 31,051        65.5

Income taxes

     108        515        376.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 18,650      $ 30,536        63.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Operating Revenue. Operating revenue increased by 65.1% to $146.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $88.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to:

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $38.3 million attributable to an increase in the weighted average number of vessels by 4.4, or 53.8%, and a corresponding increase in ownership days by 1,630 days, or 53.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011;

 

51


  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $6.9 million attributable to an improved monthly charter rate, which rose to a weighted average of approximately $779,500 per vessel per calendar month ($25,627 per day) for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to an average of approximately $733,000 per vessel per calendar month ($24,098 per day) for the year ended December 31, 2011;

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $2.5 million attributable to an increase in the fleet utilization from 97.4% during 2011, to 99.5% during 2012; and

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $10.1 million relating to a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters during an increasing spot market rate environment.

The following table presents selected operating data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, which we believe are useful in understanding our operating revenue:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Fleet Data:

    

Weighted average number of vessels

     8.3        12.7   

Ownership days

     3,033        4,663   

Available days

     3,033        4,663   

Operating days

     2,955        4,641   

Fleet utilization

     97.4     99.5

Average daily time charter equivalent rate

   $ 24,098      $ 25,627   

 

 

As a result of vessel acquisitions, newbuilding deliveries and chartered-in vessels, we increased our weighted average number of vessels from 8.3 to 12.7 during the years ended December 31, 2012, as compared to 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we had 4,663 available days, an increase of 1 , 630 days when compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. This was due to the additional vessels joining the fleet, both throughout 2012 and the second half of 2011. Our fleet utilization for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased by 2.1% to 99.5% from our fleet utilization of 97.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The average TCE rate for the year ended December 31, 2012, was approximately $779,500 per vessel per calendar month ($25,627 per vessel per day), $1,529 per vessel per day higher than the average TCE rate of approximately $733,000 per vessel per calendar month ($24,098 per vessel per day) achieved in the year ended December 31, 2011. This was primarily due to an increased demand for the transportation of LPG, particularly due to the continued development of U.S. shale gas.

Address and Brokerage Commissions. Address and brokerage commissions increased by 58.9% to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Commission costs increased as a result of increased charter revenue due to the increased size of our fleet.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses increased by 57.4% to $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to the increase in our fleet size and a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters.

Charter-in Costs. Charter-in costs increased to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to approximately $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as a result of our entry into our charter-in arrangements in December 2011 and July 2012.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased by 43.1% to $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Vessel operating expenses increased by $284 per day, or 3.7%, to $7,916 per day for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $7,632 per day for the year ended December 31, 2011. These increases were primarily due to our increased fleet size and rising costs for crew, as well as greater costs for repair and maintenance due to the increased age of certain of our vessels.

 

52


Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased 29.5% to $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our fleet size. Depreciation and amortization expense included amortization of capitalized drydocking costs of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other Operating Results

General and Administration Costs . General and administration costs increased by 24.6% to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to increasing the operational capacity of our representative office in London necessitated by fleet expansion.

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to:

 

  n  

$7.5 million of increased interest expense attributable to additional debt incurred to finance our newbuildings and secondhand vessel purchases; and

 

  n  

$1.2 million of increased interest expense attributable to the refinancing of $90 million of a previous revolving credit facility that had an interest cost of U.S. LIBOR plus 3.25%.

Interest Income. Interest income increased to $64,590 for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $8,978 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012, was primarily due to maintaining an increased working capital cash balance associated with a larger fleet size and to comply with minimum liquidity covenants under our debt instruments.

Income Taxes. Income tax relates to taxes on our subsidiaries incorporated in the United Kingdom and Singapore and withholding tax from charter hire in Indonesia. Our United Kingdom subsidiary earns management and other fees from fellow subsidiary companies, and our Singapore subsidiary receives interest payments from Indonesia, where the main corporate tax rates are 24% and 17%, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred taxes of $515,123 as compared to taxes for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $107,501.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Cash Needs

Our primary uses of funds have been capital expenditures for the acquisition and construction of vessels, voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative costs, expenditures incurred in connection with ensuring that our vessels comply with international and regulatory standards, financing expenses and repayments of bank loans. Our primary sources of funds have been cash from operations, equity investments from existing shareholders, bank borrowings and a bond placement. We are required to maintain certain minimum liquidity amounts in order to comply with our various debt instruments. Please see “—Secured Term Loan Facilities.”

In addition to operating expenses, our medium-term and long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to potential future acquisitions. Pursuant to our purchase and sale agreements with A.P. Møller, in addition to the 10% deposit that we put into escrow at the signing of the purchase and sale agreements, we were required to remit payment to A.P. Møller at the time of delivery of each of the 11 vessels, resulting in an aggregate payment of $470 million. As of September 30, 2013, we had made payments to A.P. Møller in an aggregate amount of $431.3 million. In addition, we have agreed to purchase the four 2014 newbuildings from Jiangnan for $50.0 million per vessel and the four 2015 newbuildings from Jiangnan for an average of $45.5 million per vessel, for an aggregate of $181.8 million. As of September 30, 2013, we had made additional payments to Jiangnan of $43.7 million. We also have an option to build the option newbuilding from Jiangnan in early 2016 for $44.0 million.

We expect to finance the remaining purchase prices of the 2014 newbuildings through previously issued equity and borrowings under our current senior term loan facilities. We expect to finance the purchase price of the 2015 newbuildings, the option newbuilding and any additional future acquisitions either through the net proceeds from this offering, internally generated funds, debt financings, the issuance of additional equity securities or a combination of these forms of financing. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds for our long-term liquidity needs will be from cash from operations and/or debt or equity financings. We believe that these sources of funds will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

 

53


Ongoing Capital Expenditures. Liquefied gas transportation is a capital-intensive business, requiring significant investment to maintain an efficient fleet and to stay in regulatory compliance.

We are required to drydock a vessel once every five years until it reaches 15 years of age, after which we are required to drydock the applicable vessel every two and one-half to three years. Drydocking each vessel takes approximately 20-30 days. Drydocking days generally include approximately 5-10 days of travel time to and from the drydocking shipyard and approximately 15-20 days of actual drydocking time.

We spend significant amounts for scheduled drydocking (including the cost of classification society surveys) of each of our vessels. As our vessels age and our fleet expands, our drydocking expenses will increase. We estimate the current cost of the five-year drydocking of one of our vessels is approximately $650,000, the ten-year drydocking cost is approximately $1.2 million and the 15-year drydocking cost is approximately $1.5 million. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations are primarily included as part of our drydocking and classification society survey costs, with a balance included as a component of our operating expenses. We are not aware of any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we expect to have a material impact on our current or future results of operations. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Over the long term, we will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to preserve the operating capacity and expansion of our fleet.”

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) operating, financing and investing activities for the periods presented:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 44,989      $ 54,962      $ 38,601      $ 56,573   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (85,584     (202,789     (145,485     (413,651

Net cash provided by financing activities

     51,086        261,963        117,322        262,221   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     10,491        114,136        10,438        (94,857

 

 

Operating Cash Flows. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased to $55.0 million from $45.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 22.2%. This $10.0 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012, was primarily due to increased net revenue as a result of fleet growth, offset by adverse movements in working capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, increased to $56.6 million, from $38.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, an increase of 46.6%. This $18.0 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was primarily due to increases in net revenue referred to above, and by movements in working capital.

Net cash flow from operating activities depends upon the timing and amount of drydocking expenditures, repairs and maintenance activity, acquisitions and dispositions, foreign currency rates, changes in interest rates, fluctuations in working capital balances and spot market charter rates.

Investing Cash Flows. Net cash used in investing activities of $(202.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily consists of $100.5 million for the acquisition of Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix , $24.9 million for the final installment payments on Navigator Libra , $47.0 million as a deposit to A.P. Møller for the acquisition of their 11 handysize vessels, $20 million installment payment for the four 2014 newbuildings and the placement of $10.0 million on a six-month deposit with a large financial institution in order to generate interest on cash withheld from operations to comply with the minimum liquidity requirements under our debt instruments. Net cash used in investing activities of $(85.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily consists of payments to the shipyard relating to the construction of Navigator Leo , which was delivered in September 2011, and Navigator Libra , which was delivered in February 2012.

 

54


Net cash used in investing activities of $(413.7) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, primarily represents $386.9 million for the acquisition of ten of the 11 A.P. Møller vessels, a further $23.8 million installment payment on two of the four 2014 newbuildings and an initial installment payment on three of the four 2015 newbuildings and $2.0 million for the cost of drydocking Navigator Aries and Navigator Pluto . Net cash used in investing activities of $(145.5) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, primarily consists of $100.5 million for the acquisition of Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix , $24.7 million for the final installment payments on Navigator Libra and $20.0 million initial installment payments for the four 2014 newbuildings.

Financing Cash Flows. Net cash provided by financing activities was $262.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, consisting of $206.5 million in proceeds from secured term loan facilities, $125.0 million from proceeds of a bond placement and $46.9 million from the issuance of common stock to the WLR Group, offset by $107.6 million in loan repayments, financing costs of $6.4 million and a dividend payment of $2.4 million. Net cash provided by financing activities was $51.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, consisting of $52.6 million of borrowings under a secured term loan facility and $15.3 million from the issuance of common stock, partially offset by $7.1 million in loan repayments and a dividend payment of $9.6 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $262.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, consisting of $218.7 million from the acquisition secured loan facility, $75.0 million from the issuance of common stock to the WLR Group, partially offset by $23.1 million in loan repayments, $6.8 million in costs associated with the acquisition and newbuilding secured loan facilities and $1.4 million in costs associated with the planned stock issue. Net cash provided by financing activities was $117.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, consisting of $46.9 million from the issuance of common stock and $176.5 million in proceeds from secured term loan facilities, partially offset by $100.9 million in loan refinancing and repayments and a dividend payment of $2.4 million.

Secured Term Loan Facilities

General. Navigator Gas L.L.C., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries have entered into a series of secured term loan facilities beginning in April 2011, or the “April 2011 secured term loan facility,” in April 2012, or the “April 2012 secured term loan facility,” in February 2013, or the “February 2013 secured term loan facility,” and in April 2013, or the “April 2013 secured term loan facility.” Collectively, we refer to the debt thereunder as our “secured term loan facilities.” Proceeds of the loans under our secured term loan facilities may be used to finance newbuildings, acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. The full commitment amounts have been drawn under both the April 2011 secured term loan facility and the April 2012 secured term loan facility. As of September 30, 2013, we had available a total of $51.3 million to be drawn under the February 2013 secured term loan facility. The full $120.0 million remained available under the April 2013 secured term loan facility is available to be drawn and fund the 2014 newbuilding vessels. We are the guarantor under each of the secured term loan facilities.

Fees and Interest. We paid arrangement and agency fees at the time of the closing of our secured term loan facilities. Agency fees are due annually. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus a bank margin, for interest periods of one, three or six months or longer if agreed by all lenders.

Term and Facility Limits

April 2011 Secured Term Loan Facility. The April 2011 secured term loan facility has a term of six years with a maximum principal amount of $80.0 million. The April 2011 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period that ended December 27, 2012. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 130% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 300 basis points per annum.

April 2012 Secured Term Loan Facility. The April 2012 secured term loan facility has a term of five years with a maximum principal amount of up to $180.0 million. The April 2012 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period that ended December 31, 2012. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 337.5 basis points per annum.

 

55


February 2013 Secured Term Loan Facility. The February 2013 secured term loan facility has a term of five years with a maximum principal amount of up to the lesser of (i) $270.0 million and (ii) 60% of the fair market value of the collateral vessels. The February 2013 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period ending December 31, 2013. Advances under the February 2013 secured term loan facility are upon the delivery of the A.P. Møller vessels, provided that no advance may occur after the end of the availability period. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum.

April 2013 Secured Term Loan Facility. The April 2013 secured term loan facility has a term of six years from the loan drawdown date with a maximum principal amount of up to $120.0 million. The April 2013 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with the last availability period ending June 8, 2015. Proceeds of the loans under the April 2013 secured term loan facility will be used to finance our four newbuilding vessels, scheduled for delivery in 2014. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum.

Prepayments/Repayments. The borrowers may voluntarily prepay indebtedness under our secured term loan facilities at any time, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part upon prior written notice to the facility agent, subject to customary compensation for LIBOR breakage costs. The borrowers may not reborrow any amount that has been so prepaid.

The loans will be subject to quarterly amortization repayments beginning three months after the initial borrowing date or delivery dates of the newbuildings, as applicable. Any remaining outstanding principal amount must be repaid on the expiration date of the facilities.

The borrowers are also required to deliver semi-annual compliance certificates, which include valuations of the vessels securing the applicable facility from an independent ship broker. Upon delivery of the valuation, if the market value of the collateral vessels is less than 130% of the outstanding indebtedness under the April 2011 facility or 135% of the outstanding indebtedness under the other facilities, the borrowers must either provide additional collateral or repay any amount in excess of 130% or 135% of the market value of the collateral vessels.

Financial Covenants. The secured term loan facilities contain financial covenants requiring the borrowers, among other things, to ensure that:

 

  n  

the ratio of Net Debt to Total Capitalization (each as defined in the applicable secured term loan facility) is no greater than 0.60 to 1.00;

 

  n  

the borrowers have liquidity (including undrawn available lines of credit with a maturity exceeding 12 months) of no less than (i) between $10.0 million and $25 million, as applicable, or (ii) 5% of Net Debt or total debt, as applicable, whichever is greater;

 

  n  

the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense (each as defined in the applicable secured term loan facility), on a trailing four quarter basis, is no less than 3.00 to 1.00;

 

  n  

the borrower must maintain a minimum ratio of shareholder equity to total assets of 30%; and

 

  n  

the current assets of the borrower must exceed the current liabilities (excluding current liabilities attributable to the senior unsecured bonds or the senior term loans) at all times.

Restrictive Covenants. The secured term loan facilities provide that the borrowers may not pay dividends to us out of operating revenues generated by the vessels securing the indebtedness if an event of default has occurred or is continuing. The secured term loan facilities also limit the borrowers from, among other things, incurring indebtedness or entering into mergers and divestitures. The secured term loan facilities also contain general covenants that will require the borrowers to maintain adequate insurance coverage and to maintain their vessels. In addition, the secured term loan facilities include customary events of default, including those relating to a failure to pay principal or interest, a breach of covenant, representation and warranty, a cross-default to other indebtedness and non-compliance with security documents.

 

56


As of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under the secured term loan facilities, including with respect to the aggregate fair market value of our collateral vessels.

Senior Unsecured Bonds

General . On December 18, 2012, we issued senior unsecured bonds in an aggregate principal amount of $125.0 million with Norsk Tillitsmann ASA as the bond trustee. The proceeds of the senior unsecured bonds were used (i) in part to finance the acquisition of the A.P. Møller vessels and (ii) for general corporate purposes. The senior unsecured bonds are governed by Norwegian law and listed on the Nordic ABM which is operated and organized by Oslo Børs ASA.

Interest . Interest on the senior unsecured bonds is payable at a fixed rate of 9.0% per annum, calculated on a 360-day year basis. Interest is payable semi-annually on June 18 and December 18 of each year.

Maturity . The senior unsecured bonds mature in full on December 18, 2017.

Optional Redemption . We may redeem the senior unsecured bonds, in whole or in part, beginning December 18, 2015. Senior unsecured bonds redeemed from December 18, 2015 to December 17, 2016, shall be redeemed at 104% of par, senior unsecured bonds redeemed from December 18, 2016 to June 17, 2017, shall be redeemed at 102% of par and senior unsecured bonds redeemed from June 18, 2017, to the day prior to the maturity date, shall be redeemed at 101% of par.

Additionally, upon the occurrence of a “Change of Control Event” (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement), the holders of senior unsecured bonds have an option to force the issuer to repay such holder’s outstanding bonds at 101% of par.

Financial Covenants . The senior unsecured bond agreement contains financial covenants requiring us, among other things, to ensure that:

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain a minimum liquidity of no less than the greater of (i) $12.5 million and (ii) 5% of Total Interest-Bearing Debt (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement);

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain a positive working capital amount;

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement) of not less than 3.0;

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain an Equity Ratio (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement) of at least 30%; and

 

  n  

on and after June 30, 2013, we and our subsidiaries ensure that the sum of the market value of (i) our vessels plus (ii) any amounts in any escrow account in favor of the bond trustee are at least 120% of the Total Interest-Bearing Debt.

Our compliance with the covenants listed above is measured as of the end of each fiscal quarter, except for the final ratio, which is measured semi-annually beginning on June 30, 2013.

Restrictive Covenants . The senior unsecured bond agreement provides that we may not declare any dividends or other distributions to our equity holders until after December 31, 2013, except for payments in respect of services rendered or transactions in the ordinary course in an amount not to exceed $2.0 million. Following December 31, 2013, we may declare dividends so long as such dividends do not exceed 50% of our consolidated net profits after taxes and we have an Equity Ratio of 35% after giving pro forma effect to such distribution. The senior unsecured bond agreement also limits us and our subsidiaries from, among other things, incurring additional indebtedness, entering into mergers and divestitures, engaging in transactions with affiliates or incurring any additional liens. In addition, the senior unsecured bond agreement includes customary events of default, including those relating to a failure to pay principal or interest, a breach of covenant, false representation and warranty, a cross-default to other indebtedness, the occurrence of a material adverse effect, or our insolvency or dissolution.

As of September 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under our senior unsecured bond agreement.

 

57


Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

The contractual obligations schedule set forth below summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

    2013     2014     2015     2016     THEREAFTER     TOTAL  
    (In thousands)  

Vessels to be acquired from
A.P. Møller
(1)

  $ 423,000       $      $      $      $      $ 423,000    

Vessels under construction  (2)

    19,940        159,520                             179,460   

Charter-in vessels

    7,200        8,400                             15,600   

Secured term loan facilities and 9% senior unsecured bond issue

    26,843        26,843        26,843        26,843        260,864        368,236   

Office leases

    747        747        747        747        2,820        5,808   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

  $ 477,730      $ 195,510      $ 27,590      $ 27,590      $ 263,684      $ 992,104   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

As of September 30, 2013, remaining payments owed to A.P. Møller were $38.7 million.

(2)    

After December 31, 2012, we contracted to purchase the 2015 newbuildings, which obligates us to pay $18.2 million in 2013, $18.2 million in 2014 and $145.4 million in 2015.

As part of our growth strategy, we will continue to consider strategic opportunities, including the acquisition of additional vessels. We may choose to pursue such opportunities through internal growth or joint ventures or business acquisitions. We intend to finance any future acquisitions through various sources of capital, including credit facilities, debt borrowings and the issuance of additional shares of common stock.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We currently do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates in the application of our accounting policies based on our best assumptions, judgments and opinions. On a regular basis, management reviews the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that we consider to be the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they inherently involve significant judgments and uncertainties. For a further description of our material accounting policies, please read Note 2 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to the audited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition. We employ our vessels under time charters, voyage charters or COAs. With time charters, we receive a fixed charter rate per on-hire day and revenue is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted for a voyage between two or several ports, and we are paid for the cargo transported. Revenue from COAs is recognized on the same basis as revenue from voyage charters, as they are essentially a series of consecutive voyage charters.

On April 1, 2013, we changed our method of accounting for revenue recognition on voyage charters. Previously, we determined that a voyage commenced with loading and completed at the point of discharge. We now recognize revenue on a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining percentage of completion for all voyage charters, but do not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port for its next voyage.

We adopted this new policy as we consider the decision to undertake a specific voyage is highly dependent on the vessel’s prior discharge port and the part of the voyage to the load port is a necessary part of the overall profitability of that voyage. We believe that given the significant increase in the number of vessels in operation and consequently the number of voyage charters undertaken, our results could be materially distorted by excluding the proportion of the revenue in sailing to the next load port.

 

58


Vessels in Operation. The cost of our vessels (excluding the estimated initial built-in overhaul cost) less their estimated residual value is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the vessels’ estimated useful lives. We estimate the useful life of each of our vessels to be 30 years from the date the vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard. The actual life of a vessel, however, may be different, with a life less than 30 years resulting in an increase in the quarterly depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimated residual value is based on the steel value of the tonnage for each vessel.

Impairment of Vessels. We review our vessels for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the vessel may not be recoverable. We may recognize an impairment loss when the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest) of a vessel over its estimated remaining useful life is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that a vessel’s undiscounted cash flows are less than its carrying value, we record an impairment loss equal to the amount by which its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The new lower cost basis would result in a lower annual depreciation than before the impairment.

Considerations in making such an impairment evaluation include comparison of current carrying value to anticipated future operating cash flows, expectations with respect to future operations and other relevant factors. The estimates and assumptions regarding expected cash flows require considerable judgment and are based upon historical experience, financial forecasts and industry trends and conditions. We are not aware of any indicators of impairment nor any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact on our current or future operations.

As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate carrying value of our 12 vessels in operation at that date was $587 million. We determined the aggregate undiscounted cash flows of our 12 vessels in operation as of December 31, 2012, to be $1,611 million. The undiscounted future cash flows used to establish value were determined by applying various assumptions regarding future revenues, operating expenses and scrap values. These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Specifically, in estimating future charter rates, management took into consideration estimated daily TCE rates for each vessel class over the estimated remaining lives of each of the vessels. The estimated daily TCE rates used were based on the trailing 10-year historical average one-year time charter rates. Recognizing that rates tend to be cyclical, and subject to significant volatility based on factors beyond our control, management believes the use of estimates based on the 10-year historical average rates calculated as of the reporting date to be reasonable. Estimated outflows for operating expenses are based on historical costs. Estimates of a residual value are consistent with scrap rates used in management’s evaluation of scrap value.

Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate at the time they were made, such assumptions are highly subjective and likely to change, possibly materially, in the future. A 10% reduction in the estimated vessel TCE rate used in connection with our calculations would result in a $218 million decrease in the aggregate undiscounted cash flows of our 12 vessels in operation as of December 31, 2012. The realized rates applicable to our vessels for the period ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 exceeded the estimated vessel TCE rate by 8.9% and 19.0%, respectively. A 10% increase in estimated vessel operating expenses used in connection with our calculations would result in $60 million decrease in the aggregate undiscounted cash flows of our 12 vessels in operation as of December 31, 2012.

Vessel Market Values. In “—Impairment of Vessels,” we discuss our policy for assessing impairment of the carrying values of our vessels. The charter-free market value ( i.e. , disregarding the charter contracts attached to each of the vessels) of certain vessels in many segments of the worldwide oceangoing vessel fleet have experienced volatility over the past several years. Therefore, there is a risk that the sale value of certain of our vessels could decline below those vessels’ carrying value, even though we would not impair those vessels’ carrying value under our accounting impairment policy, due to our belief that future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying amounts.

However, with respect to the class of vessels we own, we believe that relative to the worldwide oceangoing vessel fleet, the market for the sale of our vessels is particularly illiquid, difficult to observe and, therefore, speculative, given the extremely limited secondary sales data. We obtain shipbroker appraisals of our vessels principally for the purposes of covenant compliance ( e.g. , loan to value ratio). These appraisals are generally performed without

 

59


examination of the vessel and without an attempt to market a vessel, and no consideration is given to whether a group of vessels could be sold for higher valuation than on an individual basis. Given the lack of secondary sales data available for our vessels, these appraisals have been used by us as an approximation of our vessels’ market values. However, because these appraisals are primarily prepared for the purposes of valuing collateral and the lack of comparable market transactions, they are prepared on a charter-free basis predominantly based on depreciated replacement cost, which, we believe significantly discounts the value of our vessels. As a result, we believe that the ultimate value that could be obtained from the sale of any one of our vessels to a willing third party would likely, and in many cases meaningfully, exceed the vessel’s appraised value, especially if we were given adequate time to market the vessel.

In order to provide an illustration of the estimated charter-free market values of our vessels relative to their respective carrying values, the table set forth below indicates whether the estimated market value (based on the most recent broker appraisals we had received relating to such vessels) of each of our owned vessel, as of September 30, 2013, was above or below its carrying value.

 

 

 

OPERATING VESSEL

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL
SIZE
(cbm)
     CARRYING
VALUE

(in millions)
     APPRAISED VALUE
RELATIVE TO
CARRYING VALUE
 

Navigator Magellan

     1998         20,700       $ 28.5         Below   

Navigator Mariner

     2000         20,700         32.7         Below   

Navigator Mars

     2000         22,085         42.0         Below   

Navigator Neptune

     2000         22,085             42.1         Below   

Navigator Pluto

     2000         22,085         42.8         Below   

Navigator Saturn

     2000         22,085         42.1         Below   

Navigator Venus

     2000         22,085         42.0         Below   

Navigator Aries

     2008         20,750         53.4         Below   

Navigator Gemini

     2009         20,750         52.5         Below   

Navigator Pegasus

     2009         22,200         47.6         Below   

Navigator Phoenix

     2009         22,200         47.7         Below   

Navigator Scorpio

     2009         20,750         47.2         Below   

Navigator Taurus

     2009         20,750         53.6         Below   

Navigator Virgo

     2009         20,750         47.6         Below   

Navigator Leo

     2011         20,600         51.7         Below   

Navigator Libra

     2012         20,600         52.0         Below   

Navigator Capricorn

     2009         20,750         45.2         Above   

Navigator Grace

     2010         22,500         42.5         Above   

Navigator Galaxy

     2011         22,500         44.7         Above   

Navigator Genesis

     2011         22,500         44.8         Above   

Navigator Global

     2011         22,500         45.0         Above   

Navigator Gusto

     2011         22,500         44.8         Above   

 

 

The appraised value of our 16 vessels for which appraised value was below carrying value as of September 30, 2013 was $650.0 million and the aggregate carrying value of those 16 vessels was $725.5 million, resulting in those vessels having an aggregate appraised value of $75.5 million below their aggregate carrying value. We did not impair any vessels as of September 30, 2013 due to U.S. GAAP impairment accounting standards as future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed these vessels’ carrying amounts.

Drydocking Costs and Vessel Damage. Each of our vessels is required to be drydocked every five years until it reaches 15 years of age, after which each vessel is required to be drydocked every two and one-half to three years for any major repairs and maintenance and for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel, which cannot be performed while the vessel is operating. We capitalize costs associated with the drydockings as “built in overhauls” in accordance with U.S. GAAP and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings.

We expense estimated costs to repair vessel damage that exists at the balance sheet date.

Amortization of capitalized drydocking expenditures requires us to estimate the period until the next drydocking. While we typically drydock each vessel every two and one-half to five years, we may drydock the vessels on a more

 

60


frequent basis. If we change our estimate of the next drydock date, we will adjust our annual amortization of drydocking expenditures. Amortization of drydockings is included in our depreciation and amortization expense.

Share-based Compensation . Certain employees receive grants of our restricted stock in accordance with the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (see Note 11 for more details regarding the plan and amounts of grants awarded). The fair value of our restricted stock is calculated by multiplying the number of shares by the fair value per share at the grant date.

The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. An independent valuation firm was consulted to determine an appropriate methodology for valuing the Company’s restricted stock at the plan’s inception in 2008. Prior to the March 2013 and April 2013 grants described below, the Company exclusively used this established methodology and monitored its appropriateness at each grant date. This methodology calculated the fair value of the restricted stock, by utilizing a weighted average combination of an income approach, a market approach and a cost approach, by using assumptions which were based on our management’s significant judgment.

Significant assumptions made during the valuation processes of grants prior to March 2013 were the illiquidity discounts applied in our cost and income approaches and the EBITDA multiples used in our income approach. Our cost method also utilized the estimated value of our fleet, which was determined by external broker assessments at or close to the restricted stock valuation date. Although there is a very low volume of transactions of our shares on the over-the-counter market, our market approach took into account actual then-recent trades of our shares in the open market. The valuations were prepared by us on a contemporaneous basis.

In February 2013, we issued 7,500,000 shares on a post-split basis to affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC and others in a negotiated transaction for $10.00 per share on a post-split basis. Given the growth of our Company between 2008 and March 2013 and the contemporaneous nature of the transaction with WL Ross & Co. LLC and others, we believe it is appropriate that the price per share at which grants were made in March 2013 and April 2013 should equal the negotiated price per share with WL Ross & Co. LLC. Due to the existence of this transaction, we did not believe it to be necessary or cost effective to engage an independent valuation specialist to provide a valuation in connection with such grants.

We have granted restricted shares at the following grant date fair values since September 30, 2012:

 

 

 

GRANT DATE

   NUMBER OF
RESTRICTED
SHARES
GRANTED
     FAIR VALUE PER
SHARE AT
GRANT DATE
     AGGREGATE
FAIR VALUE
OF SHARES
GRANTED
 

March 2013

     60,000       $ 10.00       $ 600,000   

April 2013

     42,117       $ 10.00       $ 421,170   

 

 

Although we believe that the price used in the contemporaneous issuance to WL Ross & Co. LLC and others of $10.00 per share was the best evidence to support the $10.00 per share values of our March 2013 and April 2013 restricted share grants, in order to support this determination at the time of grant, we also applied our 2008 valuation methodology. In using such methodology, we applied an illiquidity discount of 20.0% and an EBITDA multiple of 8.5x, which resulted in a fair value per share of $10.01 on a post-split basis. If we had applied an illiquidity discount of 15% in using such methodology, the resulting fair value per share would have been approximately $10.63 on a post-split basis. Because the number of restricted shares granted in March and April 2013 was in the aggregate less than 0.25% of the shares outstanding prior to such grants, if we underestimated the fair market value per share by $0.63, the added compensation expense would be less than $65,000. The effect on compensation expense for each $1.00 of hypothetical estimation of fair market value would be approximately $100,000.

The difference between the fair values of the March 2013 and April 2013 grants (each of which vest in 2016) and the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the

 

61


cover of this prospectus) is primarily attributable to three factors: (i) the absence of any plan to proceed with an initial public offering at the time of the March 2013 and April 2013 grants, (ii) the changes in the financial condition, results of operation and prospects of our company resulting in large part from the financing and successful operational implementation of the A.P. Møller transaction and (iii) favorable changes in the condition of the equity capital markets.

In March and April of 2013, we were not planning to pursue in the near term an initial public offering. The lack of such a plan was in part based on the fact that we were in the midst of implementing what we perceived would be, and what has been, a transformative event in our history, namely the A.P. Møller transaction. By nearly doubling the number of vessels in our fleet, the A.P. Møller transaction has provided us with enhanced fleet diversity, economies of scale and greater optionality. As of March and April 2013, only three and four of the A.P. Møller vessels, respectively, had been received by us and deployed under charter. Since April 2013, an additional seven A.P. Møller vessels have been received and deployed under charter by us. Accordingly, in March and April 2013, our ability to integrate the A.P. Møller vessels into our operations and realize the benefits we expected from the transaction had not been established. We expect to continue to benefit from the A.P. Møller transaction as we receive the remaining vessel and have results of operations reflecting the full period of A.P. Møller vessel results.

Foreign Currency Transactions. Substantially all of our cash receipts are in U.S. Dollars. Our disbursements, however, are in the currency invoiced by the supplier. We remit funds in the various currencies invoiced. We convert the non-U.S. Dollar invoices received and their subsequent payments into U.S. Dollars when the transactions occur. The movement in exchange rates between these two dates is transferred to an exchange difference account and is expensed each month.

Our payments due to our technical managers pursuant to our crewing management agreements are denominated in U.S. Dollars, subject to adjustment based on the U.S. Dollar/Euro exchange rate. A significant portion of the payments we make to our technical managers are used by them to pay the officers on-board our vessels.

Compliance with New Accounting Standards

We have elected to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards under the JOBS Act and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards is irrevocable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or “FASB,” issued Accounting Standards Update, or “ASU,” No. 2013-02 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (February 2013). The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. These amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition the entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional details about those amounts.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations, as well as inflation. We may in the future use interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risks, but will not use these financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

62


Interest Rate Risk

Historically, we have been subject to limited market risks relating to changes in interest rates because we did not have significant amounts of floating rate debt outstanding. Navigator Gas L.L.C., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries are parties to secured term loan facilities that bear interest at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 300 to 350 basis points. A variation in LIBOR of 100 basis points would result in a variation of $10,000 in annual interest paid on each $1.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under the secured term loan facilities. See “—Secured Term Loan Facilities.”

We invest our cash and marketable securities in financial instruments with original maturities of no more than six months within the parameters of our investment policy and guidelines.

We do not currently use interest rate swaps to manage the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows, but we may elect to do so in the future.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. Dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues are in U.S. Dollars. Our expenses, however, are in the currency invoiced by each supplier, and we remit funds in the various currencies invoiced. We incur some vessel operating expenses and general and administrative costs in foreign currencies. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, approximately $2.9 million, or 12%, and $4.4 million, or 13%, respectively, of vessel operating costs and general and administrative costs were denominated in non-U.S. Dollar currency, principally the British Pound Sterling and the Euro. A hypothetical 10% decrease in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to the values of the British Pound Sterling and the Euro realized during the year ended December 31, 2012, would have increased our vessel operating costs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, by approximately $0.4 million, and our general and administrative costs by $0.3 million. We have not entered into any hedging transactions to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk.

Inflation

Certain of our operating expenses, including crewing, insurance and drydocking costs, are subject to fluctuations as a result of market forces. Crewing costs in particular have risen over the past number of years as a result of a shortage of trained crews. Please read “Risk Factors—A shortage of qualified officers makes it more difficult to crew our vessels and is increasing our operating costs. If this shortage were to continue or worsen, it may impair out ability to operate and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results” and “Business—Crewing and Staff.” Inflationary pressures on bunker (fuel and oil) costs could have a material effect on our future operations if the number of vessel employment contracts for voyage charters or COAs increases. In the case of the 15 of our 24 vessels that are time-chartered to third parties, it is the charterers who pay for the fuel. If our vessels are employed under voyage charters or COAs, freight rates are generally sensitive to the price of fuel. However, a sharp rise in bunker prices may have a temporary negative effect on our results since freight rates generally adjust only after prices settle at a higher level. Please read “Risk Factors—Rising bunker fuel prices may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results to the extent that we enter into voyage charters and COAs.”

Seasonality

Liquefied gases are primarily used for industrial and domestic heating, as a chemical and refinery feedstock, as a transportation fuel and in agriculture. The liquefied gas carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of propane and butane for heating during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and the supply of certain commodities. As a result, demand for our vessels may be stronger in our fiscal quarters ending December 31 and March 31 and relatively weaker during our fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, although 12-month time charter rates tend to smooth these short-term fluctuations. To the extent any of our time charters expire during the relatively weaker fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, it may not be possible to re-charter our vessels at similar rates. As a result, we may have to accept lesser rates or experience off-hire time for our vessels, which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “Business—Our Fleet.”

 

63


THE INTERNATIONAL LIQUEFIED GAS SHIPPING INDUSTRY

All the information and data presented in this section, including the analysis of the various sectors of the international liquefied gas shipping industry has been provided by Drewry. Drewry has advised that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. In connection therewith, Drewry has advised that: (a) certain information in Drewry’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (b) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Drewry’s database; (c) while Drewry has taken care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures. We believe that, notwithstanding any such qualification by Drewry, the industry data provided by Drewry is accurate in all material respects.

Summary

A liquefied gas carrier is a generic term used to describe a vessel that can carry:

 

  n  

LPG, such as propane and butane;

 

  n  

petrochemical gases, such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene and vinyl chloride monomer, or VCM; or

 

  n  

ammonia.

LPG is a clean and efficient source of energy and is a viable alternative to other less environmentally friendly carbon fuels. Petrochemical gases are a building block for a large range of plastic-based products, while ammonia is an important part of the fertilizer chain, which supports agricultural development and sustains world population growth.

In normal ambient temperatures, LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia are in a gaseous state. These gases are transported in liquefied form, under cooling temperatures and/or pressure, which can reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making transportation more efficient and economical.

In 2012, approximately 63 million tons of LPG, 18 million tons of petrochemical gases and 18 million tons of ammonia were transported by sea. Seaborne transportation of LPG and petrochemicals, the two product classes principally transported by Navigator Holdings, has increased at compound annual growth rates, or CAGRs, of 2.9% and 4.4%, respectively, from 2002 through 2012, and 7.3% and 3.3% from 2009 through 2012. The recent growth in seaborne LPG transportation has resulted primarily from the advent of shale gas in the United States. The demand for seaborne transportation of these liquefied gases is expected to continue to grow due to evolving energy and petrochemical market dynamics, particularly as a result of increasing U.S. shale oil and gas development, as seaborne transportation is often the only, or the most cost effective, way to transport liquefied gases between major exporting and importing markets. Over the last 18 months, the expansion of existing LNG facilities and the construction of new LNG production facilities around the world have added to LPG production and trade volumes, following a period of project delays and stalled start-ups due to the global economic downturn.

LPG has historically been a supply-driven industry, as LPG is a by-product of gas processing, LNG production and crude oil refining. From 2002 through 2012, worldwide production of LPG increased at a CAGR of 2.6%. Over this same period seaborne trade in LPG increased at a CAGR of 2.9%, with the slightly higher growth rate relative to total production growth being the result of geographical shifts in the location of production and strong demand among key importers.

Petrochemical gases are derived from the cracking of petroleum feedstocks, such as ethane, LPG or naphtha or their derivatives. The major petrochemical gases transported by sea are ethylene, butadiene, propylene and VCM. These products are key building blocks for a wide range of materials used in industrial and consumer applications. Ammonia is an inorganic chemical, and up to 90% of all production is currently used in the manufacture of fertilizers. The supply and consumption of ammonia are influenced by production costs and pricing levels of both feedstocks and finished products.

The dynamics of global supply and trade of LPG and certain petrochemicals such as ethylene are being altered by the advent of shale gas in the United States. Rapid exploitation of U.S. shale gas reserves has boosted LPG production, which, in conjunction with competitive gas prices, has paved the way for increased U.S. LPG and

 

64


petrochemical exports and rising demand for shipping capacity. For example, in 2012, the United States became a net exporter of LPG, and in early 2013 total exports were nearly 10 million barrels a month, more than double the average from 2002 through 2012.

Charter rates and vessel values are influenced by the supply and demand for seaborne gas cargo carrying capacity and are consequently volatile. The supply of gas carrier capacity is primarily a function of the size of the existing world fleet, the number of newbuildings being delivered and the scrapping of older vessels. As of September 30, 2013, there were 1,268 liquefied gas carriers with an aggregate capacity of 20.8 million cbm. An additional 22 and 100 carriers of 0.5 million cbm and 3.9 million cbm, respectively, are on order for delivery by the end of 2013 and between 2014 and 2017, respectively. The orderbook for liquefied gas carriers as of September 30, 2013 was equivalent to 21.3% of the existing fleet in capacity terms, which is well below its 32% peak seen in late 2007 and early 2008. In contrast to oil tankers and drybulk carriers, the number of shipyards with liquefied gas carrier experience is quite limited, and as such, a sudden influx of supply beyond what is already on order before 2015 is unlikely. In the 15,000–24,999 cbm size range in which Navigator Holdings currently operates, known as the handysize sector, as of September 30, 2013, there were 88 vessels in the world fleet and 19 vessels on order for delivery by 2015. As of September 30, 2013, almost 24% of the fleet capacity in the handysize sector was more than 20 years old.

There are three basic types of liquefied gas carriers, though only a subset of ships can carry each of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia. In general, the operating flexibility of a liquefied gas carrier is restricted at the lower and upper ends of the vessel-size spectrum by a combination of technical and commercial features. The most flexible ships are those in the handysize sector. Ships of this type have access to all three markets—LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia—and hence possess the greatest trading versatility.

Liquefied gas carriers operate under time charters, contracts of affreightment and on the spot market. Time charter rates for most sizes of liquefied gas carriers peaked during the period from 2006 through 2008 and then declined from 2009 through 2011. Since 2011, there has been a gradual and sustained recovery in charter rates, as rising vessel demand has led to a much tighter market balance. In September 2013, one-year time charter rates for Very Large Liquefied Gas carriers averaged approximately $1,035,000 per month, while rates for handysize semi-refrigerated ships averaged approximately $910,000 per month.

Secondhand values for modern, semi-refrigerated ships have held up well, even when the market was at its weakest from 2009 through 2011, in part because newbuilding prices have been steady since 2010 and freight rates have improved. While there is limited liquidity in the secondhand market, modern semi-refrigerated ships have attracted a premium due to their trading flexibility.

Products and Uses

LPG . LPG cargoes are typically propane and butane (including n-Butane and i-Butane). The primary uses of LPG are in residential and commercial heating and cooking applications, as a feedstock for the production of petrochemicals, industrial use and as fuel for transportation. Global production of LPG in 2012 was 275 million tons, of which 63 million tons was transported by sea in liquefied gas carriers.

 

65


Main Uses of LPG (1)

 

LOGO

 

(1)  

Based on 2011 consumption data

Petrochemical Gases . Ethylene, propylene and butadiene are significant members of the olefins family used in the manufacture of a large number of intermediate chemicals and finished products. Ethylene is polymerised into high density polyethylene, or HDPE, low density polyethylene, or LDPE, and linear density polyethylene, or LLDPE, which in turn are used to make plastic packaging, bottles, containers and household hardware. Ethylene can also be turned into ethylene glycol for use in anti-freeze. Ethylene is also used with benzene in the manufacturing of polystyrene. Propylene is polymerised into polypropylene used in the manufacturing of moulded components for cars and domestic appliances, carpet fibers, cable sheathing, piping, coatings and containers. Butadiene is combined with styrene to produce styrene butadiene rubber, or SBR, used in tire manufacturing. It is also used in making acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene, or ABS, resin, which has applications in car fittings, packaging and sports equipment. VCM is a chlorinated gas, which is used principally in the manufacturing of plastics. VCM is used to produce polyvinyl chloride, or PVC, which is formed into a wide variety of plastic products. Global production of petrochemical gases was approximately 300 million tons in 2012, of which 18 million tons were moved by sea.

Ammonia . Ammonia is produced by the synthesis of gas and a hydrocarbon. Production is heavily influenced by the availability of natural gas, and up to 90% of ammonia is currently used in fertilizer production, with the principal end products being ammonium sulphate, ammonium nitrate, urea (dry) and ammonium nitrate solution. It can also be used for nitric acid, explosives, nylon fibre, acrylic and urethane plastics. Demand for ammonia is driven by population growth and food consumption. Global production was approximately 170 million tons in 2012, of which approximately 18 million tons were moved by sea.

The Liquefied Gas Industry

LPG is found naturally in oil and gas fields and is extracted from wells and shale deposits along with other hydrocarbon products. It is extracted from crude oil at oil refineries and from natural gas at gas processing facilities. Approximately two-thirds of global LPG supply comes from crude oil and natural gas streams (including the production of LNG) with the balance coming from the refining of crude oil. Once produced, LPG must be consumed locally, exported, flared or vented, although flaring has been reduced globally by a number of government initiatives designed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

 

66


The LPG and Petrochemical Gas Supply Chain

 

LOGO

Petrochemicals such as ethylene and propylene are by-products of the cracking of petroleum feedstocks such as ethane, LPG or naphtha and their derivatives. Typical yields for cracker feedstocks are shown below.

Indicative Yields of Cracker Feedstocks

 

 

 

     H2 & FUEL GAS     ETHYLENE     PROPYLENE     BUTADIENE     BENZENE     TOLUENE     OTHERS  

Ethane

     17     78     3     2                   1

Propane

     32     40     26     1                   1

Normal Butane

     22     40     34     2                   2

Natural Gasoline

     20     32     24     4     4     4     13

Heavy Naphtha

     18     24     20     4     2     2     31

 

 

The LPG Industry

LPG Production. Worldwide production of LPG grew at a CAGR of 2.6% from 2002 through 2012, increasing from 217 million tons in 2002 to 280 million tons in 2012. Historically, the Middle East has been the dominant global supplier of LPG. Production in the Middle East has increased over the last decade, primarily as result of the development of the Qatari North Gas Field. In 2012, total Middle Eastern LPG production amounted to just over 65 million tons, equivalent to 23% of global output.

 

67


World LPG Production

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

North America

    64.6        62.8        64.5        61.4        61.8        62.9        63.0        58.1        59.7        61.5        64.6        0.0     3.6

South America

    22.8        23.2        24.0        24.7        24.3        23.9        23.9        23.2        23.2        24.6        24.8        0.8     2.2

Europe (Including FSU)

    36.7        40.0        40.3        41.0        40.5        40.5        42.9        42.5        46.1        44.2        45.1        2.1     2.0

Middle East

    36.0        37.0        38.3        39.7        45.0        44.1        49.5        45.9        55.4        63.8        65.4        6.2     12.5

Africa

    15.4        15.1        15.1        15.6        15.7        16.4        16.1        17.0        17.2        18.6        19.1        2.2     4.0

Asia Pacific

    41.8        43.5        45.2        48.2        50.7        53.7        52.9        53.3        58.3        58.9        60.7        3.8     4.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    217.3        221.6        227.4        230.6        238.0        241.5        248.3        240.0        260.0        271.5        279.8        2.6     5.2

 

 

*Provisional

However, the supremacy of the Middle East is now being challenged by the United States, where development of shale gas deposits has led to a steady increase in natural gas production and LPG supplies. U.S. production of LPG has recovered from a recent market low in 2009 of 41.9 million tons to a provisional 48.2 million tons in 2012, an increase of 15%.

Principal LPG Producers

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

China

    11.6        12.6        14.0        15.3        17.5        19.4        18.6        19.1        20.2        21.8        22.0        6.6     4.8

Qatar

    1.6        1.8        1.9        2.2        2.9        3.2        5.7        6.0        6.6        13.6        14.3        24.7     33.7

Russia

    7.0        8.6        8.8        9.4        10.4        10.9        10.9        11.7        12.0        12.8        13.3        6.7     4.5

Saudi Arabia

    17.6        17.9        18.6        19.0        21.9        21.0        23.3        24.6        26.4        27.2        27.9        4.7     4.2

USA

    46.8        44.5        45.9        43.7        43.9        45.6        46.8        41.9        43.4        44.9        48.2        0.3     4.8

Others

    132.7        136.2        138.2        141.1        141.6        141.5        143.1        136.7        151.4        151.2        154.0        1.5     4.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    217.3        221.6        227.4        230.6        238.0        241.5        248.3        240.0        260.0        271.5        279.8        2.6     5.2

 

 

*Provisional

LPG is a by-product of oil and gas extraction, the availability of which has historically been limited by the flaring of natural gas at the wellhead. However, increasing restrictions across the globe on flaring natural gas have resulted in, and are anticipated to continue to result in, the increased transportation or storage of by-products such as LPG. The expanding development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has resulted in an abundance of LPG that exceeds current U.S. domestic needs and, given the scarcity and cost of storage infrastructure, is expected to be increasingly exported. This LPG available for export from the United States, together with LPG associated with large LNG export projects in international oil and gas producing regions, is expected to create supply-driven growth of LPG seaborne transportation and arbitrage opportunities due to regional price differentials.

LPG Consumption . Historically, consumption of LPG has been largely supply-driven. However, LPG, which produces virtually no sulphur emissions, is a relatively clean source of energy when compared with other carbon fuels. As such, demand side variables are beginning to have a positive impact on the market, leading to increased consumption of LPG in residential and commercial applications, especially in regions such as Asia.

 

68


World LPG Consumption

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

North America

    57.4        56.1        58.2        56.9        58.4        59.6        61.8        61.2        54.1        57.6        58.7        0.2     -1.4

South America

    20.5        20.6        21.5        21.3        21.9        22.0        21.7        21.5        29.5        28.8        29.6        3.8     11.3

Europe (Including FSU)

    37.7        38.9        39.8        41.7        41.6        43.6        43.6        43.2        41.8        43.2        44.5        1.7     1.0

Middle East

    30.0        30.3        30.1        31.3        30.4        31.7        31.8        32.0        29.5        28.8        29.6        -0.1     -2.5

Africa

    14.3        13.6        14.0        14.5        15.0        15.6        16.3        16.4        14.8        14.4        14.9        0.4     -3.1

Asia Pacific

    59.5        58.2        60.3        59.0        60.5        61.6        63.9        64.2        83.7        86.3        89.8        4.2     11.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    208.9        210.0        216.8        220.4        228.0        234.3        240.4        238.4        253.4        259.0        267.1        2.5     3.9

 

 

*Provisional

Asian countries (especially emerging economies) represent the fastest growing market for LPG, in part because the penetration of LPG use in a large number of these countries remains relatively low. Indian consumption of LPG grew at a CAGR of 6.7% from 2002 through 2012, while Chinese consumption over the same period grew at a CAGR of 3.9%. An expanding domestic consumer base and rising commercial use are the main factors driving demand in these markets. In some Asian markets, such as Indonesia, government initiatives to encourage the use of LPG has increased consumption. In contrast to natural gas, LPG requires little or no permanent infrastructure for distribution and this is one of the reasons why it is attractive for many developing markets.

In contrast, LPG consumption in developed economies such as the United States and Japan has contracted over the last decade. Increased domestic use of natural gas in the United States and Japan and in particular shale gas in the United States has decreased local consumption of LPG. In the industrial and petrochemical markets, demand remains sensitive to price, although rising crude oil prices relative to other feedstocks helped to underpin increased demand for LPG from the petrochemical sector.

Principal LPG Consumers

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

China

    16.4        18.0        20.2        21.0        21.6        21.8        21.5        23.2        22.4        24.0        24.0        3.9     1.2

India

    8.2        9.0        9.9        10.0        10.5        11.3        11.8        12.7        14.0        15.1        15.6        6.7     7.0

Japan

    18.5        18.2        17.7        18.6        18.2        18.2        17.7        16.4        16.1        16.8        16.9        -0.9     1.0

Saudi Arabia

    15.8        14.9        6.2        5.9        8.5        9.2        11.1        12.1        17.5        19.6        20.0        2.4     18.4

USA

    52.3        50.8        52.7        51.3        52.2        53.5        55.6        54.1        50.2        49.5        50.0        -0.4     -2.6

Others

    97.7        99.1        110.1        113.7        117.0        120.3        122.7        119.9        133.1        134.0        140.7        3.7     5.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    208.9        210.0        216.8        220.4        228.0        234.3        240.4        238.4        253.4        259.0        267.1        2.5     3.9

 

 

*Provisional

Petrochemicals

Trends in the production and consumption of petrochemical gases are driven by changes in world GDP and industrial production and patterns of consumer spending. Petrochemical gas production is also affected by the cost of feedstocks and the location of new refinery and cracking capacity. In 2012, total worldwide consumption of petrochemical gases amounted to 240 million tons, of which 18 million tons, or 7.5%, was transported by sea. From 2002 through 2012, worldwide consumption of petrochemical gases increased at a CAGR of 2.5%.

 

69


World Consumption of Petrochemical Gases

(Million Tons)

 

LOGO

*Provisional

Seaborne trade volumes in petrochemical gases have increased for much of the last decade in part because of the growth in refining and cracking capacity in the Middle East and Asia. Generally, the growth of capacity ahead of downstream production has underpinned the growth in exports, creating additional demand for shipping capacity. The majority of this capacity has been in the handysize sector.

In the United States, the growth in gas and liquids from shale has not only increased the availability of feedstocks, but also made U.S. domestic feedstocks more competitively priced. As a result, U.S. production of petrochemical gases has increased, idle capacity has been reactivated and development plans for new capacity have emerged. As with LPG, price differentials between the United States and other markets have opened up the possibility of arbitrage trades.

The demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases is expected to increase due to industrial users seeking alternative feedstocks given the rise in crude oil prices, expanding global manufacturing and cracking capacity, particularly in the Middle East and Asia, and shifting regional supply imbalances in certain petrochemicals.

Ammonia

Worldwide production of ammonia in 2012 is provisionally estimated at close to 165 million tons, with seaborne trade at just over 18 million tons, equivalent to 11% of production. In the last decade, international seaborne trade in ammonia has grown faster than production due to the growth in supply from regions with more competitively priced feedstock. Production of ammonia is gravitating to areas that have large supplies of low cost natural gas such as the Middle East.

 

70


Shale Gas and the LPG Market

Shale gas is natural gas extracted from shale formations which are found in various locations throughout the world. When extracted it consists of on average approximately 60% dry natural gas and 40% natural gas liquids.

U.S. Shale Gas Composition

 

LOGO

In the United States, shale plays have become an increasingly important source of natural gas and have led to significant increases in domestic gas production. In 2005, U.S. gas production was equivalent to 511 billion cbm, but by 2012 it had risen to 717 billion cbm, an increase of 40%.

U.S. Daily Oil and Annual Gas Production

 

LOGO

Rising domestic production of natural gas has also resulted in increased supplies of LPG and ethane. U.S. natural gas production is now approximately 2.5 million barrels per day as compared to approximately 1.5 million barrels per day in 2005.

 

71


U.S. Natural Gas Plant Field Production

(Thousands of Barrels per Day)

 

LOGO

U.S. LPG production has been on an upward trend since 2008. In September 2013, the United States was producing approximately 2.2 million barrels of LPG per day as compared to approximately 2.0 million barrels per day in 2008.

U.S. LPG Production

(Thousands of Barrels per Day)

 

LOGO

This production growth has resulted in U.S. LPG import volumes decreasing and export volumes increasing. As a result, the United States has transitioned from being a net importer to a net exporter of LPG, something which has arisen directly as a consequence of the development of domestic shale gas reserves.

 

72


U.S. LPG Exports and Imports

(Thousands of Barrels)

 

LOGO

Incremental U.S. production of LPG and other natural gas liquids from shale gas have the potential to push U.S. exports of LPG higher, in part because competitive pricing opens up the potential for arbitrage trades. Future export potential is also being supported by the growth of domestic terminal capacity and based on current development activities shown in the next two tables, U.S. LPG export terminal capacity is expected to increase five fold between 2012-2015.

U.S. LPG Export Terminal Projects

 

 

 

LOCATION

 

OWNER

  PROJECT DESCRIPTION   TIMING   EXPORT CAPACITY
        CURRENT
CAPACITY
(BPD)
    EXPECTED
CAPACITY
BY 2015

(BPD)

Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania

 

MarkWest/

Sunoco Logistics

  Capacity to export ethane
and propane
  Operational in
2014
    70,000

Houston Ship Channel, Texas

  Enterprise   Propane export terminal   4Q12, expanded
by 2015
    115,000      300,000

Houston Ship Channel, Texas

 

Targa

  Additional capacity to
ship in refrigerated
vessels and increase
propane export capacity
  3Q13, expanded
by 2014
    35,000      166,700

Gulf Coast

 

Enterprise

  New facility on the Gulf
Coast (Louisiana or
Texas) with capability to
serve Very Large Gas
Carriers
  Operational in
2015
    208,000

Corpus Christi, Texas

  OxyChem   Capability to load Very
Large Gas Carriers
  Operational in
2014
    Not announced

 

 

 

73


LOGO

In addition, increasing LPG supplies in the United States have reduced domestic gas prices to the point that they are now highly competitive with the prices offered by other major LPG exporters.

LPG Prices

(U.S. $ per Ton)

LOGO

 

74


Feedstock Costs

(U.S. $ per ton)

LOGO

The increased production of natural gas liquids from U.S. shale plays has also resulted in the pricing of natural gas liquids such as ethane and propane being driven towards a pricing structure more heavily influenced by natural gas prices as opposed to a more crude oil-based pricing experienced in most other regions. For example, the average spot price for ethane in the U.S. Gulf coast has dropped from approximately $526 per metric ton for the year ended December 31, 2008 to approximately $161 per metric ton for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, a decrease of approximately 69%. Accordingly, U.S. ethylene production costs have fallen to levels where the United States can now compete with Middle Eastern suppliers, resulting in new projects to expand U.S. ethylene cracking capacity. These developments have adversely impacted high cost naphtha-based ethylene producers in Europe and Asia and are expected to result in additional seaborne transportation of ethylene from the United States as U.S. cracking capacity increases. Furthermore, given the price disparity in feedstocks, European petrochemical producers are finding it increasingly attractive to source U.S. LPG and ethane, which in turn has created new arbitrage opportunities.

Additionally, the expansion of LNG projects around the world has and will continue to increase LPG production and trade. Large scale LNG projects are underway around the world, although these projects often require long lead times and are subject to delay. Increased production of LNG will lead to further growth in LPG supplies, as LPG is a produced in association with LNG.

Seaborne Trade in LPG, Petrochemical Gases & Ammonia

World seaborne trade in LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia, on a combined basis, grew at a CAGR of 3.2% from 2002 through 2012, from 72.6 to 99.5 million tons. Over this period, the growth in trade was slightly higher than the growth in production due to:

 

  n  

strong demand growth in key importing regions;

 

  n  

reduced flaring;

 

  n  

changes in production regions; and

 

  n  

limitations of alternative modes of transportation.

 

75


World Seaborne Trade in LPG, Petrochemical Gases & Ammonia

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

LPG

    47.6        51.5        53.6        54.5        55.4        53.8        52.5        51.4        53.2        61.8        63.4        2.9     7.3

Ammonia

    13.5        14.6        14.9        16.4        16.8        17.6        16.6        15.4        17.0        17.6        18.4        3.1     6.2

Ethylene

    4.1        4.6        5.0        5.3        4.9        6.0        5.8        5.5        5.7        5.9        6.0        3.8     2.9

Butadiene

    1.0        1.1        1.3        1.4        1.4        1.5        1.5        1.7        1.8        2.0        2.1        7.4     7.5

Proplyene

    3.8        4.6        4.8        4.5        4.8        5.4        4.9        5.5        6.0        5.9        6.1        4.7     3.6

VCM

    2.5        2.9        3.3        3.2        3.2        3.0        3.2        3.4        3.6        3.4        3.5        3.5     1.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Petchem Gas

    11.5        13.2        14.5        14.3        14.3        16.0        15.4        16.0        17.1        17.2        17.7        4.4     3.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liquefied Gases

    72.6        79.3        83.0        85.2        86.5        87.4        84.5        82.8        87.3        96.6        99.5        3.2     6.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% Change (Year-over-Year)

      9.2     4.6     2.7     1.5     1.0     -3.3     -2.0     5.4     10.7     3.0    

 

 

*Provisional

Seaborne trade in LPG grew at a CAGR of 3.2% from 2002 through 2012, although as the above figures indicate a large portion of that growth has occurred since 2009.

The Middle East is the largest exporter of LPG, and Asia is the largest destination for Middle Eastern exports. Japan, South Korea and India are the main importers in Asia, with Europe being the other major importer.

Major Seaborne Importers of LPG

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

     2002      2003      2004      2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012*      CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

Japan

     14.0         14.1         13.9         13.7         14.5         13.8         13.6         12.2         12.1         12.5         13.2         -0.6     2.5

EU27

     6.2         5.9         7.2         8.0         9.6         9.6         8.6         8.4         9.6         11.2         10.1         5.0     6.5

South Korea

     4.7         4.3         4.0         4.2         4.6         5.0         5.5         5.7         6.0         6.9         6.1         2.5     2.0

India

     0.6         1.5         1.9         2.4         2.2         2.5         2.6         2.2         2.7         4.5         5.3         24.7     33.4

China

     6.3         6.4         6.4         6.1         5.4         4.1         2.7         3.6         3.6         3.7         2.6         -8.5     -10.6

Others

     15.9         19.3         20.1         20.0         19.1         18.8         19.5         19.2         19.1         23.1         24.1         4.3     7.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     47.6         51.5         53.6         54.5         55.4         53.8         52.5         51.4         53.2         61.8         61.3         2.6     6.1

 

 

*Provisional

 

76


Major Seaborne Exporters of LPG

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

     2002      2003      2004      2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012      CAGR
02-12%
    CAGR
09-12%
 

Qatar

     0.8         1.3         1.6         1.6         2.3         3.3         4.4         5.3         7.2         9.0         9.1         26.9     19.7

USA

     2.7         2.3         1.6         1.9         2.3         2.7         2.8         4.8         5.9         6.5         8.9         12.7     22.9

UAE

     5.6         6.0         6.0         6.1         6.7         5.7         5.1         5.4         5.5         7.4         8.6         4.5     17.0

Algeria

     5.7         5.9         4.7         5.4         5.0         5.6         5.0         4.4         3.9         4.4         5.9         0.4     10.2

Saudi Arabia

     8.1         9.2         12.7         11.2         10.2         9.1         8.5         6.7         5.6         6.0         5.8         -3.2     -4.6

Kuwait

     2.7         2.6         3.1         2.9         3.5         3.2         3.4         3.2         3.0         4.0         4.4         4.9     11.3

Canada

     5.9         5.4         4.7         4.5         4.2         3.9         4.0         3.5         3.1         3.0         3.0         -6.5     -5.1

Norway

     2.3         2.9         2.4         3.6         3.7         3.7         2.9         2.4         2.4         3.2         3.0         2.9     7.3

Iran

     1.0         1.4         1.3         1.3         2.4         2.7         2.2         2.5         3.1         3.4         2.5         9.6     0.3

Australia

     1.7         1.6         1.9         2.3         2.4         2.4         2.0         2.3         2.2         2.0         1.2         -3.2     -19.2

Others

     11.3         12.8         13.4         13.7         12.6         11.4         12.1         10.9         11.2         12.8         11.0         -0.3     0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     47.6         51.5         53.6         54.5         55.4         53.8         52.5         51.4         53.2         61.8         63.4         2.9     7.3

 

 

Currently, the main exporters of LPG are the producers in the Middle East - Qatar, the U.A.E., Saudi Arabia and Kuwait -, the United States and Algeria. The United States is now the second largest exporter of LPG in the world, and in 2013 is expected to be the largest exporter in the world. U.S. exports of LPG have largely been exported to Atlantic basin markets. However, the completion of the Panama Canal expansion could result in decreased shipping costs for exports to Asia. From 2009 through 2012, U.S. exports of LPG grew at a CAGR of approximately 22.9%,providing further evidence of the positive impact of shale gas on the U.S. LPG export market.

Exports of petrochemical gases from 2002 through 2012 have grown at a CAGR of 4.4% to 17.7 million tons. The volume of product moved by sea remains relatively small in relation to global petrochemical gas production. However, changes in the location of major petrochemical production in the last decade have generally had a beneficial impact on trade volumes. Equally, differences in feedstock costs have opened up arbitrage opportunities.

Increases in seaborne trade have led to rising demand for liquefied gas carrier capacity. When measured in ton-miles, liquefied gas carrier demand grew at a CAGR of 2.8% from 2002 through 2012, to 307.3 billion ton-miles. The growth in demand was slightly less than the growth in trade as changes in geographical pattern of trade reduced average voyage lengths by a small amount.

World Seaborne Trade in LPG, Petrochemical Gases & Ammonia

(Billion Ton-miles)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

LPG

    183.3        196.2        211.3        203.1        212.6        200.7        198.2        201.0        205.8        225.6        229.2        2.3     4.5

Ammonia

    33.3        39.0        40.0        43.9        44.3        48.5        45.7        39.8        42.9        47.6        50.0        4.1     7.9

Ethylene

    5.5        5.1        5.7        5.8        4.6        7.0        8.6        7.6        7.6        9.2        9.3        5.3     7.0

Butadiene

    2.4        2.7        3.8        3.5        3.4        2.9        3.6        4.6        5.3        5.8        6.2        10.2     10.5

Proplyene

    4.9        6.5        6.1        6.4        5.4        6.9        5.3        6.3        7.0        7.4        7.6        4.5     6.6

VCM

    3.8        4.4        5.3        3.9        4.0        4.2        4.3        4.8        5.5        5.0        5.0        2.7     1.5

Total
Petchem Gas

    16.6        18.7        20.9        19.6        17.4        20.9        21.8        23.3        25.5        27.3        28.1        5.4     6.5

Total Liquefied Gases

    233.2        253.9        272.2        266.6        274.2        270.1        265.7        264.0        274.1        300.6        307.3        2.8     5.2

% Change (Year-over-Year)

      8.9     7.2     -2.1     2.9     -1.5     -1.6     -0.7     3.8     9.7     2.2    

 

 

*Provisional

 

77


By sector, from 2002 through 2012, ton-mile demand in LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia grew by CAGRs of 2.3%, 5.4% and 4.1%, respectively. Ammonia demand grew strongly because ammonia production has shifted to locations with low cost natural gas, while petrochemicals have benefited from the development of new export capacity.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Supply

Ship Types

There are three basic types of liquefied gas carriers:

 

  n  

Fully-pressurised (pr) vessels , which rely solely on pressure (up to 18 bar to liquefy cargoes at ambient temperatures). These are the smallest liquefied gas carriers and range in size up to 11,500 cbm.

 

  n  

Semi-refrigerated (s/r) vessels , which liquefy their cargoes under a combination of pressure and refrigeration to temperatures down to minus 48° Celsius and pressure up to 9 bar. Certain semi-refrigerated carriers are able to cool cargoes further to minus 104° Celsius and are designated as ethylene carriers. Ships of this type range in size from 5,000 to 25,000 cbm.

 

  n  

Fully-refrigerated (f/r) vessels carry liquefied cargoes at their boiling temperatures, which is minus 48° Celsius for propane. Ships in this category range in size from 15,000 to 80,000+ cbm.

Types of Liquefied Gas Carriers

 

LOGO

 

78


Not all liquefied gas carriers can carry all types of liquefied gases for a combination of technical and commercial reasons. For example, some charters will not allow shipment of LPG on vessels that have shipped ammonia on their prior journey. Additionally, carriage of VCM and ethylene requires specific design and containment features. The table below illustrates vessel types and cargo carrying requirements.

Liquefied Gas Carriers—Cargo Carrying Requirements

 

LOGO

 

(1)    

Not propylene

Amid the technicalities, the general observations are:

 

  n  

LPG and ammonia are transported in large volumes in fully-refrigerated ships operating on long haul routes;

 

  n  

Petrochemical gases are carried mainly in semi-refrigerated or fully-pressurised vessels, with a subset of specialized semi-refrigerated vessels carrying ethylene, which requires a cooling temperature of minus 104° Celsius, and ethane, which requires minus 82° Celsius; and

 

  n  

Smaller vessels transport LPG, petrochemical gases and, to a lesser extent, ammonia over short-haul routes.

Generally, operating flexibility is reduced at the lower and upper ends of the vessel size spectrum, and semi-refrigerated ships with the ability to both cool and sustain pressure have access to all cargo types (including, in certain instances, ethylene and ethane) and therefore the greatest operating versatility.

Fleet Categories

Within the liquefied gas carrier fleet there are six main vessel size categories.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Categories

 

 

 

CLASS

  

SIZE

  

TYPE

   CARGO CARRYING CAPABILITY
         LPG    PETROCHEMICAL    AMMONIA
         GASES          

Very Large

   60,000+ cbm    Fully-Refrigerated    Yes      

Large

   40,000-59,999 cbm    Fully-Refrigerated    Yes       Yes

Medium

   25,000-39,999 cbm    Fully-Refrigerated    Yes       Yes

Handysize

   15,000-24,999 cbm    Semi-Refrigerated    Yes    Yes    Yes
      Fully-Refrigerated    Yes       Yes

Small

   5,000-14,999 cbm    Semi-Refigerated    Yes    Yes   
      Pressurised    Yes      

Very Small

   <4,999 cbm    Pressurised    Yes      

 

 

 

79


60,000+ cbm

Ships in this category are all fully-refrigerated and are employed on long-haul LPG trade routes from the Middle East and the United States to Asia and, to a lesser extent Europe, and from West and North Africa to Atlantic destinations.

40,000-59,999 cbm

Ships in this category are all fully-refrigerated and carry both LPG and ammonia. Key LPG routes are from West Africa to Europe and the United States and from North Africa to Europe. The main ammonia long-haul routes are from the Black Sea to the United States and Asia.

25,000-39,999 cbm

Most ships in this size range are fully-refrigerated and operate on LPG routes from the Middle East to India and the Mediterranean, some intra-North European trades and from North Africa. These ships also carry ammonia from the Middle East and within Asia and the U.S./Caribbean region.

15,000-24,999 cbm

The ships within this sector (the handysize sector) are predominantly semi-refrigerated, and carry either LPG, petrochemical gases or ammonia. Of all the size classes, ships within this sector have the widest trading profile by cargo type. The main routes for LPG include intra-Europe, intra Caribbean, intra Mediterranean, United States to Latin America and from the Middle East to India. The main routes for petrochemicals include Mediterranean to US Gulf and Asia, Europe to US Gulf and Asia, as well as Middle East to Europe and Asia. U.S. exports of ethylene are expected to increase as a result of the availability of cheaper ethane (and, accordingly, ethylene) and as ethane cracking capacity increases.

5,000-14,999 cbm

The majority of ships in this category operate in the LPG and petrochemical gas trades. The key LPG routes are within Europe and from Europe to Africa, while the key petrochemical gas routes are from the Middle East to Asia, within Asia and intra-European routes.

< 4,999 cbm

The ships in this sector are predominantly pressurised and are primarily employed on short-haul and intra-regional trades. Key areas of employment include Europe, the Caribbean, the Mediterranean and Asia.

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet

As of September 30, 2013, the total liquefied gas carrier fleet consisted of 1,268 ships with a combined capacity of 20.8 million cbm.

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—September 2013

 

 

 

SIZE RANGE CBM

   NO.    000 CBM

<4,999

   667    1,558

5,000-14,999

   282    2,065

15,000-24,999

   88    1,783

25,000-39,999

   59    2,068

40,000-59,999

   19    1,107

60,000+

   153    12,261
  

 

  

 

Total

   1,268    20,844

 

 

 

80


The steady increases in seaborne trade and ship demand in the last decade have led to growth in the overall fleet size. From 2002 through September 2013, fleet capacity increased by approximately 71%, while the average size of vessel in the fleet has grown from 13,100 cbm in 2002 to 16,400 cbm in September 2013.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Development

 

LOGO

Included within the total liquefied gas carrier fleet are a limited number of ships that can carry ethylene. In total, in September 2013, the ethylene-capable fleet consisted of 149 ships with a combined capacity of 1.18 million cbm. The average vessel size in this fleet is 7,900 cbm. The current orderbook consists of 29 ships with a combined capacity of 420,000 cbm, equivalent to 35.5% of the existing ethylene capable fleet.

The Ethylene Capable Fleet and Orderbook—September 2013

 

 

 

     EXISTING FLEET    ORDERBOOK    ORDERBOOK % OF FLEET

SIZE RANGE CBM

   NO.    000 CBM    NO.    000 CBM        NO.            CBM    

<4,999

   37    117    2    9    5.4    8.1

5,000-14,999

   97    785    15    171    15.5    21.8

15,000-24,999

   15    279    12    239    80.0    85.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

   149    1,181    29    420    19.5    35.5

 

 

 

81


Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Age Profile

As of September 30, 2013, the average age of the liquefied gas carrier fleet was 15.9 years. However, this is skewed by the fact that the average age of the fleet in the under 4,999 cbm class is 20.4 years. In other sectors the fleet is younger—in the handysize sector for example, it is 11.6 years.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—Average Age by Sector—September 2013

 

 

 

SIZE RANGE CBM

   AVERAGE AGE (YRS)

<4,999

   20.4

5,000-14,999

   11.1

15,000-24,999

   11.6

25,000-39,999

   10.3

40,000-59,999

   11.5

60,000+

   10.3

Average Age—Total Fleet

   15.9

 

 

The age profile of the liquefied gas fleet is mixed, with fleet categories having a combination of both old and new tonnage. Vessels in excess of 25 years of age are approaching the end of their useful trading lives.

Age Profile of the Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—September 2013

(% of Capacity)

 

 

 

SIZE RANGE CBM

  <5 YRS   5-9 YRS   10-14 YRS     15-19 YRS     20-24 YRS     25-29 YRS     30 YRS +     TOTAL   % OF FLEET
20 YRS +

<4,999

  17.3   12.0     9.5        17.0        21.3        6.1        16.7      100.0   44.2

5,000-14,999

  28.2   19.8     18.6        13.6        6.8        6.5        6.6      100.0   19.9

15,000-24,999

  35.9   16.8     13.2        9.7        14.1        1.3        8.9      100.0   24.3

25,000-39,999

  27.1   33.3     8.8        15.3        14.3        1.2             100.0   15.5

40,000-59,999

  16.3   37.7     21.4               20.7               3.9      100.0   24.6

60,000+

  23.3   34.2     17.0        5.2        16.5        2.0        1.9      100.0   20.3

 

 

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—New Orders and the Orderbook

Changes in fleet supply are a function of deliveries of new ships from the orderbook and the removal of existing vessels through scrapping and, in limited cases, by total losses.

The volume of liquefied gas carrier new orders in the last decade have, to some extent, mirrored the trend in freight rates and vessel earnings. Hence, high levels of new ordering were seen between 2005-2008, but thereafter new orders dropped significantly in 2009-2010 due to weak market conditions. New ordering picked up in 2011 and 2012, and this trend has continued in the first nine months of 2013.

 

82


Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—New Orders Placed

(Thousands of cbm)

 

LOGO

 

(1)  

January to September 2013

Given that new orders are placed and ships are delivered on a regular basis, the size of the total orderbook is subject to continuous change. The chart below shows how the total orderbook has changed from 2002 through 2012. In September 2013, the total LPG fleet orderbook was 122 vessels with a combined capacity of approximately 4.4 million cbm.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Total Orderbook

(As of September 30, 2013)

 

LOGO

 

83


All vessels on order have a scheduled delivery date, and a further 22 liquefied gas carriers with a combined capacity of 0.5 million cbm are scheduled to be delivered in the remainder of 2013. In 2014, total deliveries are scheduled to be 53 ships with a combined capacity of 1.5 million cbm. In 2015, new deliveries are scheduled to be 43 ships with a combined capacity of 2.2 million cbm. However, thereafter the volume of new deliveries will drop quite significantly, assuming no significant new ordering. The liquefied gas carrier fleet orderbook by scheduled date of delivery, as of September 2013, is shown in the table below.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Orderbook by Delivery Schedule—September 2013

 

 

 

       2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      TOTAL  

SIZE RANGE CBM

   NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM  

<4,999

     6         18         11         41                                                         17         59   

5,000-14,999

     9         89         16         141         8         64                                         33         295   

15,000-24,999

                     10         206         9         188                                         19         394   

25,000-39,999

     3         111         5         184         3         115         2         77         2         77         15         564   

40,000-59,999

                                     2         120                                         2         120   

60,000+

     4         330         11         915         21         1,759                                         36         3,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22         548         53         1,488         43         2,246         2         77         2         77         122         4,436   

 

 

A useful measure of future supply is the relationship between the size of the orderbook and the size of the fleet at any given point in time. The chart below shows how this relationship has changed from 2002 through 2012 for the liquefied gas carrier fleet as a whole and for the handysize sector specifically. As can be seen, at their peak in 2007 and 2008, the orderbook for both the total fleet and the handysize sector was in excess of 30% of existing supply, indicating pending over-supply. However, due to a combination of lower levels of new orders and deliveries, the orderbook to existing fleet ratio is now equivalent to 21% of the total fleet and 22% for the handysize sector in September 2013.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—Orderbook to Existing Fleet

(Orderbook as % of Existing Fleet, Based on Capacity)

 

LOGO

 

84


Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Demolition

Demolition or scrapping is largely a function of vessel age and the state of the freight market, as all ships have finite lives. Strong freight rates tend to encourage further trading and decrease scrapping activity. The converse applies as freight markets weaken. Accordingly, there was a marked increase in scrapping activity from 2007 through 2011, which largely coincided with the downturn in the freight market. However, demolition levels declined significantly in 2012 and have remained at low levels in 2013.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Vessel Demolition

(Thousand cbm)

 

LOGO

 

(1)    

January to September

There are no specific restrictions or regulations which govern the age at which vessels cease to operate, although some charterers and port authorities may have their own requirements with regard to maximum age.

 

85


Liquefied Gas Carrier Owners

There are approximately 400 owners of liquefied gas carriers, with a significant number of owners of just one or two ships. However, there is some concentration of ownership within certain sectors, as illustrated in the table below.

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet (1) —September 2013

 

 

 

      <4,999 CBM     5,000-14,999 CBM     15,000-24,999 CBM     25,000-39,999 CBM     40,000-59,999 CBM     60,000+ CBM     TOTAL  

OWNERS

  NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM     NO.     000 CBM  

BW Gas

                                1        25                      5        290        13        1,064        19        1,380   

Skibs. Solvang

                  2        25        5        83                      6        358        4        316        17        783   

Naftomar Shpg & Trad

                  11        99        9        179        1        39                      5        395        26        711   

Petredec S.A.M.

    1        4        5        42        3        62                                    6        485        15        592   

Navigator Holdings  (2)

                                23        497                                                  23        497   

Iino Kaiun Kaisha

    14        26        1        5                      1        35                      4        322        20        388   

Benelux Overseas

    1        3        7        69        2        37                                    3        232        13        341   

Hartmann Schiff.

    9        37        13        87                      3        106                                    25        230   

Ultragas ApS

    7        28        7        52        3        62        1        37                                    18        179   

StealthGas Inc.

    13        47        19        111                                                                32        159   

Schulte Group

    3        11        6        48        4        74                                                  13        133   

Lauritzen Kosan

    12        45        11        78                                                                23        123   

Sloman Neptun Schiff

    6        22        10        69        1        21                                                  17        112   

Anthony Veder

    6        22        12        75                                                                18        97   

Nippon Gas Line

    12        25                                                                              12        25   

Others

    583        1,289        178        1,305        37        744        53        1,851        8        459        120        9,446        979        15,094   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    667        1,558        282        2,065        88        1,784        59        2,068        19        1,107        153        12,261        1,268        20,844   

 

 

(1)  

Includes ethylene ships, but excludes ships on order

(2)  

Includes one vessel Navigator Holdings is contracted to acquire from A.P.Møller after September 30, 2013

The Handysize Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet (1) —September 2013

 

 

 

       EXISTING FLEET      ON ORDER      TOTAL  

OWNER

   NO      000 CBM      NO      000 CBM      NO      000 CBM  

Navigator Holdings (2)(3)

     23         497         8         172         31         669   

Naftomar Shpg & Trad

     9         179                         9         179   

Skibs. Solvang

     5         83                         5         83   

Schulte Group

     4         74                         4         74   

Ultragas ApS

     3         62         4         88         7         150   

Petredec S.A.M.

     3         62                         3         62   

Benelux Overseas

     2         37                         2         37   

BW Gas

     1         25                         1         25   

Sloman Neptun Schiff

     1         21                         1         21   

Others

     37         744         7         134         44         878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     88         1,784         19         394         107         2,178   

 

 

 

(1)    

Includes ethylene ships

(2)    

Includes one vessel Navigator Holdings is contracted to acquire from A.P.Møller after September 30, 2013

(3)    

Includes one newbuilding Navigator Holdings contracted to acquire after September 30, 2013

 

86


The ethylene capable fleet is also spread among a number of different owners, with only one company, Navigator Holdings, owning more than 100,000 cbm of capacity.

The Ethylene Capable Fleet—September 2013

 

 

 

    EXISTING FLEET              

OWNERS

  <4,999     5,000-14,999     15,000-24,999     TOTAL     ORDERBOOK     FLEET & ORDERBOOK  
    NO     CBM     NO     CBM     NO     CBM     NO     CBM     NO     CBM         NO         CBM  

Navigator Holdings

                                5        110,425        5        110,425        5        105,000        10        215,425   

Skibs. Solvang

                  2        25,320        4        68,000        6        93,320                      6        93,320   

Harpain Shipping

                  2        20,936        4        68,536        6        89,472                      6        89,472   

Norgas Carriers

                  9        77,646                      9        77,646                      9        77,646   

Hartmann Schiffahrts

    4        16,909        8        59,020                      12        75,929                      12        75,929   

Anthony Veder

    1        4,202        11        68,928                      12        73,130        2        9,400        14        82,530   

Lauritzen Kosan

                  6        48,276                      6        48,276                      6        48,276   

Synergas

    4        16,080        4        31,285                      8        47,365                      8        47,365   

Sloman Neptun Schiff

                  6        42,384                      6        42,384        2        24,000        8        66,384   

Daiichi Tanker

    3        9,208        2        12,978                      5        22,186                      5        22,186   

Others

    25        70,249        47        398,562        2        32,000        74        500,811        20        281,102        94        781,913   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    37        116,648        97        785,335        15        278,961        149        1,180,944        29        419,502        178        1,600,446   

 

 

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Charter Market and Freight Rates

Liquefied gas carriers are employed in the market through a number of different chartering options. The general terms typically found in these types of contracts are described below.

 

  n  

Time Charter . A charter under which the vessel owner is paid charter hire on a per-day basis for a specified period of time. Typically, the shipowner receives semi-monthly charter hire payments on a U.S. dollar-per-day basis and is responsible for providing the crew and paying vessel operating expenses while the charterer is responsible for paying the voyage expenses, such as port, canal and fuel costs and additional voyage insurance.

 

  n  

Spot Charter . A spot charter generally refers to a voyage charter or a trip charter, which generally last from 10 days to three months. Under both types of spot charters, the shipowner would pay for vessel operating expenses, which include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. The shipowner would also be responsible for each vessel’s intermediate and special survey costs.

 

  n  

Contract of Affreightment . A contract of affreightment, or COA, relates to the carriage of multiple cargoes over the same route and enables the COA holder to nominate different vessels to perform the individual voyages. Essentially, it constitutes a series of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during the term of the COA, which usually spans a number of years. The entire vessel’s operating expenses, voyage expenses and capital costs are borne by the shipowner. Freight normally is agreed on a U.S. dollar-per-ton basis.

 

  n  

Bareboat Charter . A bareboat charter involves the use of a vessel usually over longer periods of time ranging over several years. In this case, all voyage related costs, mainly vessel fuel and port dues, as well as all vessel operating expenses, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance, are for the charterer’s account. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a U.S. dollar per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise.”

 

87


Charter (or hire) rates paid for liquefied gas carriers are generally a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand. In practice, charter rates have passed through cyclical phases and changes in vessel supply and demand have created a pattern of rate “peaks” and “troughs,” which can be seen from the chart below. Generally, spot charter rates will be more volatile than time charter rates, as they reflect short-term movements in demand and market sentiment.

In the time charter market, rates vary depending on the length of the charter period as well as vessel specific factors, such as age, speed and fuel consumption. Generally, short-term time charter rates are higher than long-term charter rates. The market benchmark tends to be a 12-month time charter rate, based on a modern vessel.

Liquefied Gas Carriers—One Year Time Charter Rates

(U.S.$ per Calendar Month)

 

LOGO

Liquefied Gas Carriers—One Year Time Charter Rates

(U.S.$ per Calendar Month)

 

 

 

     AVERAGE      CURRENT      LOW      HIGH  
     JAN 02-SEP 13      SEP-13      JAN 02-SEP 13      JAN 02-SEP 13  

12,000-15,000 cbm s/r

     587,000         665,000         390,000         750,000   

20,000-25,000 cbm s/r

     820,000         910,000         540,000         1,095,000   

22,000-25,000 cbm f/r

     644,000         750,000         440,000         950,000   

52,000 cbm f/r

     730,500         810,000         380,000         1,150,000   

82,000 cbm f/r

     810,500         1,035,000         460,000         1,325,000   

 

 

Vessel Prices

Newbuilding prices are determined by a number of factors, including the underlying balance between shipyard output and newbuilding demand, raw material costs, freight markets and exchange rates.

From 2003 through 2007, high levels of new ordering were recorded across all sectors of shipping, and as a result, newbuilding prices increased significantly. However, as freight markets declined in the second half of 2008, and new ordering declined rapidly, newbuilding prices started to weaken and prices remained low at the beginning of 2013. However, since then there is some evidence to suggest that newbuilding prices have bottomed out and have started to rise.

 

88


Newbuilding Prices

(U.S.$ in Millions)

 

LOGO

Secondhand values for modern semi-refrigerated vessels have remained quite firm even during the market downturn in 2009-2011. Ships of this type attract a premium when compared with fully-refrigerated vessels of the same size due to their ability to carry all three types of cargo.

Secondhand Prices (1)

(U.S.$ in Millions)

 

LOGO

 

(1)    

Based on ten year old vessel

 

89


BUSINESS

Overview

We are the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleet of handysize liquefied gas carriers. We provide international and regional seaborne transportation services of liquefied petroleum gas, or “LPG,” petrochemical gases and ammonia for energy companies, industrial users and commodity traders. These gases are transported in liquefied form, by applying cooling and/or pressure, reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making their transportation more efficient and economical. The demand for seaborne transportation of these liquefied gases will continue to grow due to evolving energy and petrochemical market dynamics, particularly as a result of increasing U.S. shale oil and gas development, as seaborne transportation is often the only, or the most cost effective, manner of transporting gases between major exporting and importing markets, according to Drewry.

Our fleet consists of 31 semi- or fully-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carriers, which we define as liquefied gas carriers between 15,000 and 24,999 cbm, including eight newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery by December 2015. In addition, we have an option to build one further handysize newbuilding vessel for delivery by early 2016 and currently operate an additional semi-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carrier under a time charter-in through December 2014. Vessels in our fleet are capable of loading, discharging and carrying cargoes across a range of temperatures from ambient to minus 104° Celsius and pressures from 1 bar to 6.4 bars. Our handysize liquefied gas carriers can accommodate medium- and long-haul routes that may be uneconomical for smaller vessels and can call at ports that are unable to support larger vessels due to limited onshore capacity, absence of fully-refrigerated loading infrastructure and/or vessel size restrictions. In addition, five of our vessels are the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world, meaning vessels capable of transporting and distributing ethylene and ethane cargoes, and five of our eight newbuildings will be among the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world. Finally, each of our newbuildings will be an Eco-design vessels incorporating advanced fuel efficiency and emission-reducing technologies, including the capability of conversion to the use of liquefied natural gas, or “LNG,” as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels enhances our returns as it allows us to meet charterers’ increasingly stringent environmental requirements and to fully capitalize on the fuel savings under our voyage charters and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs.”

We believe that the size and versatility of our fleet, which enable us to carry the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation across a diverse range of conditions and geographies, together with our track record of operational excellence, position us as the partner of choice for many companies requiring handysize liquefied gas transportation and distribution solutions. In addition, we believe that the versatility of our fleet affords us with backhaul and triangulation opportunities not available to many of our competitors, thereby providing us with opportunities to increase utilization and profitability. We seek to enhance our returns through a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters.

We carry LPG for major international energy companies, state-owned utilities and reputable commodities traders. LPG, which consists of propane and butane, is a relatively clean alternative energy source with more than 1,000 applications, including as a heating, cooking and transportation fuel and as a petrochemical and refinery feedstock. LPG is a by-product of oil refining and gas extraction, the availability of which has historically been limited by the flaring of natural gas at the wellhead. However, increasing restrictions across the globe against flaring natural gas have resulted in, and are anticipated to continue to result in, the increased transportation or storage of by-products such as LPG. The expanding development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has resulted in an abundance of LPG that exceeds current U.S. domestic needs and, given the scarcity and cost of storage infrastructure, Drewry believes U.S. LPG will be increasingly exported. This LPG available for export from the United States, together with LPG associated with large LNG export projects in international oil and gas producing regions, is expected to create supply-driven growth of seaborne LPG transportation and to promote arbitrage opportunities due to regional price differentials, according to Drewry.

We also carry petrochemical gases for numerous industrial users. Petrochemical gases, including ethylene, propylene, butadiene and vinyl chloride monomer, are derived from the cracking of petroleum feedstocks such as ethane, LPG and naptha and are primarily used as raw materials in various industrial processes, like the manufacture

 

90


of plastics and rubber, with a wide application of end uses. The demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases will increase due to industrial users seeking alternative feedstocks given the rise in crude oil prices, expanding global manufacturing and cracking capacity, particularly in the Middle East and Asia, and shifting regional supply imbalances in certain petrochemicals, according to Drewry. Our vessels are also capable of carrying ammonia, which is mainly used in the agricultural industry as a fertilizer. The ability of our fleet to carry the broadest range of petrochemical cargoes among liquefied gas carrier fleets, as well as serve ports with vessel size restrictions and/or limited infrastructure, has allowed us to enhance our fleet utilization and profitability, including through greater backhaul and triangulation opportunities.

Our management team has significant experience growing leading energy, logistics and maritime companies. Since our management team joined our company in 2006, we have successfully grown our fleet from five to 23 vessels on-the-water as of the date of this prospectus, and we expect to grow to 31 vessels on-the-water by December 2015. The growth of our fleet and successful management of our operations have enabled us to establish a track record of growing revenues and improving profitability over recent years despite the volatility in the shipping industry and world economy. We intend to leverage the expertise of our management to further grow our company as we look to capitalize on existing and future opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and complementary sectors. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported net income of $30.1 million and $30.5 million, respectively, EBITDA of $76.8 million and $63.9 million, respectively and operating revenue of $167.0 million and $146.7 million, respectively, an increase over the comparable period in the previous year of 38.6%, 63.7%, 67.4%, 60.3%, 56.9% and 65.1%, respectively. Please see “—Summary Historical Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income.

We are growing our fleet to capitalize on existing and anticipated opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and distribution market. In November 2012, we entered into sales and purchase agreements with affiliates of A.P. Møller pursuant to which A.P. Møller Mærsk Group, or “A.P. Møller,” agreed to sell to us its entire fleet of 11 handysize liquefied gas carriers, or the “A.P. Møller vessels,” all of which have been acquired and delivered as of the date of this prospectus. We have also entered into agreements with Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co. Ltd., or “Jiangnan,” in China to build five 21,000 cbm semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers and three 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers and have an option to build an additional 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carrier. Our 2014 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between April and October of 2014, our 2015 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between March and December of 2015, and the option newbuilding would be delivered in early 2016 if the option were exercised. We have fully financed the construction of the 2014 newbuildings through a combination of debt and equity financings. We plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering together with future credit facilities to fund the construction of the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include the following:

 

  n  

We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet . With 23 owned vessels and an additional eight vessels to be delivered to us in the next 25 months, we are and expect to continue to be the owner and operator of the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet. Of these eight vessels to be delivered to us, four are fully financed and four are expected to be financed through the proceeds of this offering and borrowings under future credit facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.” Furthermore, we are also the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleets of both semi-refrigerated and ethylene-capable semi-refrigerated handysize vessels. We believe that our fleet’s cargo carriage flexibility and long-haul capabilities provide us with competitive advantages in pursuing emerging growth opportunities, particularly in petrochemical and ethylene transportation.

 

  n  

Our highly versatile fleet allows us to enhance utilization and profitability . Our fleet is capable of cost effectively transporting a wide range of liquefied gases including, in the case of five of our current vessels and five of our newbuildings, ethylene and ethane. We believe that the diversity of our fleet, consisting of semi-refrigerated, fully-refrigerated and ethylene-capable vessels, allows us to match appropriate tonnage to a customer’s particular need. In addition, our ability to transport the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation affords us greater opportunities for backhaul and triangulation, thereby

 

91


 

enhancing our utilization and profitability. Furthermore, we believe our vessels are highly versatile in terms of cargo breadth, ease and speed of loading and discharging cargoes and adaptability for route scheduling and available port infrastructure. During the economic downturn in 2008, when demand for seaborne LPG transportation was appreciably reduced, our vessels took advantage of their ability to carry a broad range of petrochemicals, and thereby maintained an average annual utilization rate across the total fleet of more than 96%.

 

  n  

We have a modern, fuel efficient fleet. Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.6 years as of September 30, 2013. The average age, fuel efficiency and technical capabilities of our fleet will be further enhanced by the delivery of our eight newbuildings. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps to ensure safety and environmental protection. In addition, our eight newbuilding vessels have been designed to maximize their fuel efficiency by incorporating advanced Eco-design technological improvements to reduce fuel consumption, such as electronically controlled engines, more efficient hull forms, energy efficient propellers, decreased water resistance and the capability of converting the vessels to use LNG as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels assists us in capturing additional business opportunities and enhances our operating performance by reducing voyage costs and allowing us to adhere to increasingly stringent environmental standards required by certain customers and ports.

 

  n  

We have an experienced operating team . Our vessels are some of the more complex vessel types on the water today, carrying the full range of LPG, petrochemical and ammonia cargoes. These cargoes can be loaded at significantly differing temperatures and require experience to understand the technical complexities of the vessel’s cooling capacity and pressure limitations to ensure efficient and safe handling and transportation. We believe the experience of our operating team and the network of industry relationships we have established with charterers, traders, brokers, shipyards and other constituents of the liquefied gas industry are not easily replicable by potential new entries and provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

  n  

We have a track record of and visible built-in growth . Since joining our company, our management team has successfully grown our fleet from five operating vessels to the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet with 23 owned vessels as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, our fleet will continue to expand, as we have contracted to take delivery of eight newbuildings over the next 25 months and have an option to build one additional handysize newbuilding vessels for delivery by early 2016. The growth of our fleet was the primary contributor to our increasing revenues, net income and EBITDA by 65.1%, 63.7% and 60.3%, respectively, from 2011 to 2012. We expect our revenues and EBITDA to continue to grow as we take delivery of the additional vessels, and we believe that the expertise of our management team will allow us to capitalize on further growth opportunities in the future, including investment opportunities we believe to be complementary to our core handysize liquefied gas carrier business.

 

  n  

We have the financial flexibility to selectively pursue expansion opportunities . We believe that our liquidity and moderate leverage following this offering will give us the financial flexibility to pursue further newbuildings, including the 2015 newbuildings and, if the option is exercised, the option newbuilding, potential future acquisitions and complementary investment opportunities as we deem prudent based on prevailing market conditions. We have already fully financed through a combination of debt and equity the construction of the 2014 newbuildings. As of September 30, 2013, after giving effect to this offering and the anticipated use of proceeds, we would have $             million of cash on hand, based on an assumed public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and $563.8 million principal amount of outstanding indebtedness. See “Capitalization.”

Our Business Strategies

Our objective is to enhance shareholder value by executing the following business strategies:

 

  n  

Capitalize on the increasing demand for seaborne transportation of LPG and petrochemicals . We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet, in both the number as well as capacity of semi-refrigerated vessels within the handysize segment. We intend to use our vessels to further pursue the anticipated increases in liquefied gas transportation opportunities globally, and in particular, those that we

 

92


 

expect will result directly and indirectly from the growth in U.S. shale oil and gas and associated liquids. We believe we were the first liquefied gas carrier operator to export propane from the U.S. East Coast and presently have six vessels dedicated to transporting products derived from U.S. shale oil and gas, including the vessels operating under a COA with Sunoco Logistics through the first quarter of 2014. We believe that we are strongly positioned to increase our presence in this emerging market.

 

  n  

Maintain a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy . We will seek to enhance our returns through a flexible vessel employment strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, high-rate voyage charters. In addition, we will seek to further strengthen our relationships with existing customers and expand our client base by providing companies with liquefied gas transportation solutions in the form and duration they require. We believe that our customer-driven employment strategy and high-quality operations position us to be the transportation partner of choice for our customers. In addition, by employing a portion of our fleet in the spot market, we maintain a regular dialogue with charterers and brokers that help us identify higher rate opportunities as well as longer-term trends that may benefit us. We believe that this flexible chartering strategy will enable us to maintain a base of relatively stable and predictable revenues, position us to capitalize on favorable market opportunities and allow us to proactively respond to our customers’ needs.

 

  n  

Capitalize on backhaul and triangulation opportunities in the petrochemical market . We believe that the versatility of our fleet, in particular our ethylene-capable and semi-refrigerated vessels, enhances our ability to pursue current and emerging backhaul and triangulation opportunities as new trade routes develop, thereby maximizing utilization and enhancing profitability. To further capitalize on such opportunities, we are seeking to expand our leading ethylene-capable liquefied gas carrier position through the acquisition of our eight semi-refrigerated newbuildings, five of which will be ethylene-capable. We intend to seek opportunities to improve our financial results and maximize the utilization of our vessels by transporting both LPG and petrochemicals during vessel repositioning voyages and between time charters.

 

  n  

Maintain reputation for operational excellence . We believe we have established a track record in the industry of operational excellence based on our significant experience in the operation and ownership of high-specification liquefied gas carriers. We will endeavor to adhere to the highest standards with regard to reliability, safety and operational excellence as we execute our growth plans. We intend to continue outsourcing the technical and crewing management of our fleet in the near term to our technical managers. We believe outsourcing our technical and crewing management to our technical managers has historically allowed us to consistently maintain high-quality and skilled, professional crews while at the same time growing our substantive in-house expertise in these areas. As our fleet grows, we will regularly evaluate opportunities to enhance the quality and cost efficiency of managing our vessels.

 

  n  

Selectively grow and expand our operations . We intend to maintain our market position by growing our fleet through newbuildings and selective acquisitions of modern, high-quality vessels, as well as opportunistically expanding our business through the investment in complementary assets, including ventures that expand the types of cargo we carry and/or involve receiving, storing, partially mixing and distributing liquefied gas cargoes, should such opportunities arise. In addition, we will seek to leverage the experience of our operating team to selectively tailor the capabilities of our existing and/or future vessels and related investments to provide our partners and customers with integrated liquefied gas transportation solutions in new and evolving markets. Furthermore, although we currently operate vessels in the handysize segment, we will opportunistically evaluate acquisitions of vessels in other capacity ranges.

 

  n  

Maintain a strong balance sheet with moderate leverage . We have a strong balance sheet and, after this offering, expect to have a debt to capitalization ratio of             % and ample liquidity with cash on hand of $             million, based on an assumed public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We will seek to maintain modest leverage in the future by prudently financing our growth with a balanced mix of cash from operations, debt financings and proceeds from future equity offerings. We believe that maintaining a strong balance sheet will continue to provide us with the flexibility to capitalize on vessel purchases and related investment opportunities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, based on prevailing conditions and our outlook for the liquefied gas carrier market, we might consider incurring further indebtedness in the future to enhance returns to our shareholders.

 

93


Our History

Navigator Holdings Ltd. was formed in 1997 as an Isle of Man public limited company for the purpose of building and operating a fleet of five semi-refrigerated, ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers. In January 2003, the previous owners and management filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On August 9, 2006, the Company emerged from bankruptcy. As part of the plan of reorganization, the bondholders received all of the equity interests in the Company. Lehman Brothers Inc. became our principal shareholder, holding an approximate 44.1% ownership interest (subsequently reduced to 33%). In October 2012, the ownership interests held by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. were acquired by our principal shareholder, the WLR Group, which subsequently increased its ownership to 60.6% of our common stock. Please see “Principal and Selling Shareholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

In March 2008, we redomiciled in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Our Fleet

Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.6 years as of September 30, 2013. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps ensure safety and environmental protection.

The following table sets forth our owned vessels as of October 31, 2013:

 

 

 

OPERATING VESSEL (1)

   YEAR BUILT      VESSEL SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-
CAPABLE
     EMPLOYMENT STATUS    CHARTER
EXPIRATION DATE

Semi-refrigerated

              

Navigator Mars

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Neptune

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    January 2014

Navigator Pluto

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    September 2015

Navigator Saturn

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Venus

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Magellan (2)

     1998         20,700          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Aries

     2008         20,750          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Capricorn (2)

     2008         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Gemini

     2009         20,750          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Pegasus

     2009         22,200          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Phoenix

     2009         22,200          Time charter    May 2014

Navigator Scorpio (2)

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Taurus

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Leo (3)

     2011         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Libra (3)

     2012         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Virgo (2)

     2009         20,750          Time charter    December 2013

Navigator Mariner (2)

     2000         20,700          Time charter    February 2014

Fully-refrigerated

              

Navigator Grace (2)

     2010         22,500          Time charter    February 2014

Navigator Galaxy (2)

     2011         22,500          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Genesis (2)

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Global (2)

     2011         22,500          Time charter    October 2018

Navigator Gusto (2)

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Glory (2)

     2010         22,500          Time charter    October 2014

 

 

(1)  

Excludes the Maple 3 , a semi-refrigerated vessel operated by us pursuant to a time charter-in from Maple 3 Inc. through December 2014.

(2)  

Vessel acquired in connection with the A.P. Møller acquisition described below.

(3)  

The Navigator Leo and Navigator Libra are under time charters through 2023 commencing in December 2013.

 

94


The following table presents certain information concerning our newbuildings, excluding the option newbuilding.

 

 

 

NEWBUILDING VESSEL

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-CAPABLE      ANTICIPATED DELIVERY

Semi-refrigerated

           

Navigator Atlas

     2014         21,000       ü         April 2014

Navigator Europa

     2014         21,000       ü         June 2014

Navigator Oberon

     2014         21,000       ü         August 2014

Navigator Triton

     2014         21,000       ü         October 2014

Navigator Umbrio

     2015         21,000       ü         March 2015

Hull 2554 (1)

     2015         22,000          June 2015

Hull 2555 (1)

     2015         22,000          August 2015

Hull 2556 (1)

     2015         22,000          December 2015

 

 

(1)    

To be named upon delivery.

Our operations in Indonesia are subject, among other things, to the Indonesian Shipping Act. That law generally provides that in order for certain vessels involved in Indonesian cabotage to obtain the requested licenses, the owners must either be wholly Indonesian owned or have a majority Indonesian shareholding. Navigator Pluto and Navigator Aries , which are chartered to Pertamina, the Indonesian state-owned producer of hydrocarbons, are owned by PT Navigator Khalulistiwa, an Indonesian limited liability company, or “PTNK.” PTNK is a joint venture of which 49% of the voting and dividend rights are owned by a subsidiary though ultimately controlled at the shareholder level by a subsidiary of Navigator Holdings, and 51% of such rights are owned by Indonesian limited liability companies. The joint venture agreement for PTNK provides that certain actions relating to the joint venture or the vessels require the prior written approval of Navigator Holdings’ subsidiary, which may be withheld only on reasonable grounds and in good faith. PTNK is accounted for as a consolidated subsidiary in our financial statements.

The average monthly time charter rate for our 14 vessels operating under time charters as of September 30, 2013 was approximately $867,400 per calendar month. Our current monthly charter rates range from approximately $623,500 to approximately $1,003,750. These time charter rates are the gross monthly charter rates before payment of address and brokerage commissions to shipbrokers. Address and brokerage commissions typically range between 1.0% and 5.0% of the gross monthly charter rate. On average, we pay a 2.35% address and brokerage commission with respect to our current time charters.

Our Customers

We provide seaborne transportation and distribution services for LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia to:

 

  n  

Oil Companies, such as PT Pertamina (Persero), or “Pertamina,” the Indonesian state-owned producer of hydrocarbons and petrochemicals; Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., or “PDVSA,” the Venezuelan state-owned integrated oil and petrochemical company; Sonatrach, the national oil and gas company of Algeria; and Total SA, a leading oil and gas company.

 

  n  

Chemical Companies, such as Mitsubishi and Ineos Group, Ltd., leading global chemical companies.

 

  n  

Energy Trading Companies, such as Kolmar Group AG, a petroleum and petrochemicals trading company; Tomza Group, a Mexican LPG distribution company that distributes LPG to the Mexican and Central American markets; Trafigura Limited, an international commodities trading and logistics company; the Vitol Group, an independent energy trading company; Marubeni Corporation, an international general trading company; and Petredec Ltd., a leading LPG trading company.

 

95


In 2012, an aggregate of 59.1% of our revenues were derived from voyage charters with Kolmar and time charters with Pertamina, PDVSA and Tomza Group. The following table sets forth the percentage of our total revenues derived from our customers for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

 

 

     PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

CUSTOMER

   2011     2012  

Kolmar

     17.3     22.5

Pertamina

     25.3     14.3

Tomza Group

     17.8     11.4

PDVSA

     8.6     10.9

Other customers

     31.0     40.9

 

 

Vessel Employment

Our chartering strategy is to combine a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated a significant portion of our revenues through time charters. As we grow our fleet, we expect a growing proportion of revenue will be derived under voyage charters and COAs. As of September 30, 2013, we operated 23 vessels, including our chartered-in vessel, of which 15 were employed under time charters and eight were employed in the spot market. We have since taken delivery of an additional vessel which we have employed on a 12-month time charter

Our voyage charters during 2012 included significant seaborne transportation of petrochemicals. Our semi-refrigerated vessels are highly versatile in that they, unlike fully-refrigerated vessels, can accommodate LPG, petrochemicals and ammonia at ambient as well as fully-refrigerated temperatures. LPG transported on spot voyage contracts during the 12 months of 2012 amounted to 50,595 metric tons, and petrochemicals carried, including ethylene, propylene and butadiene, totaled 186,780 metric tons. Typical routes for petrochemical voyages were from the Mediterranean Sea and Northwest Europe to South Korea, China and Southeast Asia.

Time Charter

A time charter is a contract under which a vessel is chartered for a defined period of time at a fixed daily or monthly rate. Under time charters, we are responsible for providing crewing and other vessel operating services, the cost of which is intended to be covered by the fixed rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls.

Initial Term. The initial term for a time charter commences upon the vessel’s delivery to the customer. Under the terms of our charters, the customer may redeliver the vessel to us up to 15 to 30 days earlier or up to 15 to 30 days later than the respective charter expiration dates, upon advance notice to us.

Hire Rate.  The hire rate refers to the basic payment by the customer for the use of the vessel. Under our time charters, the hire rate is payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars, as specified in the charter.

Hire payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the average vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount.

Off-hire.  Under our time charters, when the vessel is “off-hire” (or not available for service), the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to vessel substitution or termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things:

 

  n  

operational deficiencies; drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection; equipment breakdowns; or delays due to accidents, strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems; or

 

  n  

our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

 

96


Management and Maintenance. Under our time charters, we are responsible for providing for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. Currently, we work together with our technical managers, BSSM and NMM, to arrange for these services to be provided for all of our vessels. Please read “—Technical Management of the Fleet” for a description of the material terms of the technical management agreements with BSSM and NMM.

Termination. Each of our time charters terminates automatically upon loss of the applicable vessel. In addition, we are generally entitled to suspend performance (but with the continuing accrual to our benefit of hire payments and default interest) under most of the time charters if the customer defaults in its payment obligations. Under most of the time charters, either party may also terminate the charter in the event of war in specified countries or in locations that would significantly disrupt the free trade of the vessel.

Voyage Charter/COA

A voyage charter is a contract, typically for shorter intervals, for transportation of a specified cargo between two or more designated ports. A COA essentially constitutes a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during a specified time period. A voyage charter is priced on a current or “spot” market rate, typically on a price per ton of product carried rather than a daily or monthly rate. Under voyage charters, we are responsible for all of the voyage expenses in addition to providing the crewing and other vessel operating services.

Term: Our voyage charters are typically for periods ranging from 10 days to three months.

Freight Rate. The freight rate refers to the basic payment by the customer for the use of the vessel or movement of cargo. Under our voyage charters, the freight rate is payable upon discharge, in U.S. Dollars, as specified in the charter.

Management, Maintenance and Voyage Expenses. Under our voyage charters, we are responsible for providing for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. Currently, we work together with our technical managers, BSSM and NMM, to arrange for these services to be provided for all of our vessels. Please read “—Technical Management of the Fleet” for a description of the material terms of the technical management agreements with BSSM and NMM.

We are also responsible for all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls.

Termination. Each of our voyage charters terminates automatically upon the completion of the voyage.

Classification and Inspections

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and inspections that are required by the regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys. For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable, on special equipment classed at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys. Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

97


Class Renewal Surveys. Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out on the ship’s hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and on any special equipment classed at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. During the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. On vessels which are over 15 years old, substantial amounts of funds may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

Commercial Management of the Fleet

We perform commercial management of our vessels in-house through our manager and wholly-owned subsidiary, Navigator Gas L.L.C., under the terms of 23 individual management contracts between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries. Commercial management includes the chartering of vessels and accounting services. Navigator Gas L.L.C. in turn has appointed its wholly-owned subsidiary, NGT Services (UK) Limited, as its agent. NGT Services (UK) Limited has a current in-house staff of 19 personnel, which we believe is sufficient to manage the commercial and administrative operations of our current fleet.

Technical Management of the Fleet

General

We currently outsource the technical management of our vessels to BSSM and NMM, third-party technical management companies, under the terms of standard ship management agreements, or the “technical management agreements.” We refer to BSSM and NMM herein as our “technical managers.”

BSSM was formed in 2008 through the combination of four ship management companies owned by the Schulte Group into one integrated maritime services company. NMM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Stena AB Gothenburg, formed in 1983 and located in Clydebank, Scotland. Each of our technical managers involved in the management of a wide range of vessels, with BSSM having over 650 vessels under management and NMM having over 70 vessels under management. Our technical managers have fully-owned crew recruitment agencies in major crew recruitment countries, are active in all aspects of technical, marine and crewing activities, and are each accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 standards. We believe our technical managers manage all of their vessels in a safe and proper manner in accordance with owners’ requirements, design parameters, flag state and class requirements, charter party requirements and the international safety management code.

We believe our vessels are operated in a manner intended to protect the safety and health of employees, the general public and the environment. We actively manage the risks inherent in our business and are committed to eliminating incidents that threaten safety and the integrity of the vessels, such as groundings, fires, collisions and petroleum spills. We are also committed to reducing emissions and waste generation.

Technical Management Services

Under the terms of our ship management agreements with our technical managers, and under our supervision, our technical managers are responsible for the day-to-day activities of our fleet and are required to, among other things:

 

  n  

provide competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of our vessels;

 

  n  

arrange and supervise the maintenance, drydockings, repairs, alterations and upkeep of our vessels to the standards required by us and in accordance with all requirements and recommendations of our vessels’ classification society and applicable national and international regulations;

 

  n  

ensure that our vessels comply with the law of their flag state;

 

  n  

arrange the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil for our vessels;

 

  n  

appoint such surveyors and technical consultants as they may consider from time to time necessary;

 

  n  

operate the vessels in accordance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;

 

98


  n  

develop, implement and maintain a safety management system in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

  n  

arrange the sampling and testing of bunkers; and

 

  n  

install plan maintenance system software on-board our vessels.

In the event that our technical managers pay certain expenses attributable to us, we have agreed to indemnify our technical managers against such expenses. In the event that our technical managers (or any of their related companies) is sued as a result of a breach or alleged breach of an obligation of ours to a third party, we have agreed to defend our technical managers (or their related companies) and indemnify our technical managers (and their related companies) against certain expenses incurred in their defense.

Fees and Expenses

As consideration for providing us with management for our fleet, our managers currently receive a management fee of approximately $200,000 per vessel per year, payable in equal monthly installments in advance. We pay for any expenses incurred in connection with purchasing spare parts for our vessels.

We carry insurance coverage consistent with industry standards for certain matters, but we cannot assure you that our insurance will be adequate to cover all extraordinary costs and expenses. Please read “—Insurance and Risk Management.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any costs and expenses are caused solely by our technical manager’s negligence or willful default, our technical managers will be responsible for them subject to certain limitations. Our technical managers are insured against claims of errors and omissions by third parties.

Term and Termination Rights

The ship management agreements automatically renew on their termination dates unless terminated by either party with three months’ prior written notice. Our technical managers may also terminate any of the ship management agreements immediately upon written termination notice to us if:

 

  n  

they do not receive amounts payable by us under the agreement within the time period specified for payment thereof, or if the vessels are repossessed by any vessel mortgagees; or

 

  n  

after notice to us of the default and a reasonable amount of time to remedy, we fail to:

 

  n  

comply with our obligation to indemnify them for any expenses attributable to us or defend them (and their related companies) against any third party claims based on a breach or alleged breach of an obligation of ours to a third party; or

 

  n  

cease the employment of our vessels in the transportation of contraband, blockage running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage that in their reasonable opinion is unduly hazardous or improper.

If, for any reason under our technical managers’ control, our technical managers fail to provide the services agreed upon under the terms of the management agreements or they fail to provide for the satisfaction of all requirements of the law of the vessels’ flag state or the ISM Code, we may terminate the agreements immediately upon written notice of termination to our technical managers, as applicable, if, after notice to our technical managers of the default and a reasonable amount of time to remedy, they fail to remedy the default to our satisfaction.

The technical management agreements will automatically terminate (i) if the vessels are sold, are requisitioned, become a total loss or are declared as a constructive, compromised or arranged total loss, (ii) in the event of our winding up, dissolution, bankruptcy or the appointment of a receiver, or (iii) if we suspend payments, cease to carry on business or make any special arrangement with our creditors.

Under the terms of the BSSM ship management agreement, either we or BSSM may terminate the BSSM ship management agreement by giving three months’ notice. Under the terms of the NMM ship management agreement, in the event that the technical management agreement is terminated for any reason other than by reason of default by NMM or the loss, sale or other disposition of the vessels, we are obligated to continue to pay the management fee for three calendar months from the termination date.

 

99


Crewing and Staff

We have entered into crew management agreements with our technical managers for each of our vessels. Under the terms of the crew management agreements, our technical managers are responsible for arranging crews for our fleet and are required to, among other things:

 

  n  

select and supply a suitably qualified crew for each vessel in our fleet;

 

  n  

pay all crew wages and salaries;

 

  n  

ensure that the applicable requirements of the laws of our vessels’ flag states are satisfied in respect of the rank, qualification and certification of the crew;

 

  n  

pay the costs of obtaining all documentation necessary for the crew’s employment, such as vaccination certificates, passports, visas and licenses; and

 

  n  

pay all costs and expenses of transportation of the crews to and from the vessels while traveling.

Unless two months’ prior written notice of termination is given, the agreements are automatically extended. Crewing costs could be higher due to increased demand for qualified officers as a result of the high number of newbuildings we expect to become operational over the next five years. Please read “Risk Factors—A shortage of qualified officers makes it more difficult to crew our vessels and is increasing our operating costs. If this shortage continues or worsens, it may further impair our ability to operate and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.”

We believe that the crewing arrangements ensure that our vessels are crewed with qualified seamen that have the licenses required by international regulations and conventions. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 750 seagoing staff.

Insurance and Risk Management

The operation of any ocean going vessel carries an inherent risk of catastrophic marine disasters, death or injury of persons and property losses caused by adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. The occurrence of any of these events may result in loss of revenues or increased costs. While we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull and Machinery

We carry “hull and machinery” insurance for each of our vessels, which insures against the risk of actual or constructive total loss of our vessels. Hull and machinery insurance covers loss of, or damage to a vessel due to marine perils such as collisions, grounding and weather. Each vessel in our existing fleet is covered for up to $80 million, with deductibles of $100,000.

War Risks Insurance

We also carry insurance policies covering war risks (including piracy and terrorism). Each vessel in our existing fleet is covered for up to $80 million, with no deductible. When our vessels travel into certain hostile regions, we are required to notify our war risk insurance carrier and pay an additional premium of approximately $2,000 per breach, generally up to seven days. These additional premiums are generally paid by the charterers pursuant to the terms of our time charter agreements and are paid by us under the terms of our voyage charter and COA agreements.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance Associations

We also carry “protection and indemnity” insurance for each of the vessels in our existing fleet to protect against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business. Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or “P&I Associations,” and covers our third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses of injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss of or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Each of the vessels in our existing fleet is entered in the Standard Steamship Owners’ Protection & Indemnity Association (Bermuda) Limited, or “The Standard Club,” or the Britannia Steam Ship Insurance Association Limited, or “Britannia,” both P&I Associations which are members of The International Group of P&I Clubs, or “The International Group.”

 

100


The Standard Club and Britannia each insure approximately 70 million gross tons and of shipping from all parts of the world and from all sectors of the shipping industry. The Standard Club and Britannia each have entered into pooling agreements to reinsure the respective association’s liabilities. Each P&I Association currently bears the first $7 million of each claim. The excess of each claim over $9 million up to $70 million is shared by the P&I Associations under the pooling agreement. The excess of each claim over $70 million is shared by the members of The International Group under a reinsurance contract, which provides coverage of up to $3 billion per claim. Claims which exceed $3.07 billion are pooled between The International Group by way of “overspill” up to approximately $5.5 billion, which represents the current coverage limit per vessel per incident. Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident, with the following per vessel per incident deductibles: $22,000 for fixed and floating objects claims, $50,000 for collisions, $7,500 for cargo damage and $4,500 for all other incidents. As a member of both The Standard Club and Britannia, each of which is a member of The International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations, and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising The International Group.

Risk Management

Together with our technical managers, we use in our operations a risk management program that includes, among other things, computer-aided risk analysis tools, root cause analysis programs, maintenance and condition-based assessment programs, a seafarers competence training program, seafarers workshops and seminars, as well as membership in emergency response organizations.

Environmental and Other Regulation

General

Governmental and international agencies extensively regulate the ownership and operation of our vessels. These regulations include international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the countries where our vessels now or, in the future, will operate or where our vessels are registered. We cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these regulations, or the impact that these regulations will have on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. Various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies require us to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for the operation of our vessels.

Although we believe that we are substantially in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and have all permits, licenses and certificates required for our vessels, future non-compliance or failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of our vessels. A variety of governmental and private entities inspect our vessels on both a scheduled and unscheduled basis. These entities, each of which may have unique requirements and each of which conducts frequent inspections, include local port authorities, such as the U.S. Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent, classification societies, flag state, or the administration of the country of registry and charterers. We expect that our vessels will also be subject to inspection by these governmental and private entities on both a scheduled and unscheduled basis.

We believe that the heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for tankers that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We will be required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with applicable local, national and international environmental laws and regulations. We intend to assure that the operation of our vessels will be in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels will have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our results of operations or financial condition.

 

101


NMM is operating in compliance with the International Standards Organization, or “ISO,” Environmental Standard for the management of the significant environmental aspects associated with the ownership and operation of a fleet of drybulk carriers and vessels. NMM and BSSM have received their ISO 9001 certification (quality management systems), the ISO 14001 Environmental Standard, and the ISO 50001 (energy efficiency). The ISO 14001 certification requires that we commit managerial resources to act on our environmental policy through an effective management system.

International Maritime Regulations

The International Maritime Organization, or the “IMO,” is the United Nations’ agency that provides international regulations governing shipping and international maritime trade. The requirements contained in the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the “ISM Code,” promulgated by the IMO, govern our operations. Among other requirements, the ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a policy for safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and also describing procedures for responding to emergencies. Our Ship Managers each hold a Document of Compliance under the ISM Code for operation of Gas Carriers.

Vessels that transport gas, including vessels, are also subject to regulation under the International Gas Carrier Code, or the “IGC Code,” published by the IMO. The IGC Code provides a standard for the safe carriage of LNG and certain other liquid gases by prescribing the design and construction standards of vessels involved in such carriage. Compliance with the IGC Code must be evidenced by a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases of Bulk. Each of our vessels is in compliance with the IGC Code and each of our newbuilding/conversion contracts requires that the vessel receive certification that it is in compliance with applicable regulations before it is delivered. Non-compliance with the IGC Code or other applicable IMO regulations may subject a shipowner or a bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

The IMO also promulgates ongoing amendments to the international convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 and its protocol of 1988, otherwise known as SOLAS. SOLAS provides rules for the construction of and equipment required for commercial vessels and includes regulations for safe operation. It requires the provision of lifeboats and other life-saving appliances, requires the use of the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System which is an international radio equipment and watchkeeping standard, afloat and at shore stations, and relates to the Treaty on the Standards of Training and Certification of Watchkeeping Officers, or “STCW,” also promulgated by the IMO. Flag states that have ratified SOLAS and STCW generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS and STCW requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

SOLAS and other IMO regulations concerning safety, including those relating to treaties on training of shipboard personnel, lifesaving appliances, radio equipment and the global maritime distress and safety system, are applicable to our operations. Non-compliance with these types of IMO regulations may subject us to increased liability or penalties, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to or detention in some ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports.

In the wake of increased worldwide security concerns, the IMO amended SOLAS and added “The International Security Code for Ports and Ships,” or the “ISPS Code,” as a new chapter to that convention. The objective of the ISPS Code, which came into effect on July 1, 2004, is to detect security threats and take preventive measures against security incidents affecting ships or port facilities. NMM has developed Security Plans, appointed and trained Ship and Office Security Officers and all of our vessels have been certified to meet the ISPS Code. See “—Vessel Security Regulations” for a more detailed discussion about these requirements.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulation may have on our operations.

 

102


Air Emissions

The International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution from Ships, or “MARPOL,” is the principal international convention negotiated by the IMO governing marine pollution prevention and response. MARPOL imposes environmental standards on the shipping industry relating to oil spills, management of garbage, the handling and disposal of noxious liquids, sewage and air emissions. MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI “Regulations for the prevention of Air Pollution,” or “Annex VI,” entered into force on May 19, 2005, and applies to all ships, fixed and floating drilling rigs and other floating platforms. Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts, emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, incineration of specific substances, and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. The certification requirements for Annex VI depend on size of the vessel and time of periodical classification survey. Ships weighing more than 400 gross tons and engaged in international voyages involving countries that have ratified the conventions, or ships flying the flag of those countries, are required to have an International Air Pollution Certificate, or an “IAPP Certificate.” Annex VI came into force in the United States on January 8, 2009. As of the current date, all our ships delivered or drydocked since May 19, 2005, have all been issued with IAPP Certificates.

In March 2006, the IMO amended Annex I to MARPOL, including a new regulation relating to oil fuel tank protection, which became effective August 1, 2007. The new regulation applies to various ships delivered on or after August 1, 2010. It includes requirements for the protected location of the fuel tanks, performance standards for accidental oil fuel outflow, a tank capacity limit and certain other maintenance, inspection and engineering standards. IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plans. Periodic training and drills for response personnel and for vessels and their crews are required.

On July 1, 2010, amendments proposed by the United States, Norway and other IMO member states to Annex VI to the MARPOL Convention took effect that require progressively stricter limitations on sulfur emissions from ships. In Emission Control Areas, or “ECAs,” limitations on sulfur emissions require that fuels contain no more than 1% sulfur. Beginning on January 1, 2012, fuel used to power ships may contain no more than 3.5% sulfur. This cap will then decrease progressively until it reaches 0.5% by January 1, 2020. The amendments all establish new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The European directive 2005/33/EU, which is effective from January 1, 2010, bans the use of fuel oils containing more than 0.1% sulfur by mass by any merchant vessel while at berth in any EU country. Our vessels have achieved compliance, where necessary, by purchasing and utilizing fuel that meets the low sulfur requirements.

Additionally, more stringent emission standards could apply in coastal areas designated as ECAs, such as the United States and Canadian coastal areas designated by the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee, as discussed in “—Clean Air Act” below. U.S. air emissions standards are now equivalent to these amended Annex VI requirements, and once these amendments become effective, we may incur costs to comply with these revised standards. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems.

Ballast Water Management Convention

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions. For example, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the “BWM Convention,” in February 2004. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements (beginning in 2009), to be replaced in time with a requirement for mandatory ballast water treatment. The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. Though this has not occurred to date, the IMO has passed a resolution encouraging the ratification of the Convention and calling upon those countries that have already ratified to encourage the installation of ballast water management systems on new ships. As referenced below, the U.S. Coast Guard issued new ballast water management rules on March 23, 2012, and the EPA issued a new Vessel General Permit in March 2013 that contains numeric technology-based ballast water effluent limitations. Under the requirements of the convention for units with ballast water capacity more than 5,000 cubic meters that were constructed in 2011 or before, ballast

 

103


water management exchange or treatment will be accepted until 2016. From 2016 (or not later than the first intermediate or renewal survey after 2016), only ballast water treatment will be accepted by the Convention. Installation of ballast water treatments systems will be needed on all our vessels to comply with the Convention and United States regulations discussed below. Given that ballast water treatment technologies are still at the developmental stage, at this time the additional costs of complying with these rules are unclear, but current estimates suggest that additional costs will be in the range of $500,000 per vessel.

Bunkers Convention/CLC State Certificate

The International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution 2001, or the “Bunker Convention,” entered into force in State Parties to the Convention on November 21, 2008. The Convention provides a liability, compensation and compulsory insurance system for the victims of oil pollution damage caused by spills of bunker oil. The Convention requires the ship owner liable to pay compensation for pollution damage (including the cost of preventive measures) caused in the territory, including the territorial sea of a State Party, as well as its economic zone or equivalent area. Registered owners of any sea going vessel and seaborne craft over 1,000 gross tonnage, of any type whatsoever, and registered in a State Party, or entering or leaving a port in the territory of a State Party, will be required to maintain insurance which meets the requirements of the Convention and to obtain a certificate issued by a State Party attesting that such insurance is in force. The State issued certificate must be carried on-board at all times.

Although the United States is not a party to these conventions, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended in 2000, or the “CLC.” Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain complete defenses. The limited liability protections are forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict—liability basis

P&I Clubs in the International Group issue the required Bunkers Convention “Blue Cards” to provide evidence that there is in place insurance meeting the liability requirements. All of our vessels have received “Blue Cards” from their P&I Club and are in possession of a CLC State-issued certificate attesting that the required insurance coverage is in force.

Anti-Fouling Requirements

In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships, or the “Anti-fouling Convention.” The Anti-fouling Convention, which entered into force on September 17, 2008, prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels after September 1, 2003. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages must obtain an International Anti-fouling System Certificate and undergo a survey before the vessel is put into service or when the anti-fouling systems are altered or replaced. Our managers have obtained Anti-fouling System Certificates for all of our vessels and we do not believe that maintaining such certificates will have an adverse financial impact on the operation of our vessels.

Compliance Enforcement

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for the implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations for all ships granted the right to fly its flag. The “Shipping Industry Guidelines on Flag State Performance” evaluates flag states based on factors such as sufficiency of infrastructure, ratification of international maritime treaties, implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations, supervision of surveys, casualty investigations, and participation at IMO meetings.

Non-compliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively.

 

104


The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

U.S. Environmental Regulation of Our Vessels

Our vessels operating in U.S. waters now or, in the future, will be subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment. In some cases, these laws and regulations require us to obtain governmental permits and authorizations before we may conduct certain activities. These environmental laws and regulations may impose substantial penalties for noncompliance and substantial liabilities for pollution. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties. As with the industry generally, our operations will entail risks in these areas, and compliance with these laws and regulations, which may be subject to frequent revisions and reinterpretation, increases our overall cost of business.

Oil Pollution Act of 1990

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA 90,” established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for environmental protection and cleanup of oil spills. OPA 90 affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade with the United States or its territories or possessions, or whose vessels operate in the waters of the United States, which include the U.S. territorial waters and the two hundred nautical mile exclusive economic zone of the United States. OPA 90 may affect us because we carry oil as fuel and lubricants for our engines, and the discharge of these could cause an environmental hazard. Under OPA 90, vessel operators, including vessel owners, managers and bareboat or “demise” charterers, are “responsible parties” who are all liable regardless of fault, individually and as a group, for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from oil spills from their vessels. These “responsible parties” would not be liable if the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. The other damages aside from clean-up and containment costs are defined broadly to include:

 

  n  

natural resource damages and related assessment costs;

 

  n  

real and personal property damages;

 

  n  

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, profits or earnings capacity;

 

  n  

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards; and

 

  n  

loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17.088 million for any double-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation) (relevant to the Alma Maritime carriers). These limits of liability do not apply, however, where the incident is caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. These limits likewise do not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the substance removal activities. This limit is subject to possible adjustment for inflation. OPA 90 specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters. In some cases, states, which have enacted their own legislation, have not yet issued implementing regulations defining shipowners’ responsibilities under these laws. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with OPA 90 and all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

OPA 90 requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the limit of their potential strict liability under OPA 90. Under the regulations, evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance or guaranty. Under OPA 90 regulations, an owner or operator of more than one vessel is required to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility for the entire fleet in an amount equal only to the financial responsibility requirement of the vessel having the greatest maximum liability under OPA 90. Each of our shipowning subsidiaries that has vessels trading in U.S. waters has applied for, and obtained from the U.S. Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center, three-year certificates of financial responsibility, or “COFRs,” supported by guarantees which we purchased from an insurance based provider. We believe that we will be able to continue to obtain the requisite guarantees and that we will continue to be granted COFRs from the U.S. Coast Guard for each of our vessels that is required to have one.

 

105


In response to the BP Deepwater Horizon oil spill, the U.S. Congress has considered a number of bills that could potentially increase or even eliminate the limits of liability under OPA 90. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA 90 may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes. Additional legislation or regulation applicable to the operation of our vessels that may be implemented in the future as a result of the 2010 BP Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico could adversely affect our business and ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

Clean Water Act

The United States Clean Water Act, “or CWA,” prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in United States navigable waters unless authorized by a permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. The EPA has enacted rules governing the regulation of ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of vessels within U.S. waters. The rules require commercial vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels), or “Regulated Vessels,” are required to obtain a CWA permit regulating and authorizing such normal discharges. This permit, which the EPA has designated as the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels, “or VGP,” incorporates the current U.S. Coast Guard requirements for ballast water management as well as supplemental ballast water requirements, and includes limits applicable to 26 specific discharge streams, such as deck runoff, bilge water and gray water. For each discharge type, among other things, the VGP establishes effluent limits pertaining to the constituents found in the effluent, including best management practices, or “BMPs,” designed to decrease the amount of constituents entering the waste stream. Unlike land-based discharges, which are deemed acceptable by meeting certain EPA-imposed numerical effluent limits, each of the 26 VGP discharge limits is deemed to be met when a Regulated Vessel carries out the BMPs pertinent to that specific discharge stream. The VGP imposes additional requirements on certain Regulated Vessel types that emit discharges unique to those vessels. Administrative provisions, such as inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, are also included for all Regulated Vessels.

U.S. Ballast Water Regulation

In the United States, two federal agencies regulate ballast water discharges, the EPA, through the VGP and the U.S. Coast Guard, through approved ballast water management systems, or “BWMS.” On March 28, 2013, the EPA published a new VGP to replace the existing VGP when it expires in December 2013. The new VGP includes numeric effluent limits for ballast water expressed as the maximum concentration of living organisms in ballast water, as opposed to the current “Best Management Practices” requirements. The new VGP also imposes a variety of changes for non-ballast water discharges including more stringent BMPs for discharges of oil-to-sea interfaces in an effort to reduce the toxicity of oil leaked into U.S. waters. For certain existing vessels, the EPA has adopted a staggered implementation schedule to require vessels to meet the ballast water effluent limitations by the first drydocking after January 1, 2014 or January 1, 2016, depending on the vessel size. Vessels that are constructed after December 1, 2013, are subject to the ballast water numeric effluent limitations immediately upon the effective date of the new VGP.

On March 23, 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a final rule establishing standards for the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged in U.S. waters and requiring the phase-in of Coast Guard approved BWMS. The rule went into effect on June 20, 2012, and adopts ballast water discharge standards for vessels calling on U.S. ports and intending to discharge ballast water equivalent to those set in IMO’s BWM Convention. The final rule requires that ballast water discharge have no more than 10 living organisms per milliliter for organisms between 10 and 50 micrometers in size. For organisms larger than 50 micrometers, the discharge can have 10 living organisms per cubic meter of discharge. The U.S. Coast Guard will review the practicability of implementing a more stringent ballast water discharge standard and publish the results no later than January 1, 2016. The rule requires installation of Coast Guard approved BWMS by new vessels constructed on or after December 1, 2013, and existing vessels as of their first drydocking after January 1, 2016. If Coast Guard type approved technologies are not available by a vessel’s compliance date, the vessel may request an extension to the deadline from the U.S. Coast Guard.

 

106


Clean Air Act

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended, or the “CAA,” requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas and emission standards for so—called “Category 3” marine diesel engines operating in U.S. waters. The marine diesel engine emission standards are currently limited to new engines beginning with the 2004 model year. On April 30, 2010, the EPA promulgated final emission standards for Category 3 marine diesel engines equivalent to those adopted in the amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL. The emission standards apply in two stages: near-term standards for newly-built engines will apply from 2011, and long-term standards requiring an 80% reduction in nitrogen dioxides, or “NOx,” will apply from 2016. In May 2013, the EPA issued a proposed amendment to its marine diesel engine requirements that would temporarily allow marine equipment manufacturers to use allowances if a compliant marine engine is not available. Compliance with these standards may cause us to incur costs to install control equipment on our vessels in the future.

European Union Regulations

The European Union has also adopted legislation that would: (1) ban manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as those over 15 years old that have been detained by port authorities at least twice in a six month period) from European waters and create an obligation of port states to inspect vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment; and (2) provide the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies.

The European Union has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/EC/33 (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced parallel requirements in the European Union to those in MARPOL Annex VI in respect of the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, it has introduced a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in EU ports, effective January 1, 2010.

In 2005, the European Union adopted a directive on ship-source pollution, imposing criminal sanctions for intentional, reckless or negligent pollution discharges by ships. The directive could result in criminal liability for pollution from vessels in waters of European countries that adopt implementing legislation. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. We cannot predict what regulations, if any, may be adopted by the European Union or any other country or authority.

Regulation of Greenhouse Gas Emissions

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or the “Kyoto Protocol,” entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The IMO is evaluating various mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, which may include market-based instruments or a carbon tax. The European Commission is currently considering possible European action to introduce monitoring, reporting and verification of greenhouse gas emissions from maritime transport as a first step towards measures to reduce these emissions. In the United States, the EPA issued a final finding that greenhouse gases threaten public health and safety, and has promulgated regulations that regulate the emission of greenhouse gases, but not from ships. The EPA may decide in the future to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ships. Other federal and state regulations relating to the control of greenhouse gas emissions may follow, including climate change initiatives that have recently been considered in the U.S. Congress. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the European Union, the United States, or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level , that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

 

107


Safety Requirements

The IMO has adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or “SOLAS Convention,” and the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, or “LL Convention,” which impose a variety of standards to regulate design and operational features of ships. SOLAS Convention and LL Convention standards are revised periodically. All of our vessels are in compliance with SOLAS Convention and LL Convention standards.

Chapter IX of SOLAS, the requirements contained in the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the “ISM Code,” promulgated by the IMO, also affects our operations. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop and maintain an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. NMM has obtained documents of compliance and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which certificates are required by the IMO.

The International Labour Organization, or “ILO,” is a specialized agency of the United Nations with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (MLC 2006) to improve safety on-board merchant vessels. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. On August 20, 2012, the required number of countries ratified the MCL 2006 and it is expected to come into force on August 20, 2013. MLC 2006 will require us to develop new procedures to ensure full compliance with its requirements.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Act of 2002, or “MTSA,” came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or the “ISPS Code.” The ISPS Code is designed to protect ports and international shipping against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state.

Among the various requirements are:

 

  n  

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

  n  

on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

  n  

the development of vessel security plans;

 

  n  

ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

  n  

a continuous synopsis record kept on-board showing a vessel’s history including, the name of the ship and of the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

  n  

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

108


The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from obtaining U.S. Coast Guard-approved MTSA vessel security plans provided such vessels have on-board an International Ship Security Certificate, or “ISSC,” that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code.

Our vessel managers have developed Security Plans, appointed and trained Ship and Office Security Officers and each of our vessels in our fleet complies with the requirements of the ISPS Code, SOLAS and the MTSA.

Other Regulation

Our vessels may also become subject to the International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea, 1996 as amended by the Protocol to the HNS Convention, adopted in April 2010, or the “2010 HNS Protocol,” and collectively, the “2010 HNS Convention,” if it is entered into force. The Convention creates a regime of liability and compensation for damage from hazardous and noxious substances, or “HNS.” The 2010 HNS Convention sets up a two-tier system of compensation composed of compulsory insurance taken out by shipowners and an HNS Fund which comes into play when the insurance is insufficient to satisfy a claim or does not cover the incident. Under the 2010 HNS Convention, if damage is caused by bulk HNS, claims for compensation will first be sought from the shipowner up to a maximum of 100 million Special Drawing Rights, or “SDR,” which was equivalent to $152.2 million U.S. dollars as of August 16, 2013. SDRs are supplementary, foreign exchange reserve assets created and maintained by the International Monetary Fund, or “IMF,” based upon a basket of currencies (consisting of the euro, Japanese yen, pound sterling and U.S. dollar). SDRs are not a currency, but instead represent a claim to currency held by IMF member countries for which SDRs may be exchanged. Monetary values and limits in many international maritime treaties are expressed in terms of SDRs. As of August 16, 2013, the exchange rate was 1 SDR equal to 1.522 U.S. dollars. If the damage is caused by packaged HNS or by both bulk and packaged HNS, the maximum liability is 115 million SDR (equivalent to $175.03 million U.S. dollars as of August 16, 2013). Once the limit is reached, compensation will be paid from the HNS Fund up to a maximum of 250 million SDR (equivalent to $380.5 million U.S. dollars as of August 16, 2013). The 2010 HNS Convention has not been ratified by a sufficient number of countries to enter into force, and we cannot estimate the costs that may be needed to comply with any such requirements that may be adopted with any certainty at this time.

In-House Inspections

NMM and BSSM carry out inspections of the ships on a regular basis; both at sea and while the vessels are in port, while we carry out inspection and ship audits to verify conformity with manager’s reports. The results of these inspections, which are conducted both in port and underway, result in a report containing recommendations for improvements to the overall condition of the vessel, maintenance, safety and crew welfare. Based in part on these evaluations, we create and implement a program of continual maintenance for our vessels and their systems.

Competition

The supply of liquefied gas carrier capacity is primarily a function of the size of the existing world fleet, the number of newbuildings being delivered and the scrapping of older vessels. As of September 30, 2013, there were 1,268 liquefied gas carriers with an aggregate capacity of 20.8 million cbm. A further 22 and 100 carriers of 0.5 million cbm and 3.9 million cbm were on order for delivery by the end of 2013 and between 2014 and 2017, respectively. The orderbook for liquefied gas carriers is currently equivalent to 21.3% of the existing fleet in capacity terms. This is close to its long-term average and below the 32% peak seen in late 2007 and early 2008. In contrast to oil tankers and drybulk carriers, the number of shipyards with liquefied gas carrier experience is quite limited, and as such, a sudden influx of supply beyond what is already on order before 2015 is unlikely. In the handysize sector in which we operate, there are 88 vessels in the world fleet with 19 vessels on order for delivery by 2015 as of September 30, 2013. Almost 24% of the fleet capacity in the handysize sector is more than 20 years old.

Our existing fleet had an average age of 6.4 years as of September 30, 2013, and we believe that our relatively young fleet positions us well to compete in terms of our vessels meeting the operational needs of charterers. We own and operate the largest fleet in our size segment, which, in our view, enhances our position relative to that of our competitors.

There are approximately 400 owners of liquefied gas carriers, with a significant number of owners of just one or two vessels. The top ten owners control approximately 25% of the fleet in capacity terms.

 

109


As of September 30, 2013, there were 15 major owners with liquefied gas carriers in the handysize size segment in service and on order. We are the largest owner by combined capacity of fleet and orderbook in the handysize segment with 496,925 cbm in our fleet and 172,000 cbm on order as of October 31, 2013. In second place, Naftomar Shipping and Trading Inc. has nine vessels in service (179,000 cbm) and Skips. Solvang is the third largest in the size range, with five trading vessels in the fleet (83,000 cbm) and zero vessels on order as of September 30, 2013. See “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry.”

Properties

Other than our vessels, we do not own any material property. We lease office space for our representative offices in London and New York. The lease term for our representative office in London is for a period 10 years with a mutual break option in March 2017, which is the fifth anniversary from the lease commencement date. The total rent per year is approximately $515,000. The initial lease term for our representative office in New York is five years ending June 30, 2017. The total rent per year is approximately $231,990.

Employees

We have 22 employees. We consider our employee relations to be good. Our crewing and technical managers provide crews for our vessels under separate crew management agreements.

Legal Proceedings

We expect that in the future we will be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. These claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on us.

Exchange Controls

Under the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of distributions, interest or other payments to non-resident shareholders.

Taxation of the Company

Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to taxation in the jurisdictions in which they are organized, conduct business or own assets. We intend that our business and the business of our subsidiaries will be conducted and operated in a manner designed to minimize the tax imposed on us and our subsidiaries. However, we cannot assure this result as tax laws in these or other jurisdictions may change or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax liability.

U.S. Taxation

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., our U.S. counsel, insofar as it contains legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. The opinion of our counsel is dependent on the accuracy of factual representations made by us to them, including descriptions of our operations contained herein. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, existing final and temporary regulations thereunder, or “Treasury Regulations,” and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. In addition, the opinion of our U.S. counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. The following discussion does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us.

Status as a Corporation. We are treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income to the extent it is from U.S. sources or is otherwise effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States as discussed below, unless such income is exempt from tax under Section 883 of the Code.

 

110


Taxation of Operating Income. We expect that substantially all of our gross income will be attributable to the transportation of LPGs and petrochemicals and related products. Gross income that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, or “U.S. Source International Transportation Income,” is considered to be 50.0% derived from sources within the United States and may be subject to U.S. federal income tax as described below. Gross income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States, or “U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income,” is considered to be 100.0% derived from sources within the United States and generally is subject to U.S. federal income tax. Gross income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100.0% derived from sources outside the United States and generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. We are not permitted by law to engage in transportation that gives rise to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. However, certain of our activities give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income, and we expect to increase our operations in the United States, which would result in an increase in the amount of U.S. Source International Transportation Income, all of which could be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless the exemption from U.S. taxation under Section 883 of the Code, or the “Section 883 Exemption,” applies.

The Section 883 Exemption. In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, or the “Section 883 Regulations,” it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes or the 4.0% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption applies only to U.S. Source International Transportation Income and does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

To qualify for the Section 883 Exemption, a non-U.S. corporation must, among other things, be organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States with respect to the types of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that the corporation earns, or an “Equivalent Exemption”; meet one of three ownership tests described in the Section 883 Regulations, or the “Ownership Test”; and meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements, or the “Substantiation Requirements.”

We are a Marshall Islands corporation. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized the Republic of the Marshall Islands as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption. We also believe that we will be able to satisfy the Substantiation Requirements. However, we do not believe we will meet the Ownership Test and therefore we believe that we will not qualify for the Section 883 Exemption and our U.S. Source International Transportation Income will not be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation.

The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax. If we earn U.S. Source International Transportation Income, as we expect, and the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, the U.S. source portion of such income may be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or “Effectively Connected Income,” if we have a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. Source International Transportation Income and substantially all of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of vessel leasing income, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. In addition, if we earn other types of income within the territorial seas of the United States, such income may be treated as Effectively Connected Income.

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, and an opinion of counsel, we do not believe that any of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. We have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that substantially all of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income in the current year and in future years will not arise from regularly scheduled transportation or vessel leasing. Assuming our activities are consistent with our expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that none of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income should be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we will not earn income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States (or earn income from other activities within the territorial seas of the United States) in the future, which would result in such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income.

 

111


Any income we earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (generally at a rate of 35.0%). In addition, a 30.0% branch profits tax could be imposed on any income we earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us in connection with the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we could be subject to the net basis U.S. federal corporate income tax as well as branch profits tax with respect to the gain recognized up to the amount of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside the United States.

The 4.0% Gross Basis Tax. If, as we expect, the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and the net basis tax does not apply, we will be subject to a 4.0% U.S. federal income tax on the U.S. source portion of our gross U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions. Under the sourcing rules described above under “—U.S. Taxation—Taxation of Operating Income,” 50.0% of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income would be treated as being derived from U.S. sources.

Republic of the Marshall Islands Taxation

Based on the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to matters of the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, because we and our controlled affiliates do not, and do not expect to, conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, neither we nor our controlled affiliates will be subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Republic of the Marshall Islands law. As a result, distributions by our controlled affiliates to us will not be subject to Republic of the Marshall Islands taxation.

U.K. Taxation

NGT Services (UK) Limited, as a U.K. incorporated company, is subject to U.K. corporation tax on its worldwide income, subject to relief under any applicable double taxation agreement. If we and any of our controlled affiliates not incorporated in the U.K. ensure that our central management and control is exercised outside of the U.K., and we do not otherwise create a U.K. permanent establishment by carrying on business in the U.K., we should not become subject to U.K. corporation tax. Where a company’s central management and control is exercised is a question of fact to be decided in accordance with the particular circumstances of each company. Any distributions paid to us by NGT Services (UK) Limited will not be subject to U.K. taxation.

 

112


MANAGEMENT

Directors

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors.

 

 

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

David J. Butters

     73       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Dr. Heiko Fischer

     45       Director

David Kenwright

     65       Director

Spiros Milonas

     84       Director

Alexander Oetker

     38       Director

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

     75       Director

Florian Weidinger

     32       Director

 

 

Our board of directors are elected annually. Each director holds office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office.

Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected.

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and our executive officers is set forth below. The business address for our directors and executive officers is 399 Park Avenue, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

David J. Butters . David J. Butters has served as president, chief executive officer and chairman of the Board since September 2008. Prior to September 2008, Mr. Butters served as a managing director of Lehman Brothers Inc., a subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., where he had been employed for more than 37 years. Mr. Butters is currently chairman of the board of directors and chairman of the compensation committee of GulfMark Offshore, Inc., a provider of marine support and transportation services to the oil and gas industry, a director of Weatherford International Ltd., an oilfield services company, and a director of Angelicoussis Shipping Group, Ltd.

Dr. Heiko Fischer . Dr. Heiko Fischer has been a member of the Board since December 2011. Dr. Fischer has been Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Management Board of Vtg Aktiengesellschaft, a German railroad logistics company traded on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, since May 1, 2004. He was a member of the Supervisory Board of Hapag-Lloyd AG, a German container shipping company. He is the Chairman of the Supervising Board of TRANSWAGGON-Gruppe and a member of the Supervising Board of Brueckenhaus Grundstueckgesellschaft m.b.h., Kommanditgesellschaft Brueckenhaus Grundstuecksgesellschaft m.b.h. & Co., TRANSWAGGON AG and Waggon Holding AG. Dr. Fischer graduated from the University of Albany with an MBA in 1992, and from Julius-Maximilian University in Wuerzburg, Germany with a PhD in Economic Sciences in 1995.

David Kenwright . David Kenwright has been a member of the Board since March 2007. Mr. Kenwright is a managing director of Achater Offshore Ltd. and chairman of the U.K. Emergency Response and Rescue Vessel Association Ltd., and previously a managing director of Gulf Offshore N.S. Ltd. for seven years. Mr. Kenwright is a Chartered Engineer and a Fellow of the Institute of Marine Engineering, Science and Technology.

Spiros Milonas . Spiros Milonas has been a member of the Board since August 2006. He is chairman and president of Ionian Management Inc., which oversees the Ionian Group, with interests in shipping, oil and gas and real estate. Mr. Milonas is a director of the New York Shipping Cooperation Committee, a member of Leadership 100, a member of the Board of Advisors of Atlantic Bank, and a recipient of the Ellis Island Medal of Honor Award. Mr. Milonas graduated from Athens University, School of Economics.

Alexander Oetker . Alexander Oetker has been a member of the Board since September 2006. Mr. Oetker is the founder and chief executive officer of AO Schiffahrt GmbH & Co., a bulk and container shipping company based in Hamburg, Germany. Before founding AO Schiffahrt, Mr. Oetker was employed as chartering manager of Hamburg Sued and was employed by Hutchinson Port Holdings in Hong Kong.

 

113


Wilbur L. Ross, Jr . Wilbur L. Ross, Jr. has been a member of the Board since April 2012. Mr. Ross is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of WLR. Mr. Ross is currently a member of the board of directors of ArcelorMittal, a steel and mining company; Exco Resources Inc., a natural oil and gas company; International Textile Group, Inc., a global, diversified textile provider; Air Lease Corporation, an aircraft leasing company; Assured Guaranty Ltd., a holding company that provides credit protection products to the United States and international public finance, infrastructure and structured finance markets; The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, a commercial bank operation in Ireland; BankUnited, Inc., a savings and loan holding company; Sun Bancorp, a bank holding company; Talmer Bancorp, a bank holding company and Plascar Participacoes SA, a manufacturer of automotive interiors. Mr. Ross formerly served as a member of the board of directors of International Coal Group from April 2005 to June 2011; Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd., a reinsurance company, from 2006 to March 2010; The Greenbrier Companies, a supplier of transportation equipment and services to the railroad industry, from June 2009 until January 2013 and Syms Corp., a retail store operator, from 2000 through 2007. Mr. Ross was Executive Managing Director of Rothschild Inc. for 24 years before acquiring that firm’s private equity partnerships in 2000. Mr. Ross holds an A.B. from Yale University and an M.B.A., with distinction, from Harvard Business School. Through the course of Mr. Ross’ career, he has served as a principal financial adviser to, investor in and director of various companies across the globe operating in diverse industries, and he has assisted in restructuring more than $300 billion of corporate liabilities.

Florian Weidinger . Florian Weidinger has been a member of the Board since March 2007. Mr. Weidinger previously worked as a vice president at Lehman Brothers’ principal investment division, Global Trading Strategies in London prior to becoming chief executive officer of Hansabay, a Singapore based fund management business. Mr. Weidinger holds a BSc from Cass Business School, City University, London, an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and an MS in Environment and Resources from Stanford University.

Executive Officers

The following table provides information about our executive officers. NGT Services (UK) Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary and commercial manager, will provide us with certain of our officers, including our chief financial officer and our chief operating officer. All references in this prospectus to “our officers” refer to our president and chief executive officer and those officers of NGT Services (UK) Limited who perform executive officer functions for our benefit.

 

 

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

David J. Butters

     73       President and Chief Executive Officer

Niall Nolan

     50       Chief Financial Officer

Tommy Hjalmas

     46       Chief Operating Officer

Oeyvind Lindeman

     34       Chartering Manager

 

 

David J. Butters. David J. Butters was appointed president and chief executive officer of Navigator Holdings Ltd. in September 2008.

Niall Nolan. Niall Nolan was appointed chief financial officer of NGT Services (UK) Limited in August 2006. Prior to his appointment as chief financial officer, Mr. Nolan worked for Navigator Holdings as representative of the creditors committee during Navigator Holdings’ bankruptcy proceedings. Prior to that, Mr. Nolan was group finance director of Simon Group PLC, a U.K. public company. Mr. Nolan is a fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants.

Tommy Hjalmas. Tommy Hjalmas was appointed chief operating officer of NGT Services (UK) Limited in November 2006. Prior to this, Mr. Hjalmas was employed for five years at Dorchester Maritime Limited, now known as BSSM, our technical manager. Mr. Hjalmas received his BSc in marine engineering from the University of Chalmers.

Oeyvind Lindeman. Oeyvind Lindeman was appointed Chartering Manager of NGT Services (UK) Limited in November 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Lindeman was employed for five years at A.P. Møller Mærsk, a gas transport company as charterer. Mr. Lindeman holds a BA with honours from the University of Strathclyde and an Executive MBA with distinction from Cass Business School.

 

114


Compensation

Compensation of Management

Our officers receive compensation for the services they provide to us. Three of our four officers (Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman) are remunerated in pounds sterling, while Mr. Butters is remunerated in U.S. dollars. For purposes of this Form F-1, all forms of compensation paid to our officers have been converted to U.S. dollars. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the aggregate cash compensation paid to all officers as a group was approximately $1,818,483. The cash compensation for each officer is comprised of base salary and bonus. Our officers are eligible to receive a discretionary annual cash bonus based on certain performance criteria determined by the compensation committee of our Board, or the “Compensation Committee,” and approved by our Board. Regardless of performance, the annual cash bonuses are paid at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, subject to approval by our Board.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we also granted a total of 80,298 shares (on a post-split basis) of restricted stock under the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan, or the “Plan,” (as described in further detail below under “—2008 Restricted Stock Plan”), all of which vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. 30,000 of these shares (on a post-split basis) were granted to members of the Board.

Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman are eligible to participate in certain welfare benefit programs we offer, including life insurance, permanent health insurance, and private medical insurance. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the aggregate cost of the benefits described in the preceding sentence provided to Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman was approximately $13,122. While Mr. Butters is not eligible to participate in the same welfare benefit programs as our other officers, he is entitled to reimbursement by us for the Medicare portion of the FICA tax withheld from his compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid Mr. Butters an amount of $8,200 as Medicare reimbursement. Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman are also eligible to participate in a personal pension plan, described below under “—Benefit Plans and Programs”.

Compensation of Directors

Officers who also serve as members of our Board do not receive additional compensation for their services as directors. Each non-employee director who serves as a member of our Board receives a fee of $50,000 per annum. In addition, the audit committee chairman and Compensation Committee chairman each receive an additional amount of $5,000 per annum while members of each committee receive a meeting fee of $1,500 for each committee meeting.

Non-employee directors may also be awarded equity incentive awards pursuant to our proposed equity incentive plan, which is described in further detail below under “—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.” The amount and terms of any equity incentive awards will be determined by our Compensation Committee, subject to approval by our Board. Each director will be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Marshall Islands law.

Equity Compensation Plans

2008 Restricted Stock Plan

During 2008, our Board adopted the Plan, which entitles our officers, employees, consultants and directors to receive grants of restricted stock of our common stock. The Plan is administered by the Board or a committee of the Board. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the Plan during the ten year term of the Plan is 9,000,000 shares (on a post-split basis).

Awards issued under the Plan are subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable award agreement. Awards may be subject to various restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Board or applicable committee of the Board may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise. A holder of restricted stock awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting and dividend rights as our other shareholders in relation to the shares subject to the award.

As described above under “—Compensation of Management,” we granted a total of 48,798 shares (on a post-split basis) of restricted stock under the Plan to our officers during the year ended December 31, 2012. These awards of restricted stock will be settled in shares of our common stock and will all vest on the third anniversary of the applicable grant date.

 

115


Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to freeze the Plan such that new awards will no longer be issued thereunder. However, any outstanding awards granted prior to the date the Plan is frozen shall continue to remain outstanding and extend beyond the date the Plan is frozen. Following the closing of this offering, future equity incentive awards shall be granted under our proposed equity incentive plan, which is described in further detail below under “—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt the Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the “LTIP,” for our and our affiliates’ employees and directors as well as consultants who perform services for us. The following description of the LTIP is based on the form we anticipate adopting, but the LTIP remains subject to change and the following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the final LTIP once adopted. The LTIP provides for the award of restricted stock, stock options, performance awards, annual incentive awards, restricted stock units, bonus stock awards, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents, and other share-based awards.

Administration. We anticipate that the LTIP will be administered by the Compensation Committee, or the “Plan Administrator,” with certain decisions subject to approval of our Board. The Plan Administrator will have the authority to, among other things, designate participants under the LTIP, determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant, determine the number of shares of our common stock to be covered by awards, determine the terms and conditions applicable to awards and interpret and administer the LTIP. The Plan Administrator may terminate or amend the LTIP at any time with respect to any shares of our common stock for which a grant has not yet been made. The Plan Administrator also has the right to alter or amend the LTIP or any part of the plan from time to time, including increasing the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted, subject to shareholder approval as required by the exchange upon which our common stock is listed at that time. However, no change in any outstanding grant may be made that would materially reduce the benefits of the participant without the consent of the participant.

Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment in the event of any distribution, recapitalization, split, merger, consolidation or similar corporate event, the number of shares available for delivery pursuant to awards granted under the LTIP is 3,000,000 shares. There is no limit on the number of awards that may be granted and paid in cash. Shares subject to an award under the LTIP that are canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated, including withheld to satisfy exercise prices or tax withholding obligations, are available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The shares of our common stock to be delivered under the LTIP will be made available from authorized but unissued shares, shares held in treasury, or previously issued shares reacquired by us, including by purchase on the open market.

Restricted Shares. A restricted share grant is an award of common stock that vests over a period of time and that during such time is subject to forfeiture. The Plan Administrator may determine to make grants of restricted shares under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. The Plan Administrator will determine the period over which restricted shares granted to participants will vest. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may base its determination upon the achievement of specified financial objectives. Dividends made on restricted shares may or may not be subjected to the same vesting provisions as the restricted shares.

Share Options. A share option is a right to purchase shares at a specified price during specified time periods. The LTIP will permit the grant of options covering our common stock. The Plan Administrator may make grants under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. Share options will have an exercise price that may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Share options granted under the LTIP can be either incentive share options (within the meaning of section 422 of the Code), which have certain tax advantages for recipients, or non-qualified share options. Share options granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the Plan Administrator. No share option will have a term that exceeds ten years. The availability of share options is intended to furnish additional compensation to plan participants and to align their economic interests with those of common shareholders.

Performance Award. A performance award is a right to receive all or part of an award granted under the LTIP based upon performance criteria specified by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will determine the period over

 

116


which certain specified company or individual goals or objectives must be met. The performance award may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock or other awards or property, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator.

Annual Incentive Award. An annual incentive award is a conditional right to receive a cash payment, shares or other award unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, after the end of a specified year. The amount potentially payable will be based upon the achievement of performance goals established by the Plan Administrator.

Restricted Share Unit. A restricted share unit is a notional share that entitles the grantee to receive a share of common stock upon the vesting of the restricted share unit or, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, cash equivalent to the value of a share of common stock. The Plan Administrator may determine to make grants of restricted share units under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. The Plan Administrator will determine the period over which restricted share units granted to participants will vest.

The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may grant tandem dividend equivalent rights with respect to restricted share units that entitle the holder to receive cash equal to any cash dividends made on our common stock while the restricted share units are outstanding.

Bonus Shares. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may also grant to participants shares of common stock that are not subject to forfeiture. The Plan Administrator can grant bonus shares without requiring that the recipient pay any remuneration for the shares.

Share Appreciation Rights. The LTIP will permit the grant of share appreciation rights. A share appreciation right is an award that, upon exercise, entitles participants to receive the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date over the grant price established for the share appreciation right on the date of grant. Such excess will be paid in cash or common stock. The Plan Administrator may determine to make grants of share appreciation rights under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. Share appreciation rights will have a grant price that may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In general, share appreciation rights granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the Plan Administrator.

Other Share-Based Awards. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may also grant to participants an award denominated or payable in, referenced to, or otherwise based on or related to the value of our common stock.

Tax Withholding . At our discretion, and subject to conditions that the Plan Administrator may impose, a participant’s minimum statutory tax withholding with respect to an award may be satisfied by withholding from any payment related to an award or by the withholding of shares issuable pursuant to the award based on the fair market value of the shares.

Anti-Dilution Adjustments . If any “equity restructuring” event occurs that could result in an additional compensation expense under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or “FASB ASC Topic 718,” if adjustments to awards with respect to such event were discretionary, the Plan Administrator will equitably adjust the number and type of shares covered by each outstanding award and the terms and conditions of such award to equitably reflect the restructuring event, and the Plan Administrator will adjust the number and type of shares with respect to which future awards may be granted. With respect to a similar event that would not result in a FASB ASC Topic 718 accounting charge if adjustment to awards were discretionary, the Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to adjust awards in the manner it deems appropriate. In the event the Plan Administrator makes any adjustment in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made with respect to the maximum number of shares available under the LTIP and the kind of shares or other securities available for grant under the LTIP. Furthermore, in the case of (i) a subdivision or consolidation of the common stock (by reclassification, split or reverse split or otherwise), (ii) a recapitalization, reclassification, or other change in our capital structure or (iii) any other reorganization, merger, combination, exchange or other relevant change in capitalization of our equity, then a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the LTIP, as appropriate, with respect to the maximum number of shares available under the LTIP, the number of shares that may be acquired with respect to an award, and, if applicable, the exercise price of an award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of awards as a result of such events.

 

117


Change in Control . Upon a “change of control” (as defined in the LTIP), the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, (i) remove any forfeiture restrictions applicable to an award, (ii) accelerate the time of exercisability or vesting of an award, (iii) require awards to be surrendered in exchange for a cash payment, (iv) cancel unvested awards without payment or (v) make adjustments to awards as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate to reflect the change of control.

Termination of Employment or Service . The consequences of the termination of a grantee’s employment, consulting arrangement, or membership on the board of directors will be determined by the Plan Administrator in the terms of the relevant award agreement.

Benefit Plans and Programs

We sponsor a money purchase defined contribution plan, which we refer to as a personal pension plan, for all employees located in the U.K., including Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman. Each employee is eligible to contribute up to 100% of his annual salary to their personal pension plan and we will match any such contribution up to 10% of the employee’s annual salary. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid approximately $64,383 in matching contributions to the personal pension plan for Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman.

Board Practice

While we are not subject to a number of the NYSE’s corporate governance standards as a foreign private issuer, we intend to comply voluntarily with a number of those rules. For example, we will, and will undertake with the NYSE that we will, have a board of directors that will be comprised of a majority of independent directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We will have an audit committee and a compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee comprised entirely of independent directors. In addition, our board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers granted to it by our board of directors.

Audit committee

Upon consummation of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Messrs. Weidinger and Kenwright, with Mr. Weidinger as chairman. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Weidinger and Kenwright satisfy the independence standards established by the NYSE and that each qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC. We will appoint a third member of the audit committee within 12 months of the listing of our common stock on the NYSE. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things, the hiring or termination of independent auditors; approving any non-audit work performed by such auditor; and assisting the board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, the independent accountant’s qualifications and independence, the performance of the independent accountants and our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

Compensation committee

Upon consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Weidinger, Fischer, Kenwright and Oetker with Mr. Kenwright as chairman. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things, developing and recommending to the board of directors compensation for board members; and overseeing compliance with any applicable compensation reporting requirements of the SEC and the NYSE.

 

118


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Investment Agreements

On November 10, 2011, we entered into that certain investment agreement with the WLR Group. Under the investment agreement, we agreed to issue and sell up to 7,500,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate at $8.33 per share (on a post-split basis). Pursuant to the investment agreement, on December 12, 2011, the WLR Group purchased 1,875,000 shares of common stock (on a post-split basis) and, on March 30, 2012, the WLR Group purchased 5,625,000 shares of common stock (on a post-split basis).

On February 15, 2013, we entered into that certain investment agreement with, among others, the WLR Group and David J. Butters. Under the investment agreement, we agreed to issue and sell up to 7,500,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate at $10.00 per share (on a post-split basis). Pursuant to the investment agreement, on February 25, 2013, the WLR Group, Mr. Butters and an unrelated third party purchased 6,499,998, 500,001 and 500,001 shares of our common stock, respectively (on a post-split basis).

Investor Rights Agreement

On             , 2013, we amended and restated our existing investor rights agreement with the WLR Group. Under the investor rights agreement, subject to certain exceptions, WLR has the right to designate two individuals to be nominated to our Board. If the WLR Group collectively owns less than 3,750,000 shares of common stock (on a post-split basis), WLR will be entitled to designate only one individual, and if the WLR Group collectively owns less than 937,500 shares of common stock (on a post-split basis), the right to designate an individual to be nominated to our Board will terminate. Messrs. Ross and Fischer are the designees of the WLR Group.

In addition, pursuant to the investor rights agreement, the WLR Group will have certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. At any time for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the WLR Group will be able to require us to effect a registration statement if certain conditions are met. If we propose to file a registration statement, the WLR Group generally may include all or some of its common stock in such registration statement.

Furthermore, pursuant to the investor rights agreement, we have agreed to reimburse the WLR Group for up to $250,000 of legal fees and expenses related to this offering.

Investor Restrictions Agreement

On August 9, 2012, we entered into an investor restrictions agreement with the WLR Group, pursuant to which the WLR Group agreed, until October 16, 2015, not to, among other things, acquire additional shares of common stock, subject to certain exceptions, or publicly propose to effect any tender offer or other transaction in which the common stock would be purchased or exchanged into cash or other property without the prior approval of our Board. The transactions contemplated by the investment agreement described above received the requisite approval of our Board under the investor restrictions agreement for all purposes.

Certain Relationships

We intend to establish an audit committee upon the closing of the offering in order to, among other things, conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations on an ongoing basis and to approve all such transactions. See “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors.”

 

119


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock that will be owned upon the consummation of the offering and the related transactions by:

 

  n  

each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our common stock;

 

  n  

each of our directors;

 

  n  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  n  

all directors and executive officers as a group;

 

  n  

all U.S. record holders as a group; and

 

  n  

each selling shareholder.

The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership before the offering set forth below are based on our 46,296,765 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of November 1, 2013, after giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split that we effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering are based on              shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering are shown assuming no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated, the person or entities listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our shares of common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

 

 

                  COMMON STOCK BENEFICIALLY OWNED  AFTER
THE OFFERING
 
  COMMON STOCK
  BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR  
TO THE OFFERING
      ASSUMING
THE UNDERWRITERS’
OPTION IS NOT
EXERCISED
    ASSUMING
THE UNDERWRITERS’
OPTION IS EXERCISED
IN FULL
 

NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

  SHARES (1)     PERCENT     SHARES
OFFERED
HEREBY
    SHARES  (1)     PERCENT     SHARES  (1)     PERCENT  

WLR Group  (2)

    28,040,508        60.6                                

David J. Butters (3)

    1,964,946        4.2            1,964,946                     1,964,946                

Spiros Milonas (4)

    1,663,257        3.6            1,663,257                     1,663,257                

Alexander Oetker

                                                

David Kenwright

    15,000        *               15,000        *        15,000        *   

Florian Weidinger

    15,000        *               15,000        *        15,000        *   

Dr. Heiko Fischer  (5)

    30,000        *               30,000        *        30,000        *   

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.  (6)

    15,000        *               15,000        *        15,000        *   

Niall Nolan  (7)

    117,807        *               117,807        *        117,807        *   

Tommy Hjalmas

    39,546        *               39,546        *        39,546        *   

Oeyvind Lindeman

    19,689        *               19,689        *        19,689        *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)

    3,880,245        8.4       3,880,245                     3,880,245                

All U.S. record holders as a group (26 holders)

    45,929,448        99.2          

 

 

*    

Less than 1%.

(1)    

Unless otherwise indicated, all shares of common stock are owned directly by the named holder and such holder has sole power to vote and dispose of such shares. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each beneficial owner named above is: 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

120


(2)  

Represents 16,747,599 shares of common stock held directly by WLR Recovery Fund IV DSS AIV, L.P., 5,671,911 shares of common stock held directly by WLR Recovery Fund V DSS AIV, L.P., 5,499,999 shares of common stock held directly by WLR Select Co-Investment, L.P., 67,623 shares of common stock held directly by WLR IV Parallel ESC, L.P. and 53,376 shares of common stock held directly by WLR V Parallel ESC, L.P. (collectively, the “WLR Investors”). Wilbur L. Ross, Jr. is the chairman and chief executive officer of WLR, the chairman and president of Invesco Private Capital, Inc. and a director and shareholder of WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV GP, Ltd., WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV GP, Ltd. and WLR Select Associates DSS GP, Ltd. Invesco Private Capital, Inc. is the managing member of Invesco WLR IV Associates LLC, which in turn is the general partner of WLR IV Parallel ESC, L.P. Invesco Private Capital, Inc. is also the managing member of Invesco WLR V Associates LLC, which in turn is the general partner of WLR V Parallel ESC, L.P. WLR Select Associates DSS GP, Ltd. is the general partner of WLR Select Associates DSS, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of WLR Select Co-Investment, L.P. WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV GP, Ltd. is the general partner of WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of WLR Recovery Fund IV DSS AIV, L.P. WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV GP, Ltd. is the general partner of WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of WLR Recovery Fund V DSS AIV, L.P. Mr. Ross is a member of the investment committee of each WLR Investors’ general partner, which has investment and voting control over the shares held or controlled by each of the WLR Investors. Mr. Ross is also a member of our Board. Mr. Ross disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the shares of common stock held or controlled by each of the WLR Investors except for his pecuniary interest therein. With the exception of Mr. Ross, whose address is 328 El Vedado Road, Palm Beach, Florida 33401, the address of each of the entities and persons identified in this note is c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC, 1166 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036.

(3)    

Includes 150,000 shares of common stock that are owned by the spouse of Mr. Butters, for which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

(4)    

Includes 120,000 shares of common stock held in joint tenancy with right of survivorship with Antonia K Milonas.

(5)  

Represents shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Fischer. Dr. Fischer is a Board designee of WLR. Dr. Fischer disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares held or controlled by the WLR Group.

(6)    

Represents shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Ross; does not include shares owned by the WLR Investors (see Note 2).

(7)    

Includes 54,000 shares of common stock that are owned by the spouse of Mr. Nolan, as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

 

121


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following is a description of the material terms of our articles of incorporation and bylaws that we expect will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

Purpose

Our purpose, as stated in our articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.

Authorized Capitalization

Under our articles of incorporation, our authorized share capital will consist of 400 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 46,296,765 shares were issued and outstanding as of November 1, 2013 (before giving effect to this offering) and 40 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Upon consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock. All of our shares are in registered form.

Common Stock

Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Please read “Dividend Policy.” Holders of common stock do not have conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

  n  

the designation of the series;

 

  n  

the number of shares of the series, which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

  n  

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

  n  

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

  n  

the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

  n  

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

  n  

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;

 

  n  

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates and any rate adjustments;

 

  n  

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

  n  

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

Authorized but Unissued Share Capital

The BCA does not require shareholders’ approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which will apply so long as our common stock is quoted on the NYSE, require shareholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding number of our shares of common stock.

 

122


Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the common stock held by shareholders.

Election and Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our articles of incorporation provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred shares, directors will be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. Our articles of incorporation provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred shares, no director may be removed except both for cause and with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting

The BCA provides that shareholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our articles of incorporation provides otherwise. Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our bylaws provide that, with a few exceptions, shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.

Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive office not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our shareholders may be called only by our board of directors.

Amendments to Our Bylaws

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a shareholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

“Blank Check” Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including certain mergers or consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to exceptions. For example, the right of a dissenting shareholder to receive payment of the fair value of his shares is not available if for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and vote at the meeting of shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (1) listed on a securities exchange or admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (2) held of record by more than 2,000 holders. In the event of any further amendment of our articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among

 

123


other things, the institution of proceedings in the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which the company’s shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange. The value of the shares of the dissenting shareholder is fixed by the court after reference, if the court so elects, to the recommendations of a court-appointed appraiser.

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or that his shares devolved upon him by operation of law.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our articles of incorporation include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors and officers for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Our articles of incorporation provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees) to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent

The registrar and transfer agent for the common stock is the American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Listing

We have been approved to have our common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “NVGS.”

 

124


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common stock offered by this prospectus, the WLR Group will hold an aggregate of              shares (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) of common stock. The sale of these shares could have an adverse impact on the price of the common stock or on any trading market that may develop.

The common stock sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. However, any shares of common stock held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of ours to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

  n  

1% of the total number of the class of securities outstanding; or

 

  n  

the average weekly reported trading volume of the common stock for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of common stock for at least six months, would be entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144 without regard to the requirements of Rule 144 other than the current public information requirements. Once a non-affiliate has beneficially owned shares of common stock for at least a year, such non-affiliate may sell those shares without restriction.

Neither the BCA nor our articles of incorporation nor our bylaws restrict the number of shares of common stock that we may issue without a vote of the shareholders. Any issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, shares of common stock then outstanding. Please read “Description of Share Capital—Authorized but Unissued Share Capital.”

In certain circumstances, the WLR Group has the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any shares that they hold. These registration rights may allow such persons holding any shares to require registration of any of these shares and to include any of these shares in a registration by us of other shares, including shares offered by us or by any shareholder. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each shareholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any applicable underwriting discounts, commissions, transfer taxes, expenses of counsel beyond a single law firm for the WLR Group paid for by the Company and any other expenses required by law to be paid for by the WLR Group. Except as described below, our affiliates may sell their shares in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

We, all of our directors and executive officers and the WLR Group have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell any shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to extension. Please read “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options that may be granted under any employee share option or employee share award plan of ours, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. Please read “Risk Factors—Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.”

 

125


CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Republic of the Marshall Islands and we can not predict whether Republic of the Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as U.S. courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

DELAWARE

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

n       Held at a time and place as designated or in the manner provided in the bylaws

 

n       May be held within or outside the Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

n       Notice:

 

n       Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is the annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting

 

n       A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting

 

n       Held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors

 

n       May be held within or outside Delaware

 

n       Notice:

 

n       Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which shareholders may be deemed to be present and vote at the meeting

 

n       Written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting

SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING RIGHTS

n       Any action required or permitted to be taken by meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote

 

n       Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person to act for him by proxy

 

n       Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting

 

n       Except as otherwise required by the BCA or our articles of incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by holders of shares entitled to vote, and, except as required or permitted by the BCA or our articles of incorporation, any other corporate action shall be authorized by a majority of votes cast by holders of shares entitled to vote thereon

 

n       Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consent is in writing and signed by the holders of outstanding stock having the number of votes necessary to authorize or take action at a meeting

 

n       Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for each shareholder by proxy

 

n       The certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number necessary to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum

 

126


MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

DELAWARE

SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING RIGHTS

n       The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting

 

n       Unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the election of directors, and, in all other matters, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders

 

n       The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting

DIRECTORS

n       Board must consist of at least one member

 

n       Number of board members may be fixed by the by-laws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a by-law

 

n       Number of board members may be changed by amendment of the by-laws, by the shareholders or by action of the board under specific provision of a by-law; however if the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board

 

n       Board must consist of at least one member

 

n       Number of board members shall be fixed by the by-laws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate

DISSENTERS’ RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL

n       Shareholders have a right to dissent from a merger or consolidation or sale or exchange of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual and regular course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to exceptions

 

n       A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:

 

n       Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preferences; or

 

n       Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or

 

n       Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

 

n       Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class

 

n       Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to exceptions

 

n       The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets

 

127


MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

DELAWARE

SHAREHOLDERS’ DERIVATIVE ACTIONS

n       An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of a beneficial interest in such shares. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law

 

n       Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort

 

n       Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled, without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

n       Attorney’s fees may be awarded if the action is successful

 

n       Corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the shares have a value of $50,000 or less

 

n       In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law

 

n       Delaware Court of Chancery Rule 23.1 governs the procedures for derivative actions by shareholders

 

128


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective shareholders and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., our U.S. counsel, insofar as it relates to matters of U.S. federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect to those matters. The opinion of our counsel is dependent on the accuracy of representations made by us to them, including descriptions of our operations contained herein.

This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations, and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences of holding our common stock to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to Navigator Holdings Ltd.

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of our common stock that own shares of common stock as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (i.e., generally for investment purposes) and is not intended to be applicable to all categories of investors, such as shareholders subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans or individual retirement accounts, or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States), to persons that will hold the shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to partnerships or their partners, or to persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, each prospective shareholder is encouraged to consult their own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common stock.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective shareholders. The opinions and statements made herein may be challenged by the IRS and, if so challenged, may not be sustained upon review in a court. This discussion does not contain information regarding any U.S. state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of our common stock. This discussion does not comment on all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances, and each prospective shareholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

We are treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. Holders (as defined below) will not be directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of shares as described below.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that owns (actually or constructively) less than 10.0% of our equity and that is:

 

  n  

an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

  n  

a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States or its political subdivisions;

 

  n  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  n  

a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

129


Distributions

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to PFICs, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our common stock generally will constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common stock and thereafter as capital gain. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us because we are not a U.S. corporation. Dividends received with respect to our common stock generally will be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Dividends received with respect to our common stock by a U.S. Holder that is an individual, trust or estate, or a “U.S. Individual Holder,” generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holder at preferential tax rates provided that: (i) our common stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange on which we have been approved to list our common stock); (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below under “—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences”); (iii) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such common stock); and (iv) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Because of the uncertainty of these matters, including whether we are or will be a PFIC, there is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common stock will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder, and any dividends paid on our common stock that are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder.

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our common stock that are treated as “extraordinary dividends.” In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to a share of our common stock that is equal to or in excess of 10.0% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the shareholder’s election) in such share. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20.0% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on shares of our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares. The U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in its common stock generally will be the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the shares of common stock and that tax basis will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any distributions on the shares that are treated as non-taxable returns of capital (as discussed above under “—Distributions”). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Certain U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be treated as U.S.-source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

Adverse U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that owns an equity interest in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC if, for any taxable year in which the holder held our common stock, either:

 

  n  

at least 75.0% of our gross income (including the gross income of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or

 

130


  n  

at least 50.0% of the average value of the assets held by us (including the assets of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

Income earned, or treated as earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute passive income unless we were treated as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules.

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, and an opinion of counsel, we do not believe that we are or will be a PFIC for our current or any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from our present time-chartering and voyage-chartering activities and COAs should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such chartering activities, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such nonpassive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year.

Our counsel has indicated to us that the conclusions described above are not free from doubt. While there is legal authority supporting our conclusions, including IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters as services income, the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, or the “Fifth Circuit,” held in Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009) that income derived from certain marine time charter agreements should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a “foreign sales corporation” provision of the Code. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. The IRS has announced its nonacquiescence with the court’s holding in the Tidewater case and, at the same time, announced the position of the IRS that the marine time charter agreements at issue in that case should be treated as service contracts.

Distinguishing between arrangements treated as generating rental income and those treated as generating services income involves weighing and balancing competing factual considerations, and there is no legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our specific method of operation. Conclusions in this area therefore remain matters of interpretation. We are not seeking a ruling from the IRS on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering operations, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, while we have received an opinion of counsel in support of our position, it is possible that the IRS or a court could disagree with this position and the opinion of our counsel. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure shareholders that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, notwithstanding our present expectations, and that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below. In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns our common stock during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, such holder must file an annual report with the IRS.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

A U.S. Holder that makes a timely QEF election, or an “Electing Holder,” must report for U.S. federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for our taxable years that end with or within his taxable year, regardless of whether or not the Electing Holder received distributions from us in that year. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a

 

131


corresponding reduction in the Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with his U.S. federal income tax return. If, contrary to our expectations, we determine that we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide each U.S. Holder with the information necessary to make the QEF election described above. Although the QEF election is available with respect to subsidiaries, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, no assurances can be made that we will be able to provide U.S. Holders with the necessary information to make the QEF election with respect to such subsidiary.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our common stock was treated as “marketable stock,” then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s shares of common stock at the end of the taxable year over the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its shares of common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. Because the mark-to-market election only applies to marketable stock, however, it would not apply to a U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any of our subsidiaries that were determined to be PFICs.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, or a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules resulting in increased liability with respect to (i) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125.0% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares. Under these special rules:

 

  n  

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common stock;

 

  n  

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

 

  n  

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayers for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

These penalties would not apply to a qualified pension, profit sharing or other retirement trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow money or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common stock. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common stock, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to the common stock.

 

132


Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

Certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on, among other things, dividends and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of equity interests for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For individuals, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (i) “net investment income” or (ii) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by deductions that are allocable to such income. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to as a Non-U.S. Holder. If you are a partner in a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holding our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common stock.

Distributions

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business. However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

Disposition of Shares

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common stock provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of shares is effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our common stock if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those shares are disposed and meet certain other requirements.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of common stock will be subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

 

  n  

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

  n  

is notified by the IRS that he has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on his U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

  n  

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by timely filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

U.S. Holders purchasing more than $100,000 of our common stock in this offering generally will be required to file IRS Form 926 reporting such payment. For purposes of determining the total dollar value of common stock

 

133


purchased by a U.S. Holder in this offering, shares purchased by certain related parties (including family members) are included. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting obligation. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

In addition, individual citizens or residents of the United States holding certain “foreign financial assets” (which generally includes stock and other securities issued by a foreign person unless held in an account maintained by certain financial institutions) that exceed certain thresholds (the lowest being holding foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of: (1) $50,000 on the last day of the tax year or (2) $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are required to report information relating to such assets. Significant penalties may apply for failure to satisfy the reporting obligations described above. Prospective shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations, if any, that would result from their purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

 

134


NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Republic of the Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

The following is the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to matters of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the current laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands applicable to persons who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Because we and our subsidiaries do not and do not expect to conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to this offering will be executed outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, under current Republic of the Marshall Islands law you will not be subject to Republic of the Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on distributions we make to you as a shareholder. In addition, you will not be subject to Republic of the Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common stock, and you will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to your ownership of common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE SHAREHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT HIS OWN TAX COUNSEL OR OTHER ADVISOR WITH REGARD TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SHARE OWNERSHIP IN HIS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES. FURTHER, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH SHAREHOLDER TO FILE ALL STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S., AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX RETURNS, WHICH THE SHAREHOLDER IS REQUIRED TO FILE.

 

135


OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

We estimate the expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of our common stock in this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, as follows:

 

 

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 29,624   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority registration fee

     35,000   

NYSE listing fee

     150,000   

Legal fees and expenses

  

Printing and engraving costs

  

Transfer agent fees and miscellaneous expenses

  

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     
  

 

 

 

 

 

All amounts are estimated except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

136


UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated                     , 2013, among us, the selling shareholders and Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as the representatives of the underwriters named below, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling shareholders, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

 

 

UNDERWRITER

   NUMBER OF
SHARES

Jefferies LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Fearnley Securities AS

  

Global Hunter Securities, LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the shares of common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the common stock subject to their acceptance of the common stock from us and the selling shareholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $         per share to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

137


The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling shareholders are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us and the selling shareholders in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling shareholders

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds to the selling shareholders, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us and the Selling Shareholders

   $         $         $         $     

 

 

The underwriting discounts and commission to be paid by us and the selling shareholders collectively represent         % of the total amount of the offering. We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $        . We have agreed to pay certain expenses incurred by the selling shareholders related to this offering, which we estimate to be approximately $250,000.

The address of Jefferies LLC is 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and the address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is 1221 Avenue of the Americas, 34th Floor, New York, New York 10020.

Fearnley Securities AS is not a U.S. registered broker-dealer. To the extent that Fearnley Securities AS intends to effect sales of shares in the United States, it will do so through one or more U.S. registered broker-dealers in accordance with the applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We have been approved to have our common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “NVGS.”

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling shareholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of              shares from them at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above.

 

138


No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our officers, directors, the selling shareholders and certain of our other shareholders have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

  n  

sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Exchange Act, or

 

  n  

otherwise dispose of any common stock, options or warrants to acquire common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or

 

  n  

publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of each of Jefferies LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180 th day after the date of this prospectus.

Jefferies LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of common stock or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common

 

139


stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriter and certain of its affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriter and certain of its affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriter and certain of its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

The selling shareholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to our shares of common stock that they are offering for sale.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a “Relevant Member State,” an offer to the public of any shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters or the underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

140


(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall require us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer shares of common stock to the public” in relation to the shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe to the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the “SFA,” (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

141


Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Offer Shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or

 

  (iii) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or “SIX,” or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or “FINMA,” and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or “CISA.” The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the “Order,” and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”).

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

142


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered hereby and certain other legal matters with respect to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands will be passed upon for us by our counsel as to Republic of the Marshall Islands law, Watson, Farley & Williams LLP. Certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., New York, New York. Certain matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

 

143


EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Navigator Holdings Ltd. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2011 and 2012 consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for revenue recognition of voyage charters effective April 1, 2013.

KPMG LLP is located at 15 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5GL, United Kingdom.

The section in this prospectus entitled “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry” has been reviewed by Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., which has confirmed to us that it accurately describes the international liquefied gas carrier market, as indicated in the consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd. filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of which this prospectus is a part.

 

144


CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS

Our financial statements were audited by MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C., or “MSPC,” for the year ended December 31, 2011, and by Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C., or “Grassi,” for the year ended December 31, 2012. MSPC and Grassi are each independent registered public accounting firms associated with Moore Stephens International Limited. On January 31, 2013, we released MSPC and engaged Grassi for the year ended December 31, 2012. The engagement of Grassi was approved by our board of directors.

At the time that MSPC and Grassi performed audit services for us, we were not a public company and were not subject to SEC regulations, including the requirement for our auditors to be a PCAOB registered accounting firm. In preparation for this offering, on June 12, 2013, we released Grassi and engaged KPMG LLP, an independent PCAOB registered public accounting firm, to re-audit our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. These financial statements, including KPMG LLP’s audit report thereon, are included in this prospectus and in the registration statement. The engagement of KPMG LLP was approved by our board of directors.

Neither Grassi’s nor MSPC’s reports on the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. During such time period, there were no disagreements between us and either Grassi or MSPC on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure.

We have provided MSPC and Grassi each with a copy of the disclosure contained in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, which was received by each of MSPC and Grassi on October 17, 2013. MSPC and Grassi have each furnished a letter addressed to the SEC and each letter is filed as an exhibit to our registration statement stating agreement with the statements made in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

145


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 regarding the common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common stock offered in this prospectus, you may wish to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits. The registration statement, including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC’s web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov free of charge. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on public reference room.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, we will be required to file with the SEC annual reports on Form 20-F within six months of our fiscal year-end, and provide to the SEC other material information on Form 6-K. We intend to file our annual report on Form 20-F earlier than the SEC currently requires. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, which will be operational after this offering, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, certain rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, including the filing of quarterly reports or current reports on Form 8-K. However, we intend to furnish or make available to our shareholders annual reports containing our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and make available to our shareholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

 

146


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

  

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September  30, 2013

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013

     F-6   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-11   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

     F-12   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

     F-13   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31, 2012

     F-14   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31, 2012

     F-15   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

     F-16   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-17   

 

 

 

F-1


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2012
    SEPTEMBER 30,
2013
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 140,870,317      $ 46,012,991   

Short-term investments

     10,000,000        10,000,000   

Accounts receivable, net

     3,873,849        10,004,873   

Accrued income

     6,729,551        6,547,995   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,079,652        5,354,325   

Inventories

     4,821,346        9,613,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     171,374,715        87,534,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels in operation, net

     586,660,699        992,474,830   

Deposit on vessel acquisitions

     47,000,000        4,300,000   

Vessels under construction

     20,110,888        44,873,140   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     497,362        459,470   

Deferred finance costs, net

     6,610,820        13,494,296   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 832,254,484      $ 1,143,135,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of secured term loan facilities

   $ 26,842,508      $ 58,682,224   

Accounts payable

     7,943,797        9,457,005   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     3,476,329        6,360,162   

Accrued interest

     1,891,763        6,752,922   

Deferred income

     2,883,352        3,297,323   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     43,037,749        84,549,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

    

Secured term loan facilities, net of current portion

     216,393,245        380,110,402   

9% Senior unsecured bond issue

     125,000,000        125,000,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     341,393,245        505,110,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock—$.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 46,296,765 shares issued and outstanding, (2012:38,694,648)  (1)

     386,946        462,966   

Additional paid-in capital

     352,379,033        427,861,592   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (114,507     (123,403

Retained earnings

     95,172,018        125,274,545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     447,823,490        553,475,700   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 832,254,484      $ 1,143,135,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend.

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER  30,
 
     2012     2013  

Revenues

    

Operating revenue

   $ 106,488,310      $ 167,031,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Address and brokerage commissions

     3,161,059        3,925,711   

Voyage expenses

     21,314,117        35,904,888   

Charter-in cost

     7,095,331        4,974,718   

Vessel operating expenses

     24,269,684        37,904,871   

Depreciation and amortization

     17,845,075        25,807,664   

General and administrative costs

     3,716,912        4,622,147   

Other corporate expenses

     1,084,448        2,927,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     78,486,626        116,067,697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     28,001,684        50,963,465   

Other income/(expense)

    

Interest expense

     (5,946,133     (20,553,641

Interest income

     35,636        58,325   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     22,091,187        30,468,149   

Income taxes

     (376,705     (365,622
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 21,714,482      $ 30,102,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.59      $ 0.67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

     36,824,994        44,751,186   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.07      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend.

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2012      2013  

Net income

   $ 21,714,482       $ 30,102,527   

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

     

Foreign currency translation (loss)/gain

     46,571         (8,896
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

   $ 21,761,053       $ 30,093,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     COMMON
STOCK AT
0.01 PAR
VALUE
     ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN CAPITAL
     ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
    RETAINED
EARNINGS
    TOTAL  

January 1, 2012

   $ 329,895       $ 304,789,577       $ (146,673   $ 67,055,392      $ 372,028,191   

Issuance of common stock

     56,250         46,793,497                       46,849,747   

Restricted shares issued February 22, 2012

     501                               501   

Restricted shares issued April 24, 2012

     300                               300   

Net income

                            30,535,845        30,535,845   

Dividends paid

                            (2,419,219     (2,419,219

Foreign currency translation

                     32,166               32,166   

Share-based compensation

             795,959                       795,959   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

     386,946         352,379,033         (114,507     95,172,018        447,823,490   

Issuance of common stock

     75,000         74,905,022                       74,980,022   

Restricted shares issued March 31, 2013

     600                               600   

Restricted shares issued April 7, 2013

     270                               270   

Restricted shares issued April 11, 2013

     150                               150   

Net income

                            30,102,527        30,102,527   

Foreign currency translation

                     (8,896            (8,896

Share-based compensation plan

             577,537                       577,537   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2013

   $ 462,966       $ 427,861,592       $ (123,403   $ 125,274,545      $ 553,475,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend.

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30,
 
     2012     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 21,714,482      $ 30,102,527   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     17,845,075        25,807,664   

Share-based compensation

     514,269        578,557   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     776,428        1,432,742   

Unrealized foreign exchange

     41,819        (4,124

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (3,910,542     (6,131,023

Inventories

     346,386        (4,792,472

Accrued income and prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (3,283,483     (93,116

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     4,556,835        9,672,170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     38,601,269        56,572,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Payment to acquire vessels

     (100,538,753     (386,854,041

Payment for vessels under construction

     (44,832,038     (24,762,252

Payment of drydocking costs

            (1,954,597

Purchase of other property, plant and equipment

     (114,466     (80,038

Release of short-term investments

            10,000,000   

Placement of short-term investments

            (10,000,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (145,485,257     (413,650,928
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from secured term loan facilities

     176,528,261        218,700,000   

Direct financing costs of secured term loan facilities

     (2,700,000     (6,785,568

Repayment of secured term loan facilities

     (100,939,289     (23,143,127

Issuance costs of 9% senior unsecured bond issue

            (113,645

Proceeds from issuance of stock

     46,875,000        75,000,000   

Issuance costs of stock

     (22,627     (19,978

Issuance costs of planned stock issue

            (1,417,005

Dividends paid

     (2,419,219       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     117,322,126        262,220,677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     10,438,138        (94,857,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     26,734,435        140,870,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 37,172,573      $ 46,012,991   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Information

    

Total interest paid during the year, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 3,997,792      $ 14,259,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax paid during the year

   $ 100,598      $ 97,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation

In the opinion of the management of Navigator Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”), the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 2013; the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012; statement of stockholders equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012; and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012.

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America for interim reporting. Also, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. The results for the period ended September 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results for the full 2013 fiscal year or any other future periods. It is recommended that these financial statements be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2012.

2. Revenue Recognition

The Company employs its vessels on time charters or voyage charters. With time charters, the Company receives a fixed charter hire per on-hire day, and revenue is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted for a voyage between two or more ports and the Company is paid for the cargo transported.

On April 1, 2013, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition on voyage charters. Previously, the Company determined that a voyage commenced with loading and completed at the point of discharge. The Company now recognizes revenue on a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining percentage of completion for all voyage charters, but does not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and the Company, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port for its next voyage. The Company has adopted this new policy as it considers the decision to undertake a specific voyage is highly dependent on the location of the vessel’s prior discharge port and the part of the voyage to the load port is a necessary part of the overall profitability of that voyage. Management believes that given the significant increase in the number of vessels in operation and consequently the number of voyage charters undertaken, the results of the Company could be materially distorted by excluding the proportion of the revenue in sailing to the next load port. The effect of this new accounting policy, since its adoption on April 1, 2013, has not been considered material. Its adoption has not resulted in a retrospective adjustment as of or for the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2012, or for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 or 2013, as the impact is not considered material.

 

F-7


3. Vessels in Operation

 

 

 

     VESSEL      DRYDOCKING     TOTAL  

Cost

       

December 31, 2012

   $ 677,418,054       $ 10,364,236      $ 687,782,290   

Additions

     427,054,041         4,454,596        431,508,637   

Disposals

             (1,834,974     (1,834,974
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2013

   $ 1,104,472,095       $ 12,983,858      $ 1,117,455,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

       

December 31, 2012

   $ 95,425,485       $ 5,696,106      $ 101,121,591   

Charge for the period

     23,372,139         2,322,367        25,694,506   

Disposals

             (1,834,974     (1,834,974
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2013

   $ 118,797,624       $ 6,183,499      $ 124,981,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Book Value

       

September 30, 2013

   $ 985,674,471       $ 6,800,359      $ 992,474,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 581,992,569       $ 4,668,130      $ 586,660,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net book value of vessels that serve as collateral for the Company’s bank loans was $896,256,109 at September 30, 2013.

4. Vessels Under Construction

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2012
    SEPTEMBER 30,
2013
 

Vessels under construction at January 1

   $ 30,183,159      $ 20,110,888   

Payments to shipyard

     43,850,300        23,756,000   

Other payments including initial stores, capitalized interest and site costs

     1,080,801        1,006,252   

Transfer to vessels in operation

     (55,003,372       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels under construction period end

   $ 20,110,888      $ 44,873,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. Common Stock

An investment agreement with affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC (“WLR Group”), Mr. David Butters and a third party was entered into on February 15, 2013, to subscribe for shares of common stock with a value of $75,000,000. These shares were issued, and funds received by the Company, on February 25, 2013.

6. Share-Based Compensation

During 2008, the Company’s Board adopted the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”), which entitles officers, employees, consultants and directors of the Company to receive grants of restricted stock of the Company’s common stock.

In 2012, the Company granted 39,198 shares to the Chief Executive of the Company and 11,100 shares to the officers and management of the Company, all of which were issued on February 22, 2012, with a weighted average estimated value of $7.59 per share. All of these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. A further 15,000 shares each were granted to two Board members of the Company with a weighted average estimated value of $7.20 per share on April 24, 2012. These shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.

In 2013, the Company granted 60,000 shares, with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00 per share, to the Chief Executive of the Company all of which were issued on March 31, 2013. On April 7, 2013 a further 27,117 shares were granted to the officers and management of the Company with a weighted average value of $10.00 per

 

F-8


share and on April 11, 2013 a further 15,000 shares were granted to officers and management of the Company with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00. All these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date.

Using the straight-line method of expensing the restricted stock grants, the estimated fair value of the shares calculated at the date of grant is recognized as compensation costs in the Statement of Income over the vesting period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recognized $578,557 in share-based compensation costs (nine months ended September 30, 2012: $514,269). At September 30, 2013, there was a total of $1,096,513 unrecognized compensation costs relating to the expected future vesting of share-based awards (December 31, 2012: $653,908) which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.78 years (December 31, 2012: 0.93 years).

The total fair value of shares vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013 was $1,249,500 and $3,548,000 respectively.

Restricted share grant activity for the year ended December 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2013 was as follows:

 

 

 

     NUMBER OF
NON-VESTED
RESTRICTED
SHARES
    WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
GRANT DATE
FAIR VALUE
     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
TERM
     AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC
VALUE
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     439,350      $ 5.37         

Granted

     80,298        7.44         

Vested

     (150,000     5.50         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     369,648      $ 5.76         0.93 years       $ 3,696,480   

Granted

     102,117        10.00         

Vested

     (258,000     5.26         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

     213,765      $ 8.40         1.78 years       $ 3,516,434   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company occupies office space in London with a lease commencing in March 2012, for a period of ten years, with a mutual break clause after five years, and is paying approximately $515,000 (£321,850) per calendar year.

The Company also occupies property in New York paying approximately $231,990 per year. The lease is for a period of five years ending June 30, 2017.

The Company has chartered-in a vessel for a period ending in December 2014 at a fixed monthly rate commensurate with the market rate at the time of fixing the charter.

The Company entered into agreements during April 2012 to purchase up to four 21,000 cbm, semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers which will be built at Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co. Ltd in China for an aggregate price of approximately $200,000,000. The first vessel is scheduled to be delivered in April 2014 followed by a vessel delivery each two months thereafter.

The Company signed an agreement to purchase a fleet of eleven semi-refrigerated and fully-refrigerated handysize vessels from affiliates of A.P. Møller Maersk on November 14, 2012, for a total purchase price of $470,000,000, at which time the Company paid a 10% deposit. Three vessels were delivered in September 2013 giving a total of ten vessels acquired under the agreement as of September 30, 2013. The remaining vessel was delivered on October 22, 2013.

A loan facility agreement for $270,000,000 was entered into on February 12, 2013, between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and Nordea Bank Finland Plc London Branch, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch,

 

F-9


ABN Amro Bank N.V. and HSH Nordbank AG, to assist with the financing of the acquisition of the A.P. Møller Maersk vessels. The Company drew down $147,150,000 from this facility during the second quarter of 2013. The Company drew down $71,550,000 from this facility during the third quarter of 2013 giving a cumulative drawdown on the facility of $218,700,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period ending December 31, 2013 and a term of five years. Advances under the term loan facility are contingent upon the delivery of the A.P Møller vessels, provided that no advance may occur after the end of the availability period. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in instalments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

A loan facility agreement for $120,000,000 was entered into on April 11, 2013, between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, The Export-Import Bank of China, HSH Nordbank AG and NIBC Bank N.V. to assist with the financing of the four newbuilding vessels being built in China and to be delivered in 2014. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with the last availability period ending June 8 2015 and a term of six years. The aggregate market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn under the facility is payable at a rate of U.S LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in instalments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

On July 18, 2013, the Company entered into agreements to construct one 21,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated ethylene capable gas carrier and two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers for a combined price of approximately $138,000,000. In addition, on October 22, 2013, the Company exercised one of its existing two options to construct a 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers at a cost of $44,000,000 each, with the second option being extended to December 2013. All four vessels will be constructed by Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co Ltd. in China, and are scheduled for delivery during 2015.

8. Subsequent events

On October 17, 2013, the Company filed a registration statement on Form F-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. (“SEC”) and announced that it is pursuing an initial public offering of its common stock. As of November 4, 2013, the registration statement on Form F-1 has not yet been declared effective by the SEC. The Company’s largest shareholder, the WLR Group, owned 60.6% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock as of November 4, 2013 and is expected to continue to own a significant amount of the Company’s common stock following an offering. Based on the WLR Group’s significant ownership interest in the Company, it may be able to exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which the Company’s shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors to its board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

On October 22, 2013, the Company announced that the Board of Directors of the Company has declared a 3-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Stock, payable in the form of a stock dividend. Therefore, for each share held, a shareholder will receive a dividend of an additional two shares. The stock dividend will be payable on November 5, 2013 to shareholders of record at the close of business on October 29, 2013. Following this stock dividend, there will be 46,296,765 shares outstanding. All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected as of October 29, 2013.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 4, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-10


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Navigator Holdings Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Navigator Holdings Ltd. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition of voyage charters effective April 1, 2013.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

July 18, 2013, except as to

note 10(b), which is as of November 4, 2013

 

F-11


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2011
    DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,734,435      $ 140,870,317   

Short-term investments

            10,000,000   

Accounts receivable, net

     1,303,445        3,873,849   

Deferred income

     2,855,725        6,729,551   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,571,918        5,079,652   

Inventories

     4,448,830        4,821,346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     37,914,353        171,374,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels in operation, net

     455,268,366        586,660,699   

Deposit on vessel acquisitions

            47,000,000   

Vessels under construction

     30,183,159        20,110,888   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     202,881        497,362   

Deferred finance costs, net

     1,224,375        6,610,820   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 524,793,134      $ 832,254,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of secured term loan facilities

   $ 14,827,696      $ 26,842,508   

Accounts payable

     4,351,463        7,943,797   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,087,847        5,368,092   

Deferred income

     1,968,225        2,883,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     23,235,231        43,037,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

    

Secured term loan facilities, net of current portion

     129,529,712        216,393,245   

9% Senior unsecured bond issue

            125,000,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     129,529,712        341,393,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock—$.01 par value;

    

60,000,000 shares authorized; 38,694,648 shares issued and outstanding (2011: 32,989,350) (1)

     329,893        386,946   

Additional paid-in capital

     304,789,579        352,379,003   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (146,673     (114,507

Retained earnings

     67,055,392        95,172,018   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     372,028,191        447,823,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 524,793,134      $ 832,254,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend, as described in Note 10(b) to these consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Revenues

    

Operating revenue

   $ 88,874,595      $ 146,716,403   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664,461        4,233,794   

Voyage expenses

     17,660,991        27,790,816   

Charter-in costs

     343,710        11,287,831   

Vessel operating expenses

     22,938,934        32,826,651   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,677,574        24,179,633   

General and administrative costs

     4,232,103        5,273,540   

Other corporate expenses

     1,165,838        1,401,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,683,611        106,994,073   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     21,190,984        39,722,330   

Other income/(expense)

    

Interest expense

     (2,442,182     (8,735,952

Interest income

     8,978        64,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     18,757,780        31,050,968   

Income taxes

     (107,501     (515,123
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,650,279      $ 30,535,845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.60      $ 0.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

     31,195,743        37,294,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.31      $ 0.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend, as described in Note 10(b) to these consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Net income

   $ 18,650,279      $ 30,535,845   

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

    

Foreign currency translation (loss)/gain

     (8,152     32,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

   $ 18,642,127      $ 30,568,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

    COMMON
STOCK AT 0.01
PAR VALUE
    ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN
CAPITAL
    ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
    RETAINED
EARNINGS
    TOTAL  

January 1, 2011

  $ 310,530      $ 288,698,458      $ (138,521   $ 58,045,449      $ 346,915,916   

Issuance of common stock

    18,750        15,249,700                      15,268,450   

Restricted shares issued March 31, 2011

    157                             157   

Restricted shares issued April 10, 2011

    456                             456   

Net income

                         18,650,279        18,650,279   

Dividends paid

                         (9,640,336     (9,640,336

Foreign currency translation

                  (8,152            (8,152

Share-based compensation plan

           841,421                      841,421   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

    329,893        304,789,579        (146,673     67,055,392        372,028,191   

Issuance of common stock

    56,250        46,793,747                      46,849,747   

Restricted shares issued February 22, 2012

    503                             503   

Restricted shares issued April 24, 2012

    300                             300   

Net income

                         30,535,845        30,535,845   

Dividends paid

                         (2,419,219     (2,419,219

Foreign currency translation

                  32,166               32,166   

Share-based compensation plan

           795,957                      795,957   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

  $ 386,946      $ 352,379,033      $ (114,507   $ 95,172,018      $ 447,823,490   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend, as described in Note 10(b) to these consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 18,650,279      $ 30,535,845   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     18,677,574        24,179,633   

Share-based compensation

     842,034        796,760   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     275,625        959,210   

Unrealized foreign exchange

     (11,031     27,489   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     2,115,829        (2,570,404

Inventories

     (855,116     (372,516

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,761,269        (6,381,560

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     2,532,954        7,787,706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     44,989,417        54,962,163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Payment to acquire vessels

            (147,454,659

Payment for vessels under construction

     (85,526,666     (44,931,101

Payment of drydocking costs

     (6,780       

Purchase of other property, plant and equipment

     (50,170     (403,739

Placement of short-term investments

            (10,000,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (85,583,616     (202,789,499
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from secured term loan facilities

     53,471,739        206,528,261   

Direct financing costs of secured term loan facilities

     (900,000     (2,700,000

Repayment of secured term loan facilities

     (7,114,331     (107,649,916

Proceeds from 9% senior unsecured bond

            125,000,000   

Issuance costs of 9% senior unsecured bond

            (3,645,655

Proceeds from issuance of stock

     15,625,000        46,875,000   

Issuance costs of stock

     (356,550     (25,253

Dividends paid

     (9,640,336     (2,419,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     51,085,522        261,963,218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,491,323        114,135,882   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     16,243,112        26,734,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 26,734,435      $ 140,870,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Information

    

Total interest paid during the year, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 2,099,318      $ 6,166,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax paid during the year

   $ 73,361      $ 165,105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2012

1. Description of Business

Navigator Holdings Ltd., or the “Company,” the ultimate parent company of the Navigator Group of companies, is registered in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. The Company has a business of owning and operating a fleet of gas carriers. At December 31, 2012, the Company owned and operated twelve gas carriers, or the “Vessels,” having a cargo capacity of between 20,600 cbm and 22,100 cbm, all of which were semi-refrigerated and of those, five were capable of transporting ethylene.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries (See Note 7) and its Variable Interest Entities, or “VIE.” All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company consolidated 100% of one VIE, PT Navigator Khatulistiwa (“PTNK”) for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, i.e. it has, through its subsidiaries, a controlling financial interest in this entity. The subsidiaries own 49% of the VIE’s common stock, all of its secured debt and have voting control over it. The Company derives voting control through the PTNK joint venture agreement which states that one of the Company’s subsidiaries controls PTNK at the shareholder level and controls PTNK’s Board of Commissioners. The secured debt is collateralized with PTNK’s vessels and is held exclusively by a subsidiary of the Company. Therefore, all economic interests in the residual net assets reside with the Company as the rights of all additional benefits and absorbing of any losses are borne by the Company.

A VIE is an entity that in general does not have equity investors with voting rights or that has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when a company has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and absorbs a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both.

(b) Vessels in Operation

The cost of the vessels (excluding the estimated initial drydocking cost) less their estimated residual value is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the vessel’s estimated economic life. Management estimates the useful life of each of the Company’s vessels to be 30 years from the date of its original construction.

(c) Vessels Under Construction

Vessels under construction are stated at cost, which includes the cost of construction and other direct costs attributable to the construction. No provision for depreciation is made on construction in progress until such time as the relevant assets are completed and put into use.

(d) Impairment of Vessels

The Company reviews the carrying value of its vessels for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of assets.

(e) Drydocking Costs

Each vessel is required to be drydocked every 30 to 60 months for classification society surveys and inspections of, among other things, the underwater parts of the vessel. These works include, but are not limited to hull coatings, seawater valves, steelworks and piping works, propeller servicing and anchor chain winch calibrations, all of which cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. The Company capitalizes costs associated with the drydockings

 

F-17


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

in accordance with ASC Topic 360 “Fixed Assets” and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over the period to the next expected drydocking. Amortization of drydocking costs is included in depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Costs incurred during the drydocking period which relate to routine repairs and maintenance are expensed.

(f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers highly liquid investments, such as time deposits and certificates of deposit, with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company has cash in a U.S. financial institution which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the “FDIC,” for up to $250,000. At December 31, 2012 and throughout 2011 and 2012, the Company had balances in this financial institution in excess of the insured amount. The Company also maintains cash balances in foreign financial institutions which are not covered by the FDIC.

(g) Short-Term Investments

Short-term investments represent funds deposited on the money markets with an original maturity of more than three months when purchased. The Company records its short-term investments at fair value. Fair value is a market-based measurement that is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. The fair value accounting standard establishes a three tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The Company’s short-term investments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

(h) Accounts Receivable

The Company carries its accounts receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company evaluated its accounts receivable and established an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on a history of past write-offs, collections and current credit conditions. The Company does not generally charge interest on past-due accounts (unless the accounts are subject to legal action), and accounts are written off as uncollectible when all reasonable collection efforts have failed. Accounts are deemed past-due based on contractual terms.

(i) Inventories

Inventories include bunkers (fuel), for those vessels under voyage charter, and lubricants. Under a time charter, the cost of bunkers is borne by and remains the property of the charterer. Inventories are accounted for on a first in, first out basis and are valued at the lower of cost and market value.

(j) Deferred Finance Costs

Costs incurred in connection with obtaining secured term loan facilities and bonds are recorded as deferred financing costs and are amortized to interest expense over the estimated duration of the related debt. Such costs include fees paid to the lenders or on the lenders’ behalf and associated legal and other professional fees.

(k) Deferred Income

Deferred income is the balance of cash received in excess of revenue earned under a time charter or voyage charter arrangement as of the balance sheet date.

(l) Revenue Recognition

The Company employs its vessels on time charters or voyage charters. With time charters, the Company receives a fixed charter hire per on-hire day and revenue is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded over the term of the

 

F-18


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

charter as service is provided. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted for a voyage between two or more ports and the Company is paid for the cargo transported.

On April 1, 2013, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition on voyage charters. Previously, the Company determined that a voyage commenced with loading and completed at the point of discharge. The Company now recognizes revenue on a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining percentage of completion for all voyage charters, but does not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and the Company, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port for its next voyage.

The Company has adopted this new policy as it considers the decision to undertake a specific voyage is highly dependent on the location of the vessel’s prior discharge port and the part of the voyage to the load port is a necessary part of the overall profitability of that voyage. Management believes that given the significant increase in the number of vessels in operation and consequently the number of voyage charters undertaken, the results of the Company could be materially distorted by excluding the proportion of the revenue in sailing to the next load port.

The adoption of this new accounting policy has not resulted in a retrospective adjustment as of or for the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2012, as the impact is not considered material.

(m) Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 220 “Comprehensive Income”, which requires separate presentation of certain transactions, which are recorded directly as components of shareholders’ equity. Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and foreign currency translation gains and losses.

(n) Voyage Expenses and Vessel Operating Expenses

When the Company employs its vessels on time charter, it is responsible for all the operating expenses of the vessels, such as crew costs, stores, insurance, repairs and maintenance. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted only for a voyage between two or several ports, and the Company pays for all voyage expenses in addition to the vessel operating expenses. Voyage expenses consist mainly of in port expenses and bunker (fuel) consumption and are recognized as incurred.

(o) Repairs and Maintenance

All expenditures relating to routine maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.

(p) Insurance

The Company maintains hull and machinery insurance, war risk insurance, protection and indemnity insurance coverage, increased value insurance, demurrage and defense insurance coverage in amounts considered prudent to cover normal risks in the ordinary course of its operations. Premiums paid in advance to insurance companies are recognized as prepaid expenses and recorded as a vessel operating expense over the period covered by the insurance contract.

(q) Share-Based Compensation

The Company records as an expense in its financial statements the fair value of all equity-settled stock-based compensation awards. The terms and vesting schedules for share-based awards vary by type of grant. Generally, the awards vest subject to time-based (immediate to five years) service conditions. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the service period.

(r) Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or “U.S. GAAP,” requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

F-19


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

(s) Foreign Currency Transactions

Substantially all of the Company’s cash receipts are in U.S. Dollars. The Company’s disbursements, however, are in the currency invoiced by the supplier. The Company remits funds in the various currencies invoiced. The non-U.S. Dollar invoices received and their subsequent payments are converted into U.S. Dollars when the transactions occur. The movement in exchange rates between these two dates is transferred to an exchange difference account and is expensed each month. The exchange risk resulting from these transactions is not material.

(t) Income Taxes

Navigator Holdings Ltd. and its Marshall Islands subsidiaries are not subject to taxation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

The Company has two subsidiaries incorporated in the United Kingdom where the base tax rate is 24% for the year ended December 31, 2012 (26% for the year ended December 31, 2011). One subsidiary earns management and other fees from fellow subsidiary companies, and for the year ended December 31, 2012, the estimated tax charge is $193,554 (2011: $107,501). The second subsidiary earned no income during 2012.

The Company considered the income tax disclosure requirements of ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes”, in regards to disclosing material unrecognized tax benefits; none were identified. The Company’s policy is to recognize accrued interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no accrued interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits.

(u) Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share of common stock, or “Basic EPS,” is computed by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share of common stock, or “Diluted EPS,” are computed by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and dilutive share of common stock equivalents then outstanding. ASC Topic 260 requires presentation of both Basic EPS and Diluted EPS on the face of the Company’s Statement of Income.

Shares granted pursuant to the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan have been considered as outstanding since their respective grant dates for purposes of computing basic and diluted earnings per share.

(v) Segment Reporting

Although separate vessel financial information is available, Management internally evaluates the performance of the enterprise as a whole and not on the basis of separate business units or different types of charters. As a result, the Company has determined that it operates as one reportable segment. Since the Company’s vessels regularly move between countries in international waters over many trade routes, it is impractical to assign revenues or earnings from the transportation of international LPG products by geographic area.

(w) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The following accounting standard issued as of December 31, 2012, may affect the future financial reporting by Navigator Holdings Ltd.:

ASU (“ Accounting Standards Update No.”) 2013-02 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (February 2013 )

The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. These amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, the entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.

 

F-20


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional details about those amounts.

For public entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2012, and interim and annual periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted.

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The principal financial assets of the Company at December 31, 2011 and 2012 consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and accounts receivable. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, secured term loan facilities and the 9% senior unsecured bond issue.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents and accrued expenses and other liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s secured term loan facilities approximates its carrying value due to the variable interest rates associated with the secured term loan facilities (Note 8) and is classified as a level three investment under the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the 9% unsecured bond issue is deemed to approximate its carrying value due to the fact that the issuance of the bond occurred on December 18, 2012, close to the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

4. Accounts Receivable, Net

It is a condition of time charter parties that payments of hire are received monthly in advance. Voyage charter contracts require payment upon completion of each discharge, with subsequent demurrage claims payable on submission of invoices. At December 31, 2012, management has provided a provision for doubtful accounts of $302,024 relating to outstanding demurrage claims (2011: $62,531).

5. Vessels in Operation

 

 

 

     VESSEL      DRYDOCKING      TOTAL  

Cost

        

December 31, 2011

   $ 522,918,357       $ 9,405,902       $ 532,324,259   

Transfer in from vessels under construction

     54,503,372         500,000         55,003,372   

Additions

     99,996,325         458,334         100,454,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 677,418,054       $ 10,364,236       $ 687,782,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

        

December 31, 2011

   $ 73,465,967       $ 3,589,926       $ 77,055,893   

Charge for the period

     21,959,518         2,106,180         24,065,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 95,425,485       $ 5,696,106       $ 101,121,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Book Value

        

December 31, 2012

   $ 581,992,569       $ 4,668,130       $ 586,660,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

   $ 449,452,390       $ 5,815,976       $ 455,268,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The net book value of vessels that serve as collateral for the Company’s bank loans (Note 8) was $488,858,551 at December 31, 2012.

 

F-21


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

6. Vessels Under Construction

 

 

 

     2011     2012  

Vessels under construction at January 1

   $      $ 30,183,159   

Payments to shipyard

     55,110,000        43,850,300   

Payments on novation of shipbuilding contracts

     26,775,900          

Other payments including initial stores, capitalized interest and site costs

     3,640,767        1,080,801   

Transfer to vessels in operation

     (55,343,508     (55,003,372
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels under construction at December 31

   $ 30,183,159      $ 20,110,888   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

In 2011, the Company entered into two agreements to novate ship building contracts from Latmar Holdings Corporation to the Company for the construction of two 20,600 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers at Hyundai Mipo Dockyard in South Korea. The first of the two vessels, Navigator Leo , was delivered to the Company on September 27, 2011. The second vessel, Navigator Libra , was delivered on February 9, 2012.

At December 31, 2012, the Company had committed to construct four 21,000 cbm ethylene-capable semi-refrigerated gas carriers at Jiangnan and has paid a deposit of $4,985,000 per vessel.

7. Group Subsidiaries

 

 

 

COMPANY NAME

   PERCENTAGE
OWNERSHIP
AS OF
DECEMBER 31,
2012
   

COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION

  

COMPANY TYPE

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

     Marshall Islands    Holding company

- Navigator Gas US L.L.C.

     100   Delaware (USA)    Service company

- Navigator Gas L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Holding company

~ Navigator Gemini L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Leo L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Libra L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Mars L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Neptune L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Pegasus L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Phoenix L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Saturn L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Taurus L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Venus L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ NGT Services (UK) Ltd

     100   England    Service company

~ Falcon Funding PTE Ltd

     100   Singapore    Service company

~ Navigator Gas Invest Ltd

     100   England    Investment company

- PT Navigator Khatulistiwa

     49   Indonesia    Vessel-owning company

 

 

The VIE, PT Navigator Khatulistiwa had total assets and liabilities, as of December 31, 2012, of $101,289,872 and $69,652,399, respectively.

 

F-22


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

8. Secured Term Loan Facilities

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2011
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Due within one year

   $ 14,827,694       $ 26,842,508   

Due in two years

     87,864,730         26,842,508   

Due in three years

     5,642,508         26,842,508   

Due in four years

     4,447,587         26,842,508   

Due in five years

     3,864,732         135,865,721   

Due in more than five years

     27,710,157           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total secured term loan facilities

   $ 144,357,408       $ 243,235,753   

Less current portion

     14,827,696         26,842,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured term loan facilities

   $ 129,529,712       $ 216,393,245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The Company has an $80,000,000 secured term loan facility with Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and Nordea Bank Finland Plc dated April 1, 2011. Interest is payable under the loan facility at USD LIBOR (0.3% for three month USD LIBOR at December 31, 2012) plus 3%, payable periodically. The Company also paid a commitment fee of 1.05% per annum based on any undrawn portion of the facility. The facility is divided into three parts: Tranche A of $16,000,000; Tranche B and Tranche C at $32,000,000 each. The loan was fully drawn in February 2012 when the balance of Tranche C was drawn down to finance the delivery installment of Navigator Libra and partly for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2012, the total outstanding amount of the loan was $73,835,753, of which Tranche A is repayable by 17 quarterly amounts of $521,739 followed by a final payment of $4,521,742; Tranche B is repayable by 16 quarterly amounts of $444,444 followed by a final payment of $22,666,676; and Tranche C is repayable by 17 quarterly amounts of $444,444 followed by a final payment of $23,111,120.

This term loan facility is secured by first priority mortgages on each of Navigator Saturn , Navigator Leo and Navigator Libra as well as assignments of earnings and insurances on these secured vessels. The financial covenants, each as defined within the credit facility, are (a) the maintenance at all times of cash and cash equivalents (including undrawn available lines of credit with maturity exceeding 12 months) in an amount equal to or greater than (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) 5 per cent of the net indebtedness; (b) net debt to total capitalization ratio not to exceed 60%; (c) EBITDA to interest expense, on a trailing four-quarter basis, to be no less than 3:1; and (d) a loan to value maintenance of no less than 130%. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in this term loan. Pursuant to the terms of the term loan facility, the Company may not declare any dividends, redeem its shares or make any other payment to its shareholders other than a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated net income may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis so long as the Company is in compliance with the financial covenants on a pro forma basis after declaring or paying such dividend and no event of default has occurred or will occur after declaration or payment of the dividend.

During the year, the Company entered into a $180,000,000 loan facility with Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and DVB Bank SE dated April 18, 2012, for the purpose of refinancing a $150,000,000 secured revolving credit facility dated July 31, 2008, as well as providing finance for the acquisition of two vessels from within our operating segment, Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix and for general corporate purposes. The deferred finance costs associated with the extinguishment of the previous $150,000,000 facility were written off in full.

Interest is payable under the loan facility at three-month USD LIBOR plus 3.375%, payable on a quarterly basis. The Company also pays a commitment fee of 1.35% per annum based on any undrawn portion of the loan facility.

 

F-23


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

The loan facility is comprised of two tranches: Tranche A for $120,000,000 and Tranche B for $60,000,000. Tranche A is repayable in quarterly installments of $4,150,000 commencing on July 18, 2012 and Tranche B is repayable in quarterly installments of $1,150,000 commencing on July 27, 2012. Quarterly installments are payable until the maturity date of the loan which is April 18, 2017 when the loan becomes fully repayable. At December 31, 2012, the total outstanding amount of the loan was $169,400,000 which is repayable by 17 quarterly installments each of Tranche A and Tranche B followed by a final combined repayment of $79,300,000 on April 18, 2017.

This loan facility is secured by first priority mortgages on each of Navigator Gemini , Navigator Mars , Navigator Neptune , Navigator Pegasus , Navigator Phoenix , Navigator Taurus and Navigator Venus as well as assignments of earnings and insurances on these secured vessels. The financial covenants, each as defined within the credit facility, are (a) the maintenance at all times of cash and cash equivalents in an amount equal to or greater than (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) 5 per cent of the total indebtedness; (b) a ratio of EBITDA to interest expense of not less than 3.00:1.00; (c) maintain consolidated working capital of not less than $0; and (d) maintain a ratio of total shareholders’ equity to total assets of not less than 30 per cent. Pursuant to the terms of the term loan facility, the Company may not declare any dividends, redeem its shares or make any other payment to its shareholders other than a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated net income may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis so long as the Company is in compliance with the financial covenants on a pro forma basis after declaring or paying such dividend and no event of default has occurred or will occur after declaration or payment of the dividend. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in this credit facility.

9. Senior Unsecured Bond

On December 18, 2012, the Company issued a $125,000,000 9% senior unsecured bond on the Oslo Markets. The bond will mature five years after the settlement date on December 18, 2017. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 18 and December 18.

The financial covenants, each as defined within the bond agreement, are (a) the issuer shall ensure that the Company and its subsidiaries, or collectively, the “Group,” maintains a minimum liquidity of the greater of (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) 5 per cent of total interest bearing debt; (b) the Group to maintain a positive working capital; (c) to maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than 3.00:1.00; (d) maintain a Group equity ratio of minimum 30%; and (e) the issuer shall ensure that the aggregate market value of the Group’s vessels is at least 120% of the total interest bearing debt of the Group. Pursuant to the terms of the senior unsecured bonds, the Company may not declare any dividends, redeem its shares or make any other payment to its shareholders (other than in respect of services done in the ordinary course of business on market terms for an amount of up to $2,000,000 a year) prior to December 31, 2013. Thereafter, the Company may declare or pay a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated net profits after taxes may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis so long as the Company is in compliance with an equity ratio of 35% after giving effect to the dividend. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in this credit facility.

10. Common Stock

(a) On November 10, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC to issue $62,500,000 of the Company’s common stock to provide additional capital resources for the Company’s growth program. 1,875,000 shares of common stock were issued in December 2011 followed by a further 5,625,000 shares in March 2012.

(b) The number of shares of common stock outstanding reflects a 3-for-1 stock split that was effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend. All references in these consolidated financial statements to the number of shares and per share amounts prior to the 3-for-1 stock split, which is payable in the form of a stock dividend, have been adjusted to reflect this stock split on a retroactive basis, unless otherwise noted.

 

F-24


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

11. Share-Based Compensation

During 2008, the Company’s Board adopted the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”), which entitles officers, employees, consultants and directors of the Company to receive grants of restricted stock of the Company’s common stock.

The Plan is administered by the Board or a committee of the Board. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the Plan during the ten-year term of the Plan is 9,000,000 shares of common stock.

A holder of restricted stock, awarded under the Plan, shall have the same voting and dividend rights as the Company’s other common shareholders in relation to those shares.

The fair value of the restricted stock grants and share-based compensation expense to be recognized over the vesting period is determined by multiplying the number of shares by the fair value per share at the grant date.

The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. In the absence of a public trading market with significant volume, our management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each restricted stock issuance.

An independent valuation firm was consulted to determine an appropriate methodology for valuing the Company’s restricted stock at the plan’s inception in 2008. The Company continues to use this established methodology and monitors its appropriateness at each grant date. To calculate the fair value of the restricted stock, the Company utilizes a weighted average combination of an income approach, a market approach and a cost approach.

Significant assumptions made during the valuation process are illiquidity discounts used in our cost and income approaches and EBITDA multiples used in our income approach. Our cost method also utilizes the estimated value of the Company’s fleet, which is determined by the most recent broker assessments of the vessels in the fleet. Although there is a very low volume of transactions of the Company’s shares on the over-the-counter market, our market approach also takes account of actual recent trades of Company shares in the open market. The valuations were prepared by the Company on a contemporaneous basis.

Under the Plan, the Company granted 15,750 shares, with a weighted average value of $5.99 per share, to the Chief Executive of the Company on March 31, 2011, and on April 10, 2011, a further 45,600 shares were granted to the officers and management of the Company with a weighted average value of $6.53 per share. All these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. During the year ended December 31, 2011, 199,998 shares of those awarded during 2008 vested.

In 2012, the Company granted 39,198 shares to the Chief Executive of the Company and 11,100 shares to the officers and management of the Company, all of which were issued on February 22, 2012, with a weighted average estimated value of $7.59 per share. All of these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. A further 15,000 shares each were granted to two Board members of the Company with a weighted average estimated value of $7.20 per share on April 24, 2012. These shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.

Using the straight-line method of expensing the restricted stock grants, the estimated fair value of the shares calculated at the date of grant is recognized as compensation costs in the Statement of Income over the vesting period. During 2012, the Company recognized $796,760 in share-based compensation costs (2011: $842,034). At December 31, 2012, there was a total of $653,908 unrecognized compensation costs relating to the expected future vesting of share-based awards (2011: $853,082) which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.93 years (2011: 1.42 years).

 

F-25


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $1,791,667 and $1,375,000, respectively.

Restricted share grant activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was as follows:

 

 

 

     NUMBER OF
NON-VESTED
RESTRICTED
SHARES
    WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
GRANT DATE
FAIR VALUE
     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
TERM
     AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC VALUE
    

 

Balance as of January 1, 2011

     593,000      $ 5.11            

Granted

     61,350        6.39            

Vested

     (215,000     4.95            
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     439,350      $ 5.37         1.42 years       $ 3,661,250      

Granted

     80,298        7.44            

Vested

     (150,000     5.50            
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     369,648      $ 5.76         0.93 years       $ 3,696,480      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company occupies office space in London, the lease for which was entered into on March 30, 2012, for a period of ten years, with a mutual break clause after five years, and paying approximately $515,000 (£321,850) per calendar year.

The Company also occupies property in New York with the lease being renewed during the year and paying approximately $231,990 per year. The new lease is for a period of five years ending June 30, 2017.

The Company has chartered-in a vessel for a period ending in December 2014 at a fixed monthly rate commensurate with the market rate at the time of fixing the charter.

The Company entered into an agreement on April 25, 2012, to purchase up to six 21,000 cbm, semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers to be built at Jiangnan for an aggregate price of approximately $300,000,000. The Company committed to build four of these newbuildings and has allowed the two remaining options to lapse. The first vessel is scheduled to be delivered in April 2014 followed by a vessel delivery each two months thereafter.

On August 9, 2012, the Company entered into an investor restrictions agreement with WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliated investment funds (the “WLR Group”), pursuant to which the WLR Group agreed for a three-year period not to, among other things, acquire additional shares of common stock, subject to certain exceptions, or publicly propose to effect any tender offer or other transaction in which the common stock would be purchased or exchanged into cash or other property without the prior approval of the Board.

On November 14, 2012, the Company signed an agreement to purchase the fleet of eleven semi-refrigerated and fully refrigerated handysized liquefied gas carriers from affiliates of A.P. Møller for a total purchase price of $470,000,000. The Company paid a 10% deposit upon signing of the agreement, and the vessels will be delivered charter free during 2013.

To assist with the financing of the A.P. Møller acquisition, the Company has secured lending commitments for a $270,000,000 acquisition loan, a $120,000,000 newbuilding loan, and committed equity finance of $75,000,000, together with a bond issue of $125,000,000. (See Note 9).

 

F-26


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

13. Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company’s vessels are chartered under either a time charter arrangement or voyage charter arrangement. Under a time charter arrangement, no security is provided for the payment of charter hire. However, payment is usually required monthly in advance. Under a voyage charter arrangement, a lien may sometimes be placed on the cargo to secure the payment of the accounts receivable, as permitted by the prevailing charter party agreement.

At December 31, 2012, ten of the Company’s 14 operated vessels (which include two chartered-in vessels) were subject to time charters, the majority of which will expire within 12 months. However, there are a number of time charters committed for periods ranging between three and ten years as of December 31, 2012. The committed charter income is as follows:

 

 

 

2013:

   $ 70,559,428   

2014:

   $ 33,624,923   

2015:

   $ 20,867,201   

2016:

   $ 19,079,159   

2017:

   $ 19,152,100   

 

 

During 2012, four charterers contributed 59% of the operating revenue, comprising 23%, 14%, 11% and 11% (2011: three charterers totalling 60% comprising 25%, 18% and 17%).

At December 31, 2011 and 2012, all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were held by large financial institutions.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 18, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Since the year end, the Company has taken delivery of eight of the eleven A.P. Møller handysize vessels. (See Note 12).

An investment agreement with affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC. Mr. Butters and a third party was entered into on February 15, 2013, to subscribe for shares of common stock to the value of $75,000,000. These shares were issued, and funds were received by the Company, on February 25, 2013.

In February 2013, the Company amended and restated the existing investor rights agreement with the WLR Group. Under the amended and restated investor rights agreement, subject to certain exceptions, WLR has the right to designate two individuals to be nominated to the Board of Directors of the Company and has certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

A loan facility agreement for $270,000,000 was entered into on February 12, 2013, between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and Nordea Bank Finland Plc London branch, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and HSH Nordbank AG. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period ending December 31, 2013, and a term of five years. Advances under the term loan facility are contingent upon the delivery of the A.P. Møller vessels, provided that no advance may occur after the end of the availability period. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in installments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

 

F-27


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

A loan facility agreement for $120,000,000 was entered into on April 11, 2013, between Navigator and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, The Export-Import Bank of China, HSH Nordbank AG and NIBC Bank N.V. to assist with the financing of the four newbuilding vessels being built in China. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with the last availability period ending June 8, 2015 and a term of six years. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn under the facility is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in installments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

On July 18, 2013, the Company entered into agreements to construct one 21,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated ethylene gas carrier and two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated gas carriers for a combined price of approximately $138 million. In addition, the Company has options to construct a further two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated gas carriers, exercisable by October 18, 2013. All vessels will be constructed by Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co Ltd. in China and are scheduled for delivery during 2015.

The Company’s largest shareholder, the WLR Group, owned 60.6% of its outstanding shares of common stock prior to the offering and will continue to own a significant amount of the Company’s common stock following the offering. Based on the WLR Group’s significant ownership interest in the Company it may be able to exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which the Company’s shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors to its board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

 

F-28


APPENDIX A

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

Address and brokerage commission

Commission payable by the shipowner to the broker or other third parties, expressed as a percentage of the freight or hire and is part of the charterparty.

 

Annual survey

The inspection of a vessel pursuant to international conventions, by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year.

 

Available days

Ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with scheduled maintenance, which includes major repairs, drydockings, vessel upgrades or special or intermediate surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a period that our vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

 

bar

A unit of pressure equivalent to a hundred thousand newtons per square meter or approximately one atmosphere.

 

Bareboat charter

A charter in which the customer (the charterer) pays a fixed daily rate for a fixed period of time for the full use of the vessel and becomes responsible for all crewing, management and navigation of the vessel and the expenses therefor.

 

BSSM

Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement, a third-party technical and crewing manager of vessels.

 

Bunker

Fuel, consisting of fuel oil and diesel, burned in a vessel’s engines.

 

Cabotage

The trade transit of a vessel along the coast, from one port to another within the territorial limits of a single country.

 

cbm

A cubic meter.

 

Charter

The hiring of a vessel, or use of its carrying capacity, for a specified period of time or transportation of cargo.

 

Charterer

A person, firm or company hiring a vessel for the carriage of goods or other purposes.

 

Charterhire

The gross revenue earned by a vessel pursuant to a bareboat, time or voyage charter.

 

Charterparty

A contract covering the transportation of cargo by sea, including the terms of the carriage, remuneration and other terms.

 

Classification society

An independent society which certifies that a vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of such society and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the flag state of such vessel and the international conventions of which that country is a member.

 

CLC

International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended.

 

A-1


COFR

Certificates of financial responsibility sufficient to meet potential liabilities under OPA 90 and CERCLA, which owners and operators of vessels must establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard.

 

Contract of affreightment, or “COA”

A contract of affreightment, or “COA,” is a contract to carry specified quantities of cargo, usually over prescribed shipping routes, at a fixed price per ton basis (often subject to fuel price or other adjustments) over a defined period of time. Essentially, a COA constitutes a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during a specified time period (i.e., the term of the COA), which can span for months or years. All of a vessel’s operating and voyage expenses when trading under a COA are typically borne by the shipowner.

 

Cracker

Also known as a catalytic cracker, a refinery unit for converting oils with high boiling points into fuels with lower boiling points in the presence of a catalyst. The cracker uses high temperatures, low pressure and a catalyst to create a chemical reaction that breaks heavy gas oil into smaller gasoline molecules.

 

Draft

Vertical distance between the waterline and the bottom of the vessel’s keel.

 

Drydocking

The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of submerged parts.

 

Eco-design

An environmentally friendly design that incorporates new technologies to improve fuel efficiency and reduce emissions.

 

Flag state

The country where a vessel is registered.

 

Flaring

The controlled burning of natural gas in the course of routine oil and gas production operations.

 

Fleet utilization

The percentage of time that our vessels were available for revenue generating days, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period.

 

Fully-refrigerated vessel

A liquefied gas carrier designed to carry cargoes fully refrigerated at atmospheric pressure.

 

Gross ton

Unit of 100 cubic feet or 2.831 cubic meters used in arriving at the calculation of gross tonnage.

 

Hire rate

The agreed sum or rate to be paid by the charterer for the use of the vessel.

 

Hull

Shell or body of a ship.

 

IMO

International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international trade standards for shipping.

 

Intermediate survey

The inspection of a vessel by a classification society surveyor that takes place every two and a half years after the special survey.

 

IGC Code

International Gas Carrier Code, which, among other things, provides a standard for the safe carriage of LNG and certain other liquid gases.

 

ISM Code

International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, which, among other things, requires vessel owners to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage.

 

A-2


ISPS Code

International Security Code for Ports and Ships, which enacts measures to detect and prevent security threats to ships and ports.

 

Liquid natural gas, or “LNG”

Methane that has been cooled to around -163ºC, at which temperature it liquefies and can be transported in insulated tanks aboard specialized vessels.

 

Liquid petroleum gas, or “LPG”

The generic name given to the commercial gases, propane and butane.

 

MARPOL

The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships.

 

Metric ton

A metric ton of 1,000 kilograms.

 

Newbuilding

A new vessel under construction or on order.

 

NMM

Northern Marine Management Ltd, a third-party technical and crewing manager of vessels.

 

Off-hire

The time during which a vessel is not available for service.

 

OPA 90

The United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended.

 

Operating costs

The costs of the vessels including crewing costs, insurance, repairs and maintenance, stores, spares, lubricants and miscellaneous expenses (but excluding capital costs and voyage expenses).

 

Operating days

A vessel’s available days less the aggregate number of days that it is off-hire for any reason other than scheduled maintenance.

 

Orderbook

A reference to currently placed orders for the construction of vessels.

 

Ownership Days

The aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us.

 

Petrochemical gases

Industrial gases produced in petrochemical processes, such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene and VCM.

 

P&I

Protection and indemnity. This denotes the insurance coverage taken by a ship owner or charterer against third party liabilities such as oil pollution, cargo damage, crew injury, loss of life or other liabilities.

 

P&I association

A mutual insurance association providing P&I insurance coverage.

 

Scrapping

The disposal of old or damaged vessel tonnage by way of sale as scrap metal.

 

Semi-refrigerated vessel

A liquefied gas carrier designed to carry cargoes both fully refrigerated and under higher pressure than atmospheric pressure, also known as semi-pressurized vessels.

 

Short-term time charter

A charter for a term less than two years.

 

Sister ships

One or more vessels of the same specifications typically built at the same shipyard.

 

SOLAS

International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, which provides, among other things, rules for the construction and equipment of commercial vessels.

 

A-3


Special survey

The extensive inspection of a vessel by a classification society surveyor that takes place every five years.

 

Spot charter

See voyage charter.

 

Spot market

The market for chartering a vessel for single voyages.

 

Strict liability

Liability that is imposed without regard to fault.

 

Time charter

A charter in which the charterer pays for the use of a ship’s cargo capacity for a specified period of time. The owner provides the ship with crew, stores and provisions, ready in all aspects to load cargo and proceed on a voyage as directed by the charterer. The charterer usually pays for bunkering and all voyage-related expenses, including canal tolls and port charges.

 

Time charter equivalent, or “TCE,” rate

A measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. TCE rate is a shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., time charters, voyage charters and COAs) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue (net of voyage expenses) by operating days for the relevant time period.

 

Ton

A metric ton of 1,000 kilograms.

 

U.S. GAAP

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

Utilization

A measure of a company’s efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the number of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys or vessel positioning. Utilization is calculated by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during the period.

 

Venting

The controlled release of gases into the atmosphere in the course of oil and gas production operations.

 

Vessel operating expenses

Expenses that are not unique to a specific voyage for which we are responsible under all types of vessel employment contracts we undertake. Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

Voyage charters

Also known as a spot charter. A charter in which the charterer pays for the use of a vessel’s cargo capacity for one, or sometimes more than one, voyage between specified ports. Under this type of charter, the vessel owner pays all the operating and voyage costs of the vessel (including bunker fuel, canal and port charges, pilotage, towage and ship’s agency) while payment for cargo handling charges are subject to agreement between the parties. Freight is generally paid per unit of cargo, such as a ton, based on an agreed quantity, or as a lump sum irrespective of the quantity loaded.

 

Voyage expenses

All expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls.

 

A-4


 

 

 

                     Shares

 

LOGO

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

Jefferies

Morgan Stanley

Co-Managers

Evercore

Fearnley Securities

Global Hunter Securities

Stifel

 

                    , 2013

 

 

 

 


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The articles of incorporation of the Registrant provide that every director and officer of the Registrant shall be indemnified out of the funds of the Registrant as follows:

The Registrant shall indemnify, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted or required by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Registrant), by reason of the fact that the person is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Registrant, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The Registrant shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by or in the right of the Registrant to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Registrant, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she was acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the Registrant unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action, suit or proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court shall deem proper.

Section 60 of the Business Corporations Act of the Associations Law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands provides as follows with respect to the indemnification of directors and officers:

Actions not by or in right of the corporation. A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Actions by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right

 

II-1


of the corporation to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

When director or officer successful . To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Payment of expenses in advance . Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

Indemnification pursuant to other rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

Continuation of indemnification . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Insurance . A corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since September 30, 2010, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities (after giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split effected on October 29, 2013 in the form of a stock dividend):

 

  n  

In March 2011, we granted an 15,750 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $5.99 per share to David J. Butters pursuant to the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In April 2011, we granted 45,600 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $6.53 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In December 2011, we issued 1,875,000 shares of common stock to the WLR Group at a purchase price of $8.33 per share;

 

  n  

In February 2012, we granted 50,298 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $7.59 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In March 2012, we issued 5,625,000 shares of common stock to the WLR Group at a purchase price of $8.33 per share;

 

II-2


  n  

In April 2012, we granted 30,000 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $7.20 per share to two members of our board of directors pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In February 2013, we issued 6,499,998, 500,001 and 500,001 shares of common stock to the WLR Group, Mr. Butters and an unrelated third party, respectively, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share;

 

  n  

In March 2013, we granted 60,000 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan; and

 

  n  

In April 2013, we granted 42,117 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

See the Index to Exhibits on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form F-1, which Index to Exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All supplemental schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement shares certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 4 th day of November, 2013.

 

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

By:

 

/s/    David J. Butters

  Name:   David J. Butters
  Title:   Chairman of the Board of Directors,
    President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of David Kenwright, Alexander Oetker and Florian Weidinger appoints David J. Butters and Niall Nolan, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any Registration Statement (including any amendments thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    David J. Butters        

David J. Butters

   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 4, 2013

/s/    Niall Nolan        

Niall Nolan

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  November 4, 2013

*

Dr. Heiko Fischer

   Director   November 4, 2013

/s/    David Kenwright        

David Kenwright

   Director   November 4, 2013

*

Spiros Milonas

   Director   November 4, 2013

/s/    Alexander Oetker        

Alexander Oetker

   Director   November 4, 2013

*

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

   Director   November 4, 2013

/s/    Florian Weidinger        

Florian Weidinger

   Director   November 4, 2013
*By:   /s/    David J. Butters        
  David J. Butters
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

II-4


Authorized Representative

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States, has signed this registration statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware, on November 4, 2013.

 

 

PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES

By:    

 

/s/ Donald J. Puglisi

  Name: Donald J. Puglisi
  Title:    Managing Director
              Authorized Representative in the United States

 

II-5


Exhibit Index

 

 

 

EXHIBIT
NO.

 

DESCRIPTION

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1**†   Framework Agreement in relation to the sale of handysize gas vessels, dated November 14, 2012 between Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, A.P. Møller Singapore Pte Ltd and Live Oak Company Limited, as Sellers, and Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Navigator Gas L.L.C., as Buyers.
  2.2.1†   Memorandum of Agreement in relation to the sale of the Maersk Glory, dated November 16, 2012 between Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, as Seller, and Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Navigator Gas L.L.C. (In accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Company has filed only one Memorandum of Agreement, as the other agreements are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto.)
  2.2.2   Schedule of Agreements omitted pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
  3.1*   Second Restated Articles of Incorporation of Navigator Holdings Ltd.
  3.2   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Navigator Holdings Ltd.
  4.1   Investment Agreement, dated November 10, 2011, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein.
  4.2   Investment Agreement, dated February 15, 2013, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates and unrelated third-party investors named therein.
  4.3*   Investor Rights Agreement, dated                     , 2013, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein.
  4.4   Investor Restrictions Agreement, dated August 9, 2012, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein.
  5.1*   Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, as to the legality of the securities being registered.
  8.1*   Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters.
  8.2*   Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP relating to tax matters.
10.1*   Form of Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan .
10.2**   Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2008 Restricted Stock Plan.
10.3**   $80,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Leo L.L.C., Navigator Libra L.L.C., Nordea Bank Finland Plc, acting through its New York branch, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (Publ), as the Lead Arrangers, Bookrunner, Facility Agent and Security Trustee, dated as of April 1, 2011.
10.4**   $180,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Pegasus, L.L.C., Navigator Phoenix L.L.C., Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and DVB Bank Se Nordic Branch, dated as of April 18, 2012.
10.5**   $270,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Holdings Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, DVB Bank Se Nordic Branch, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and HSH Nordbank AG, as mandated lead arrangers, dated as of February 12, 2013.
10.6**   $120,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Atlas L.L.C., Navigator Europa L.L.C., Navigator Oberon L.L.C. and Navigator Triton L.L.C., Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, the Export-Import Bank of Kore, HSH Nordbank Ag and NIBC Bank N.V. as the arrangers and Credit Agricole as agent, and a group of financial institutions as lenders, dated as of April 11, 2013.

 

II-6


EXHIBIT
NO.

 

DESCRIPTION

10.7**   Bond Agreement between Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Norsk Tillitsmann ASA on behalf of the Bondholders in the bond issue of 9% Navigator Holdings Ltd. Senior Unsecured Callable Bonds dated December 14, 2012.
10.8   Joint Venture Agreement, dated August 4, 2010, among PT Persona Sentra Utama, PT Mahameru Kencana Abadi, Navigator Gas Invest Limited and PT Navigator Khatulistiwa.
10.9   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Navigator Holdings Ltd. and each of the directors and officers thereof.
16.1**   Letter from Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C., dated October 17, 2013.
16.2**   Letter from MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C., dated October 17, 2013.
21.1**   List of Subsidiaries of Navigator Holdings Ltd.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2*   Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3*   Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1).
23.4*   Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP relating to tax matters (contained in Exhibit 8.2).
23.5   Consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.
24.1   Powers of Attorney (contained on page II-4).

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
**   Previously filed.
  The schedules and similar attachments to this agreement have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish copies of such schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

II-7

Exhibit 2.2.1

 

LOGO


LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO

Exhibit 2.2.2

Schedule to Exhibit 2.2.1

Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Navigator Gas L.L.C., as buyers, executed separate Memorandum of Agreements with Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, as seller, relating to each of the 11 vessels acquired from A.P. Møller Mærsk Group. The following vessels were each acquired pursuant to a separate Memorandum of Agreement, which is substantially identical in all material respects to the Memorandum of Agreement filed herewith as Exhibit 2.2.1, relating to the Maersk Glory .

 

Name of Agreement    Date of Agreement    Material Differences
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Maersk Huber    November 16, 2012    None
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Caribe    November 16, 2012    None
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Maersk Heritage    November 16, 2012    None
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Maersk Harmony    November 16, 2012    None
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Maersk Honour    November 16, 2012    None
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Maersk Grace    November 16, 2012    None
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Maersk Gusto    November 16, 2012    None
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Maersk Genesis    November 16, 2012    None
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Maersk Galaxy    November 16, 2012    None
Memorandum of Agreement Relating to Maersk Global    November 16, 2012    None

As noted above, there are no material details in which the above Memorandum of Agreements differ from the Memorandum of Agreement filed herewith as Exhibit 2.2.1.

Exhibit 3.2

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

The principal place of business of the Corporation shall be at such place or places as the directors shall from time to time determine. The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other places within or without the Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) may from time to time appoint or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on such day and at such time and place within or without the Marshall Islands as the Board may determine, for the purpose of electing directors and for transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2. Special Meetings . A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board. No other person or persons are permitted to call a special meeting. No business may be conducted at the special meeting other than such business as may be properly brought before the meeting. If the Chairman of the special meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the special meeting, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 3. Notice of Meetings . Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders, other than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise prescribed by law or the Articles of Incorporation, stating the date, time, place and purpose thereof shall be given personally or sent by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex or teleprinter at least fifteen (15) but not more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed at such meeting would be entitled to have his or her shares appraised if such action were taken, and the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail, directed to the shareholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the record of shareholders of the Corporation or at such address as to which the shareholder has given notice to the Secretary. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior to the conclusion thereof the lack of notice to him or her.

Section 4. Adjournments . Whether or not a quorum shall be present, any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the

 

1


original meeting. If the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the new meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after an adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice in Section 3 of this Article II. The Board may postpone any meeting of shareholders or cancel any special meeting of shareholders by public announcement or disclosure prior to the time scheduled for the meeting.

Section 5. Quorum . At all meetings of shareholders, except as otherwise expressly provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation, there must be present either in person or by proxy shareholders of record holding at least a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meetings in order to constitute a quorum, but if less than a quorum is present, a majority of those shares present either in person or by proxy shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, at any meeting of shareholders at which the holders of any class of shares of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a different number of shares of such class shall be required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for lack of quorum on two successive occasions, at the next and any subsequent adjournment of the meeting there must be present either in person or by proxy shareholders of record holding at least forty-percent (40%) of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at such meeting in order to constitute a quorum.

Section 6. Organization . The Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board, if there is a Chairman of the Board, shall call all meetings of the shareholders to order, and shall act as chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Board, the members of the Board who are present shall elect a chairman of the meeting.

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the shareholders. In the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Corporation to prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each shareholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder.

Section 7. Voting . At any meeting of shareholders, with respect to a matter for which a shareholder is entitled to vote, each such shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share it holds, except as otherwise expressly provided by law or in the Articles of Incorporation. Each shareholder may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy; provided, however , that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date such proxy was authorized unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable, subject to applicable Marshall Islands law, if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in the law of the Marshall Islands to support an irrevocable power. A shareholder may revoke any proxy that is not

 

2


irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation. If a quorum is present, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation and except with respect to the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred shares of the Corporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the shareholders entitled to vote in the election.

Section 8. Voting Procedures and Inspectors . The Corporation may, in advance of any meeting of shareholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such person’s ability.

The inspectors shall ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; determine the shares represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; count all votes and ballots; determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by them; and certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.

Section 9. Consent of Shareholders in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation, or any action that may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof. Such consent shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of shareholders, and may be stated as such in any articles or documents filed with a Registrar of Corporations.

The consent shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded.

Section 10. Fixing of Record Date . For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or to express consent to or dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for any other action (other than an action described in Section 2 of Article VII), the Board may fix a time not more than sixty (60) days nor less than fifteen (15) days before the date of such meeting.

Section 11. Advance Notice of Shareholder Nominees for Director and Other Shareholder Proposals . The matters to be considered and brought before any annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, including the nomination and election of directors, shall be limited to only those matters that are brought properly before the meeting in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 of Article II.

In order to be properly brought before any annual meeting of shareholders, a matter must be (i) specified in the notice of annual meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) otherwise brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (iii) brought

 

3


before the annual meeting in the manner specified in this Section 11 of Article II by a shareholder who holds of record shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the annual meeting on such matter (including any election of directors), or by a person who holds such shares through a nominee or “street name” holder of record of such shares and can demonstrate to the Corporation such indirect ownership of, and such person’s right to vote, such shares.

Subject to the following sentence, in addition to any other requirements under applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation and these bylaws, persons nominated by shareholders for election as directors of the Corporation, and any other proposals by shareholders, shall be properly brought before an annual meeting of shareholders only if notice of any such matter to be presented by a shareholder at such meeting (a “ Shareholder Notice ”) is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The immediately foregoing sentence shall not apply to any person designated as a Board Designee (as hereinafter defined) under Section 2.1(a) of the Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 5, 2013 (as it may be amended, the “ Investor Rights Agreement ”). “Board Designee” means any designee nominated by WLR Ross & Co. LLC (“ WLR ”) to serve as a director on the Board, provided , however , that, (i) until the date WLR and the persons signing the Investor Rights Agreement as “Investors” on the signature page thereto (the “ WLR Group ”) cease to Beneficially Own (as defined therein) at least 937,500 common shares, WLR will be entitled to designate one Board Designee and (ii) until the date the WLR Group ceases to Beneficially Own at least 3,750,000 common shares, WLR will be entitled to designate two Board Designees. If (and only if) an annual meeting of shareholders is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before and ends thirty (30) days after such an anniversary date (an annual meeting date outside such period being referred to herein as an “ Other Meeting Date ”), the Shareholder Notice may be given in the manner provided in these bylaws by the later of (i) the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such Other Meeting Date and (ii) the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the date on which such Other Meeting Date is first announced by the Corporation.

Except as provided in the second sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, any shareholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual meeting of shareholders shall deliver, as part of the Shareholder Notice, a statement in writing setting forth the name of the person to be nominated, the number and class of all shares of the Corporation the nominee owns of record and beneficially, as reported to the shareholder by the person, the information regarding the person that would be required to be included in a proxy statement by the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (assuming such rules and regulations were applicable) for a nominee for election as a director, the person’s signed consent to serve as a director of the Corporation if elected, the shareholder’s name and address, the number and class of all shares of the Corporation that the shareholder owns of record and beneficially and, in the case of a person who holds the shares through a nominee or “street name” holder of record, evidence establishing the person’s indirect ownership of the shares and right to vote the shares for the election of directors at the meeting.

Any shareholder who gives a Shareholder Notice of any matter (other than a nomination for director) proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of shareholders shall deliver, as part of the Shareholder Notice, the text of the proposal to be presented and a brief written

 

4


statement of the reasons why the shareholder favors the proposal and setting forth the shareholder’s name and address, the number and class of all shares of the Corporation the shareholder owns of record and beneficially, any material interest of such shareholder in the matter proposed (other than as a shareholder), if applicable, and, in the case of a person who holds shares through a nominee or “street name” holder of record, evidence establishing the person’s indirect ownership of the shares and right to vote the shares on the matter proposed at the annual meeting.

As used in these bylaws, shares “beneficially owned” shall mean all shares which a person is deemed to beneficially own pursuant to Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. If a shareholder is entitled to vote only for a specific class or category of directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, the shareholder’s right to nominate a person for election as a director at the meeting shall be limited to such class or category of directors.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 11 of Article II to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at the next annual meeting of shareholders is increased by virtue of an increase in the size of the Board and either all of the nominees for director at the next annual meeting of shareholders or the size of the increased Board is not announced by the Corporation at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Shareholder Notice shall also be considered timely hereunder, but only with respect to nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting as the result of any new positions created by such increase, if it is delivered to the Secretary at the principal place of business of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the first day on which all such nominees or the size of the increased Board shall have been announced by the Corporation.

Except as provided in the immediately following sentence, no matter shall be properly brought before a special meeting of shareholders unless the matter shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing a director to the Board, any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of such director at such meeting may nominate a person for election to such position as is specified in the notice of such meeting, but only if the Shareholder Notice required by this Section 11 of Article II shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal place of business of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the first day on which the date of the special meeting and either the names of all nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting or the number of directors to be elected shall have been announced.

In no event shall the adjournment of an annual meeting or a special meeting of shareholders, or any announcement thereof, commence a new period for the giving of notice as provided in this Section 11, unless the record date is changed.

The chairman of any meeting of shareholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to determine whether notice of nominees and other matters proposed to be brought before a meeting have been duly given in the manner provided in this Section 11 of Article II and, if not so given, shall direct and declare at the meeting that such nominees and other matters shall not be considered.

 

5


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Term of Office . The affairs, business and property of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board to consist of such number of directors as shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution passed by a majority of the Board, subject to the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided by law or in Section 3 of this Article III or the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1 or Section 3 of this Article III or the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, each director shall be elected to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The directors need not be residents of the Marshall Islands or shareholders of the Corporation. Corporations may, to the extent permitted by law, be elected or appointed directors.

Section 2. Removal . Any or all of the directors may be removed in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

Section 3. Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board occurring by death, resignation, creation of new directorship or for any other reason, including removal of directors for cause, shall be filled in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

Section 4. Chairman and Vice Chairmen of the Board . The Board may elect a Chairman of the Board from among its members. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board and shall have all powers and may perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as shall from time to time be assigned by these bylaws or by the Board. The Board also may elect one or more Vice-Chairmen to act in the place of the Chairman upon his or her absence or inability to act.

Section 5. Regular meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such time and place, within or without the Marshall Islands, as may be determined by resolution of the Board. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at any regular meeting of the Board.

Section 6. Special meeting . Special meetings of the Board may be called from time to time by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, any officer of the Corporation who is also a director or any two directors. The Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary shall call a special meeting of the Board upon written request directed to either of them by such persons stating the time, place and purpose of such special meeting. Special meetings of the Board shall be held on a date and at such time and at such place, within or without the Marshall Islands, as may be designated in the notice thereof by the officer calling the meeting.

 

6


Section 7. Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the date, time and place of each special meeting of the Board shall be given to each director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally or delivered in person, in which case it shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to such meeting. For the purpose of this section, notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a director if given to him or her personally (including by telephone), or if such notice be delivered to such director by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex, teleprinter, telecopy, electronic mail or other electronic means to his or her last known address. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior to the conclusion thereof, the lack of notice to him or her.

Section 8. Quorum . Subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, a majority of the directors at the time in office (but, unless the Board shall consist solely of one director, in no case less than one-third thereof), present in person or by proxy or communications equipment, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

Section 9. Interested Directors . No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a substantial financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if the material facts as to his or her interest in such contract or transaction and as to any such common directorship, officership or financial interest are disclosed in good faith or are known to (i) the Board or the committee and the Board or committee approves such contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board, by a unanimous vote of the disinterested directors, or (ii) the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and such contract or transaction is approved by vote of such shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

Section 10. Voting . Unless otherwise set forth in these bylaws or in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or as required by applicable law, the vote of the majority of the directors, present in person or by proxy or by means of communications equipment, at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation or by these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

 

7


Section 11. Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees . The Board may from time to time, in its discretion, fix the amounts that shall be payable in cash or in securities to members of the Board and to members of any committee, for attendance at the meetings of the Board or of such committee and for services rendered to the Corporation. Directors shall be reimbursed for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending such meetings or otherwise in performing their duties as directors. No such payment or reimbursement shall preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

Section 1. Executive and Other Committees . The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate from among its members an executive committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, that, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions, or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise, to the extent permitted by law, the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation, if any, to be affixed to all papers that may require it; provided , however , that no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) submit to shareholders any action that requires shareholders’ approval by law, (ii) fill a vacancy in the Board or in a committee thereof, (iii) fix compensation of the directors for serving on the Board or any committee of the Board, (iv) amend or repeal any bylaw or adopt any new bylaw, or (v) amend or repeal any resolution of the Board that by its terms shall not be so amenable or repealable. In addition, the Board may designate from among its members other committees to consist of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, each of which shall perform such functions and have such authority and powers as shall be delegated to such committee by said resolution or resolutions or as provided for in these bylaws subject to the prohibitions on the delegation of power and authority set forth in the preceding sentence.

Section 2. Membership and Rules . Members of any Board committee shall hold office for such period as may be prescribed by the vote of the entire Board, subject, however, to removal at any time by the vote of the Board. Vacancies in membership of such committees shall be filled by vote of the entire Board. Committees may adopt their own rules of procedures and may meet at stated times or on such notice as they may determine. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number and Designation . The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary and may include a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, a Controller, one or more Assistant Controllers and such other officers, if any, as the Board may deem necessary. Officers may be of any nationality and need not be residents of the Marshall Islands. The officers shall be elected annually by the Board at its first meeting following the annual election of directors, but in the event of the failure of the Board to so elect any officer, such officer may be elected at any

 

8


subsequent meeting of the Board. The salaries of officers and any other compensation paid to them shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. The Board may at any meeting elect additional officers. Each officer shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board and may hold more than one office. Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause. Any vacancy in an office may be filled by the Board.

In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these bylaws, the officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board or other officers as permitted by these bylaws.

Section 2. Chief Executive Officer . The Board shall designate one of the officers of the Corporation to be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the control of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall have general charge and control of all the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the position of Chief Executive Officer that may be required by law and such other duties as are required by the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall make reports to the Board and to the shareholders, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board and of any committee thereof are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these bylaws or by the Board.

Section 3. Chief Operating Officer . The Board may designate one of the officers of the Corporation to be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the control of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer shall have general charge and control of all the operations of the Corporation and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the position of Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall act in a general executive capacity and assist the Chief Executive Officer in the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervision of its policies and affairs. The Chief Operating Officer shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these bylaws or by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4. Chief Financial Officer . The Board may designate one of the officers of the Corporation to be the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the control of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall have general charge and control of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the position of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall act in a general executive capacity and assist the Chief Executive Officer in the administration and operation of the Corporation’s financial affairs. The Chief Financial Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these bylaws or by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5. President and Vice Presidents . The Board may elect a President and one or more Vice Presidents of the Corporation. Subject to the control of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the President and each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to their respective offices and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these bylaws or by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

9


Section 6. Secretary . The Board shall elect a Secretary who shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board at which he or she is present, shall have supervision over the giving and serving of notices of the Corporation, shall be the custodian of the corporate records and of the corporate seal of the Corporation, if any, and shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to those documents the execution of which, on behalf of the Corporation under its seal, if any, is duly authorized and when so affixed may attest the same. The Secretary shall also exercise such powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board or the President.

Section 7. Treasurer . The Board may elect a Treasurer who shall have general supervision over the care and custody of the funds, securities and other valuable effects of the Corporation and shall deposit the same or cause the same to be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board may designate, shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall have supervision over the accounts of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall, whenever required by the Board, render or cause to be rendered financial statements of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall have the power and perform the duties usually incident to the office of Treasurer, and shall have such powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board or President.

Section 8. Other Officers . The Board may elect other officers of the Corporation who may exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 9. Bond . The Board shall have power to the extent permitted by law to require any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation to give bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety as the Board may deem advisable.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. Form and Issuance . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates in form meeting the requirements of law, and not inconsistent with the Articles of Incorporation, and approved by the Board, unless the Board provides, by resolution, that some or all shares of any or all classes or series shall be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. These signatures may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employees.

Section 2. Transfer . The Board shall have the power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issuance, registration and transfer of certificates representing the Corporation’s shares, and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

 

10


Section 3. Loss of Share Certificates . The Board may direct a new certificate of shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of shares to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require or give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed, or both.

ARTICLE VII

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Declaration and Form . Subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and the Marshall Islands Business Corporation Act, dividends may be declared in conformity with applicable law by, and at the discretion of, the Board. Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, shares or other property of the Corporation.

Section 2. Record Date . The Board may fix a time not exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend, the making of any distribution or the allotment of any rights, as a record time for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution or allotment.

ARTICLE VIII

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 1. Form . The seal of the Corporation, if any, shall be circular in form, with the name of the Corporation in the circumference and such other appropriate legend as the Board may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE IX

FISCAL YEAR

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such period of twelve (12) consecutive months as the Board may by resolution designate.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 1. Checks, Notes, Etc . All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and other persons as the Board from time to time shall designate.

Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, any Assistant Controller and such other officers or persons, if any, as the Board from time to time may designate.

 

11


Section 2. Loans . No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 3. Contracts . The Board may authorize any officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, security agreements and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation, if any, thereto. The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these bylaws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Amendments . These bylaws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted, by the Board by vote of not less than a majority of the directors then in office (subject, however, to the power of the shareholders to alter, amend or repeal any bylaws as adopted) or by affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at any annual meeting or at any special meeting of shareholders at which quorum is present; provided , in the case of any special meeting of shareholders, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

 

12

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION COPY

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

This INVESTMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated November 10, 2011, is among Navigator Holdings Ltd., a corporation organized under the Laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”), WL Ross & Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ WLR ”), and the Persons signing this Agreement as “Investors” on the signature page hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ” and, together with WLR, the “ WLR Group ”), each of which is an entity sponsored by, or an Affiliate of, WLR.

RECITALS

A. The Company proposes to issue and sell to the Investors an aggregate of 2,500,000 of its Common Shares (such Common Shares, the “ Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

B. The Shares will be offered and sold to the Investors in a private placement without being registered under the Securities Act or any other securities Laws.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

2008 Plan ” means the Company’s 2008 Restricted Stock Plan.

Affiliate ” means with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For this purpose, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Audited Financial Statements ” means, as applicable, the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.6(a) or Section 5.8(a).

Beneficial Owner ” or “ Beneficially Own ” has the meaning given to such terms under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in London, England or New York, New York, USA, are required or authorized to close.

Closing ” means, as the context requires, the Initial Closing or a Subsequent Closing.

Closing Date ” means, as the context requires, the Initial Closing Date or a Subsequent Closing Date.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Common Shares ” means the Company’s common shares, par value $0.01 per share.

Company Group ” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Constituent Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the articles of incorporation and bylaws or comparable constituent documents of such Person.

Convertible Securities ” means all securities exercisable or exchangeable for, convertible into or representing a right to purchase Common Shares or other Voting Securities.

Current Market Price ” means the fair market value per Common Share at the applicable time as determined by the Board and approved by the Investors, which approval shall be a condition to the fixing of a record date and declaration of a dividend or distribution contemplated by Section 2.3(b), other than dividends and distributions excluded by clause (i) or (ii) of the parenthetical in the first sentence of Section 2.3(b).

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.

Excluded Stock ” means issuances of Common Shares or Convertible Securities or options therefor issued or granted to employees, officers, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to any employee benefit plan, stock grant, stock option plan or purchase plan or stock option exchange plan or other employee stock incentive or similar agreement in existence on the date hereof (including the 2008 Plan) or approved by Majority Vote.

Financial Statements ” means the applicable Audited Financial Statements and Unaudited Financial Statements.

Fully Diluted ” means giving effect to the exercise, exchange or conversion of all Convertible Securities.

 

2


GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles and practices as of the date hereof and applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

Governmental Entity ” means any (a) nation, principality, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature, (b) governmental or quasi-governmental agency, taxing authority and any court or other tribunal (foreign, federal, state or local), or (c) Person or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative, regulatory, police, military or taxing authority or power of any nature.

Indebtedness ” means, without duplication:

(a) all indebtedness for borrowed money;

(b) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than property, including inventory and services purchased, trade payables and deferred compensation items arising in the ordinary course of business and properly classified as accounts payable under GAAP);

(c) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments (other than performance, surety and appeal bonds arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of which a Person’s liability remains contingent);

(d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired (whether or not the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property);

(e) all obligations under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, to the extent required to be so recorded;

(f) all reimbursement, payment or similar obligations, contingent or otherwise, under acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities (other than any such obligations arising to secure payment obligations in the ordinary course of business in respect of which a Person’s liability remains contingent);

(g) all liabilities or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above but of other Persons, which liabilities or obligations are guaranteed directly or indirectly by a Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by a Person, through a contract (i) to pay or purchase such liabilities or obligations or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such liabilities or obligations, (ii) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling another Person to make payment of such liabilities or obligations, (iii) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in another Person (including any agreement to pay for property or services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered), or (iv) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of such liabilities or obligations;

 

3


(h) any accrued and unpaid interest on liabilities or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above; and

(i) all liabilities or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such liabilities or obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by a Person, even though the Person may not have assumed or become liable for the payment of such liabilities or obligations.

Indemnified Party ” means the Person or Persons indemnified, or entitled or claiming to be entitled to be indemnified, under Section 7.2(a) or 7.2(b), as the case may be.

Indemnifying Party ” means the Person or Persons having the obligation to indemnify another Person under Section 7.2(a) or 7.2(b), as the case may be.

Interim Balance Sheet ” means, as applicable, the unaudited interim balance sheet referred to in Section 3.6(b) or Section 5.8(b).

Investor Rights Agreement ” means the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the Initial Closing Date, among the Company and the Investors, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and, to the extent relevant, the U.S. Department of Treasury.

Joint Venture Agreement ” means the Joint Venture Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2010, among PT Pesona Sentra Utama, PT Mahameru Kencana Abadi, Navigator Gas Invest Limited and PT Navigator Khatulistiwa, as amended from time to time.

Knowledge ” means, with respect to a Person other than an individual, the knowledge of any director or officer of such Person, after reasonable inquiry and investigation, and, with respect to an individual, the knowledge of such individual, after reasonable inquiry and investigation.

Law ” means any statute, rule or other legal requirement, including the common law or any Order.

Liabilities ” means all Indebtedness and other liabilities of a Person (whether direct or indirect, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, mature or unmatured, determined or determinable, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated, due or to become due, contingent,

 

4


fixed or otherwise, and whether in contract, tort, strict liability or otherwise), and including all costs and expenses relating thereto (including, if applicable, all fees, disbursements and expenses of legal counsel, experts, consultants and costs of investigation or enforcement).

Lien ” means any lien, charge, encumbrance, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, claim, charge, option, right of first refusal, easement, servitude, proxy or restriction of any kind, including any restriction on the use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or other exercise of any attributes of ownership.

Material Adverse Effect ” means, (a) with respect to the Company, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate (i) is or would reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company Group, taken as a whole, or (ii) would or would reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Investor Rights Agreement, and (b) with respect to an Investor, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, would or would reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of such Investor to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Investor Rights Agreement.

Majority Vote ” means the vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares, excluding for purposes of this calculation Common Shares Beneficially Owned by any Person, other than the WLR Group, who Beneficially Owns more than 20% of the outstanding Common Shares at the time of the vote or effective date of the consent.

Order ” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any court or other Governmental Entity.

Per Share Price ” means $25.00, as such amount may be adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Entity.

Qualifying Transaction ” means the Company’s proposed acquisition of 11 handysize vessels suitable for the transportation of liquid petroleum gas, petrochemical gases or ammonia from A.P. Møller-Maersk or its Affiliates (or an acquisition of one or more similar vessels involving another Person) on terms (including financing, other than equity financing from the Investors as herein contemplated) reasonably acceptable to WLR.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.

 

 

5


Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise in which such Person (or another Subsidiary of such Person) holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity, (b) the right to receive more than 50% of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity, or (c) a general or managing partnership interest in such entity; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, PT Navigator Khatulistiwa will be deemed to be a Subsidiary of the Company.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means all taxes and duties and similar governmental charges, levies, imposts or withholdings (including net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, estimated, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes of any kind whatsoever) whenever and by whatever Governmental Entity imposed, and whether of the United States or a foreign, state or local jurisdiction, together with in any such case any interest, fines, penalties, surcharges and charges incidental or relating to the imposing of any of such Taxes and any additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligation to indemnify or assume or otherwise succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, statement, information statement or other document required to be filed with any Governmental Entity with respect to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement and the Investor Rights Agreement.

Unaudited Financial Statements ” means, as applicable, the unaudited financial statements referred to in Section 3.6(b) or Section 5.8(b), together with the applicable Interim Balance Sheet.

Voting Securities ” means any securities, including Common Shares, of the Company or its successor having the power generally to vote in the election of members of the Board or the equivalent of its successor.

2. Purchase and Sale of the Initial Shares and Subsequent Shares .

2.1. Sale and Issuance of the Initial Shares and Subsequent Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Investor agrees to (i) subject to Section 2.2(b), subscribe for and purchase at the Initial Closing, and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Investor at the Initial Closing, the number of Shares set forth opposite each such Investor’s name on Exhibit B (the “ Initial Shares ”), and (ii) subject to Section 2.2(c), and only to the extent that either WLR requests a Subsequent Closing or the Company requests a Subsequent Closing that the Investors

 

6


are obligated to consummate pursuant to Section 2.2(c), subscribe for and purchase, at one or more Subsequent Closings, and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Investor at such Subsequent Closings, the aggregate number of Shares set forth opposite each such Investor’s name on Exhibit B (the “ Subsequent Shares ”), as the same may be adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3. The Per Share Price and the aggregate purchase prices for the purchase and sale of the Initial Shares and the Subsequent Shares, subject to any adjustments pursuant to Sections 2.3, will be the amounts set forth opposite each such Investor’s name on Exhibit B . Exhibit B will be updated to reflect any adjustments pursuant to Section 2.3.

2.2. Closings . (a)  Location of Closings . The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Initial Shares (the “ Initial Closing ”) and each purchase and sale of any Subsequent Shares (each, a “ Subsequent Closing ”) will take place at the offices of Jones Day, 222 East 41st Street, New York, New York 10017 or remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures.

(b) Initial Closing . Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4, the Initial Closing will take place on a date prior to the 45th calendar day after the date hereof that is agreed to by the parties (the “ Initial Closing Date ”). Subject to Section 6.1, at the Initial Closing, (i) each Investor will pay an amount equal to the amount set forth opposite each such Investor’s name on Exhibit B by wire transfer of immediately available funds to bank accounts designated by the Company prior to the date hereof and (ii) the Company will issue to each Investor its applicable Initial Shares.

(c) Subsequent Closing . Subject in each case to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4, the Subsequent Closings may take place on such date or dates prior to the two-year anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Investment Deadline ”) as may be determined by WLR from time to time (each, a “ Subsequent Closing Date ”); provided , however , that, if at any time prior to the 90 th calendar day after the Initial Closing, the Company gives WLR written notice as hereafter provided that it intends to consummate a Qualifying Transaction in accordance with this Agreement and reasonably believes, based on the circumstances as of the date of such written notice, that such Qualifying Transaction can be consummated prior to the first anniversary of the date hereof, the Investors will consummate, simultaneously with the closing of the Qualifying Transaction (which must occur no later than the first anniversary of the date hereof), a Subsequent Closing with respect to up to all of the Subsequent Shares that have not, as of such time, previously been purchased by the Investors pursuant to this Section 2.2 (such remaining Subsequent Shares, at any applicable time, the “ Remaining Subsequent Shares ”), provided that the total investment in Subsequent Shares does not exceed $46.875 million and, in the case of a Qualifying Transaction, the Company has arranged debt financing for the balance, if any, of the total purchase price payable by the Company Group in the Qualifying Transaction on terms reasonably satisfactory to WLR. With respect to any Subsequent Closing requested by WLR or the Company prior to the Investment Deadline pursuant to this Section 2.2, WLR or the Company, as applicable, will provide the Company or WLR, respectively, with written notice of such Subsequent

 

7


Closing at least (i) ten Business Days prior to the applicable Subsequent Closing Date, in the case of a Subsequent Closing requested by WLR, and (ii) 20 Business Days prior to the applicable Subsequent Closing Date, in the case of a Subsequent Closing in respect of a Qualifying Transaction, provided that in the case of a Subsequent Closing relating to a Qualifying Transaction, the Company shall have received, not fewer than 15 Business Days prior the relevant Subsequent Closing Date, written confirmation from WLR that it has received such information as WLR shall have determined in good faith was reasonably necessary for it to consider the transaction to which such Subsequent Closing relates; provided , however , that WLR will, at the Company’s request, use its commercially reasonable efforts to act as promptly as practicable in connection with the actions required to be performed by or within the foregoing time periods. At each Subsequent Closing, each Investor will pay, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to bank accounts designated by the Company at least three Business Days prior to such Subsequent Closing, an amount equal to its pro rata share of the aggregate purchase price payable for the portion of the Subsequent Shares being purchased at such Subsequent Closing as set forth under the heading “Investor Percentage” on Exhibit B , subject to any adjustments pursuant to Section 2.3. At each Subsequent Closing, the Company will issue to each Investor the portion of its applicable Subsequent Shares that reflects such Investor’s proportionate funding in connection with such Subsequent Closing, assuming all Subsequent Shares have equal value.

2.3. Adjustments Relating to Subsequent Shares . (a) If, at any time prior to the purchase and sale of all of the Subsequent Shares pursuant to this Agreement, the Company (i) declares a dividend in or makes a distribution on its Common Shares in additional Common Shares, (ii) subdivides or reclassifies (by stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) the outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of Common Shares, or (iii) combines or reclassifies (by reverse stock split or otherwise) the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of Common Shares, the Per Share Price of the then-Remaining Subsequent Shares and the number of the then-Remaining Subsequent Shares at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification will be proportionately adjusted so that the Investors will be entitled to purchase, upon payment of the same aggregate amount as would have been payable before such date, the number of Subsequent Shares which such Investors would have owned after such date had such Remaining Subsequent Shares been purchased hereunder immediately prior to such date.

(b) Other Dividends and Distributions . In case the Company fixes a record date, at any time prior to the purchase and sale of all of the Subsequent Shares pursuant to this Agreement, for the making of a distribution to all holders of Common Shares of securities, evidences of Indebtedness, assets, cash, rights or warrants (excluding (i) dividends payable in Common Shares for which adjustment is made under Section 2.3(a) and (ii) regular quarterly cash dividends on Common Shares amounting in the aggregate to 50% of the Company’s net income based on the preceding three months as set forth in the Company’s then-publicly disclosed quarterly dividend policy), then in each such case, the Per Share Price in effect prior to such record date will be reduced immediately thereafter to the price determined by

 

8


multiplying the Per Share Price in effect immediately prior to the reduction by the quotient of (A) the Current Market Price on such record date, minus the amount of cash or the fair market value (as determined by the Board in good faith) of the securities, evidences of Indebtedness, assets, rights or warrants to be so distributed in respect of one Common Share divided by (B) such Current Market Price on such date specified in clause (A). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount of cash or the fair market value of the securities, evidences of Indebtedness, assets, rights or warrants so distributed applicable to one Common Share is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price on the record date, then, in lieu of the foregoing adjustments, adequate provision will be made so that each Investor will instead have the right to receive the amount and kind of securities, evidences of Indebtedness, assets, rights or warrants which such Investor would have received in such distribution had such Investor purchased the applicable Remaining Subsequent Shares immediately prior to such record date. In the event that a distribution for which an adjustment is made hereunder is not so made, the Per Share Price will be readjusted effective as of the date when the Board determines not to distribute such shares, evidences of Indebtedness, assets, rights, cash or warrants, as the case may be, to the Per Share Price that would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(c) Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale . In case of any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reclassification of Common Shares (other than a reclassification of Common Shares referred to in Section 2.3(a)) at any time prior to the purchase and sale of all of the Subsequent Shares pursuant to this Agreement, the Investors’ right to purchase Remaining Subsequent Shares will be converted into the right to purchase the number of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) which the Investors would have been entitled to receive had the Investors purchased the applicable Remaining Subsequent Shares immediately prior to consummation of such merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reclassification. The Company will not effect any such merger or consolidation unless the successor entity pursuant to this Agreement resulting from the merger or consolidation assumes by operation of Law and, if not by operation of Law, by written instrument the obligation to deliver to the Investors such stock, securities or property as, in accordance with this Section 2.3(c), the Investors may be entitled to receive. In determining the kind and amount of stock, securities or property receivable by the Investors following the consummation of such merger or consolidation, if the holders of Common Shares have the right to elect the kind or amount of consideration receivable upon consummation of such merger or consolidation, then the Investors will have the right to make a similar election (including being subject to similar proration constraints) with respect to the Remaining Subsequent Shares when so purchased.

(d) Issuance of Additional Common Shares or Convertible Securities . If the Company, at any time on or after the date of this Agreement and prior to the purchase and sale of all of the Subsequent Shares pursuant to this Agreement, issues Common Shares (or Convertible Securities) (other than Excluded Stock or in a transaction to which Section 2.3(a), 2.3(b) or 2.3(c) is applicable) without consideration or for a consideration per share (or having a conversion price per share) that is less than the Per Share Price then, in any such event:

 

9


(i) the number of Remaining Subsequent Shares as of immediately prior to the issuance of such Common Shares (or of such Convertible Securities) (the “ Initial Number ”) will be increased to the number obtained by multiplying the Initial Number by a fraction (A) the numerator of which will be the sum of (1) the number of Common Shares outstanding (including Common Shares into which outstanding Convertible Securities may be exercised or converted) on such date and (2) the number of additional Common Shares issued (or into which Convertible Securities may be exercised or converted) and (B) the denominator of which will be the sum of (1) the number of Common Shares outstanding on such date (including Common Shares into which outstanding Convertible Securities may be exercised or converted) and (2) the number of Common Shares which the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company for the total number of Common Shares so issued (or into which Convertible Securities may be exercised or converted) would purchase at the then applicable Per Share Price; and

(ii) the Per Share Price payable in respect of the Remaining Subsequent Shares will be adjusted by multiplying such Per Share Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Common Shares (or of such Convertible Securities) by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of Remaining Subsequent Shares prior to such date and the denominator of which will be the number of Remaining Subsequent Shares immediately after the adjustment described in clause (i) above.

For purposes of this Section 2.3(d), the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company in connection with the issuance of such Common Shares or Convertible Securities will be deemed to be equal to the sum of the net offering price (after deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and any related expenses payable to third parties) of all such securities plus the minimum aggregate amount, if any, payable upon exercise or conversion of any such Convertible Securities into Common Shares. If such Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company, or any increase or decrease in the number of Common Shares issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Per Share Price computed upon the original issuance thereof, and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, will, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities. On the expiration of any such Convertible Securities, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any rights related to such Convertible Securities, such Per Share Price will be readjusted to such Per Share Price as would have applied had the adjustment made upon the issuance of such rights, Convertible Securities or rights related to such Convertible Securities, as the case may be, been made upon the basis of the issuance of only the number of Common Shares actually issued upon the exercise of such rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or upon the exercise of the rights related to such Convertible Securities, as the case may be.

 

10


(e) Duplicative Adjustments . If and to the extent that an adjustment is made to any Remaining Subsequent Shares, the effect of which is to duplicate any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 2.3, such duplicative adjustment will not be made to the extent that such adjustment is so duplicative.

(f) Notice of Adjustment . Whenever an adjustment is required under this Section 2.3, the Company will promptly provide written notice to each Investor of such adjustment or adjustments, setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and setting forth the computations by which such adjustment was made.

(g) Successive Adjustments . Any adjustments pursuant to this Section 2.3 will be made successively whenever an event referred to herein occurs.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to WLR and to each Investor, except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”), as follows:

3.1. Organization and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing or has equivalent status under the Laws of The Republic of the Marshall Islands and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now being conducted. Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is a corporation or other entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing or has equivalent status under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite corporate or other power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now being conducted. Each member of the Company Group is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing or has equivalent status in each jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing or to have equivalent status would not be material. The Company has previously delivered or made available to each Investor true and complete copies of the Constituent Documents of each member of the Company Group in effect as of the date hereof.

3.2. Shares . (a) Section 3.2(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list, prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, of all of the issued and outstanding Common Shares, including the names and amount held of record by each shareholder. Other than as set forth on Section 3.2(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not have any issued or outstanding equity interests. As of immediately prior to the Initial Closing, there are 20,000,000 authorized Common Shares, of which 10,371,450 are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. All of the issued and outstanding Common Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully

 

11


paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights, any applicable Law, including the Business Corporations Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ BCA ”), the Company’s Constituent Documents or the terms of any contract to which any member of the Company Group is a party or bound.

(b) Except as set forth on Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule and for the issuance of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement, there are no Convertible Securities or other obligations, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase, redeem (or establish a sinking fund with respect to redemption) or otherwise acquire any equity interests of the Company Group. There are no bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness of any member of the Company Group having voting rights with respect to any member of the Company Group (or convertible into securities having voting rights). Except for the 2008 Plan and as set forth in Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule and for the issuance of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement, there are no shares or securities of any member of the Company Group reserved for issuance or any outstanding Convertible Securities or subscriptions, options, warrants, rights, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights or other contracts or commitments, whether oral or in writing, granting to any Person any interest in or right to acquire at any time, including upon the happening of any stated event, any shares or securities of any member of the Company Group or any interest in, exchangeable for or convertible into shares or securities of any member of the Company Group.

(c) Section 3.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all Persons who, to the Knowledge of the officers of the Company, Beneficially Own more than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares, including the names, addresses and amounts Beneficially Owned by each such Person.

(d) Immediately following each of the Initial Closing and any Subsequent Closing, all of the Shares issued in connection with such Closing, when paid for and issued, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable, will not be subject to any preemptive or other similar rights, will not have been issued in violation of any applicable Law, including the BCA, the Company’s Constituent Documents or the terms of any contract to which any member of the Company Group is a party or bound and the Initial Shares, when issued at the Initial Closing, will represent on a combined basis approximately 5.68% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares calculated on a Fully Diluted basis.

3.3. Subsidiaries . Except as set forth on Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not have any Subsidiaries or presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any capital stock or equity interests or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such capital stock or equity interest, of any Person. Each share of capital stock, equity interest or other securities of each entity set forth or required to be set forth in Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights, and has not been issued in violation of any applicable Law, the Constituent Documents of

 

12


such entity or the terms of any contract to which such entity or any Person controlling such entity is a party or bound. The Company is not a participant, directly or indirectly, in any joint venture or similar arrangement, other than pursuant to the Joint Venture Agreement.

3.4. Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents . (a) The Company has the requisite power and authority to enter into and deliver this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming that each of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents, respectively, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the other parties hereto and thereto, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity) (such exceptions, the “ Enforceability Exceptions ”).

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents by the Company will not, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents does not and will not:

(i) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, any provision of the Company’s Constituent Documents;

(ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default (or an event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, require any notice, consent, approval or waiver under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, suspension, revocation or cancellation of, or result in the creation or continuance of any Lien on any shares, interests or securities of any other member of the Company Group or any of the material assets or properties of the Company Group pursuant to any contract, permit or obligation to which any member of the Company Group is a party or by which any member of the Company Group or any of its respective assets or properties is bound, other than such of the foregoing that are not and could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group; or

 

13


(iii) assuming the accuracy of the representations made by each of the Investors in Article 4, conflict with or violate any Law applicable to any member of the Company Group or any of the assets or properties of the Company Group, other than such of the foregoing that do not and could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group.

3.5. Consents . No notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, nor expiration nor termination of any statutory waiting periods, is necessary for the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement

3.6. Financial Statements . Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete copy of (a) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company Group as at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the periods then ended, together with the notes thereto, and (b) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company Group as at September 30, 2011, and the consolidated related statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the nine-month period then ended. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, assets and liabilities, results of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity of the Company Group as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject in the case of the Unaudited Financial Statements to normal year-end adjustments, none of which are material in nature or amount.

3.7. Other Financial Matters . (a) Except for (i) Liabilities reflected in or reserved against in the balance sheet included in the most recent Financial Statements prior to the Closing, (ii) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the balance sheet included in the most recent Financial Statements prior to the Closing that are not material in nature or amount, and (iii) Liabilities with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder, no member of the Company Group has any Liability of any nature, other than Liabilities that do not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(b) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries maintain records that reflect in reasonable detail all transactions to which the Company or its Subsidiaries are parties and maintain systems of internal controls in accordance with GAAP and all applicable legal requirements sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.

3.8. Absence of Certain Changes . Since September 30, 2011, there has been no Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company Group.

 

14


3.9. Taxes . (a) Each member of the Company Group has timely filed with the appropriate taxing authorities all material Tax Returns required by applicable Law to be filed by it. All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects and were prepared in substantial compliance with all applicable Laws and regulations. Each member of the Company Group has paid all material Taxes (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) imposed on it that have become due and payable in respect of periods or portions thereof beginning before and ending on or before the applicable Closing. No member of the Company Group currently is the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any material Tax Return.

(b) Each member of the Company Group has withheld and paid all material Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder, or other third party.

(c) No member of the Company Group or director or officer (or employee responsible for Tax matters) of a member of the Company Group expects any authority to assess any additional material Taxes for any period for which Tax Returns have been filed. To the Knowledge of the Company, no federal, state, local or foreign audits or other administrative proceedings or court proceedings are pending with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of the members of the Company Group. No member of the Company Group has received any written (i) notice of any such pending audits or proceedings or (ii) request for information related to Tax matters.

(d) There are no outstanding waivers extending the statutory period of limitation relating to the payment of Taxes due from any member of the Company Group.

(e) Neither the IRS nor any other taxing authority (whether domestic or foreign) has asserted or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to assert (including by issuing a notice of deficiency or proposed adjustment) against any member of the Company Group any deficiency or claim for Taxes.

(f) There are no Liens for Taxes upon any property or assets of any member of the Company Group, except for Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and as to which the applicable member of the Company Group has made adequate provision for payment.

(g) No member of the Company Group has any obligation under any tax-sharing agreement with any other Person with respect to the payment of Taxes of any other Person or has any liability for Taxes of any other Person.

(h) As applicable, each member of the Company Group has disclosed on its U.S. federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of U.S. federal income tax within the meaning of Code Section 6662. No member of the Company Group has (i) been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return (other than a group

 

15


the common parent of which was a member of the Company Group) or (ii) any Liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than any other member of the Company Group) under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of Law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(i) The unpaid Taxes of the members of the Company Group (i) did not, as of the most recent fiscal month end, materially exceed the reserve for Tax liabilities (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and tax income) set forth on the face of the most recent balance sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) and (ii) do not materially exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the applicable Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of members of the Company Group in filing their Tax Returns. Since the date of the most recent balance sheet prior to the applicable Closing Date, no member of the Company Group has incurred any liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, as that term is used in GAAP, outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice.

(j) No member of the Company Group will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any:

(i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date;

(ii) “closing agreement” as described in Code Section 7121 (or any corresponding or similar provision of tax Law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date;

(iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Code Section 1502 (or any corresponding or similar provision of income Tax Law) incurred on or prior to the Closing Date;

(iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date;

(v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date; or

(vi) election under Code Section 108(i) made on or prior to the Closing Date.

(k) No member of the Company Group has been notified by a jurisdiction in which such member does not file a Tax Return of a claim that such member is required to file a Tax Return in such jurisdiction.

(l) Since January 1, 2007, no member of the Company Group has distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Code Section 355 or Code Section 361.

 

16


(m) No member of the Company Group has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) during the applicable period specified in Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii). The Company Group is not currently, and does not currently expect to become, a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Code Section 1297.

(n) No member of the Company Group is or has been a party to any “listed transaction,” as defined in Code Section 6707A(c)(2) and U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).

(o) No member of the Company Group has incurred or is currently subject to any material United States federal or state income Tax on gross or net income other than the Tax imposed on the United States source gross transportation income of non-U.S. corporations under Code Section 887.

3.10. Litigation . There is no action, complaint, claim, lawsuit, demand, charge, inquiry, proceeding, arbitration or investigation against any member of the Company Group or any property or asset of any member of the Company Group pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened before any Governmental Entity or nonjudicial dispute resolution forum, other than such of the foregoing that do not and could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company. No member of the Company Group or any property or asset of any member of the Company Group is subject to any Order, other than such of the foregoing that do not and could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company.

3.11. Compliance with Applicable Laws, Etc . Each member of the Company Group is complying with, and since January 1, 2010 has complied with, in all material respects, all Laws applicable to its business, property or assets, including environmental and labor and employment relations, safety, health and other Laws.

3.12. Indebtedness . Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule and for Indebtedness of one member of the Company Group to another member of the Company Group, no member of the Company Group has any Indebtedness as of the date of this Agreement.

3.13. Owned Real Property . Except as disclosed in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, no member of the Company Group owns or has since January 1, 2007 owned any real property or any interest therein, and no member of the Company Group is a party or ever has been a party to any agreement or option to purchase any real property or interest therein.

3.14. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Related Matters . Without limiting the generality or effect of the other provision hereof, no member of the Company Group or its respective directors, officers, representatives, employees or agents or any other Person acting on behalf of any such Person have, with respect to the business of the Company Group, (i) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful payments relating to any political activity, (ii) made any unlawful

 

17


payment to any government official or employee or any political party or campaign, or (iii) violated any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in Business Transactions or any other anti-bribery conventions or applicable local anti-corruption or bribery Laws.

3.15. Money Laundering . Without limiting the generality or effect of the other provision hereof, the operations of the Company Group are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity.

3.16. OFAC . Without limiting the generality or effect of the other provision hereof, no member of the Company Group nor any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”). The Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds from the Shares, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds, to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

3.17. Insurance . Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all insurance policies of any nature maintained, as of the date hereof, for current occurrences by the Company Group. Each member of the Company Group has in full force and effect all insurance policies, with coverage, in customary amounts (subject to reasonable deductibles), sufficient to provide adequate insurance coverage for all of the assets and properties of the Company Group for all material risks customarily insured against by Persons engaged in a similar business, and in compliance with applicable Law and the terms of all charter parties and other contracts. There are no pending claims against any such insurance policy as to which the insurers have denied or threatened in writing to deny liability.

3.18. Investment Company Status . The Company is not registered, and upon the issuance of the Shares will not be required to register, as an “investment company” under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).

3.19. Affiliate Transactions . Except as set forth in Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule, no officer, director or shareholder of the Company, or any Affiliate or family member thereof, is a party to any contract, commitment or transaction with any other member of the Company Group or has any interest in any property used or held for use by the Company Group.

3.20. Brokers . No broker, agent, investment banker, financial advisor or finder is entitled to any brokerage fees, commissions or finders’ fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group.

 

18


3.21. Application of Takeover Protections . The Company and the Board have taken all necessary action, if any, in order to render inapplicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement any control share acquisition, interested stockholder, business combination, stockholder rights plan or similar arrangement relating to accumulations of beneficial ownership of Common Shares or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Company’s Constituent Documents or the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or otherwise which is or would reasonably be expected to become applicable to any Investor as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.22. Vessels . (a) Either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, is the sole owner of each vessel described on Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule (each, a “ Company Vessel ” and, collectively, the “ Company Vessels ”) and has good title to the Company Vessels.

(b) Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a description of each Company Vessel, including its name, capacity (cbm), year built, its classification society, the flag under which such Company Vessel is registered and whether such Company Vessel is currently operating in the spot or time charter market. Each Company Vessel (i) is duly registered as a vessel under the Laws of the jurisdiction set forth opposite its name on Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) is seaworthy and in good operating condition, (iii) has all national and international operating and trading certificates and endorsements, each valid and unextended, that are required for the operation of such Company Vessel in the trades and geographic areas in which it is operated, and (iv) has been classed by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, and is fully in class with no outstanding material recommendations or notations. No event has occurred and no condition exists that would cause any Company Vessel’s class to be suspended or withdrawn, and all events and conditions that are required to be reported as to class have been disclosed and reported to such Company Vessel’s classification society.

(c) The Company Vessels are (i) free of damage affecting their class, (ii) have all their classification trading and statutory certificates and national certificates, as well as other certificates, plans and technical documentation, and (iii) supplied with spare parts at levels consistent with operational needs and such spare parts are in the aggregate usable in the ordinary course of business.

3.23. No General Solicitation . Neither the Company nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder (a) engaged in any general solicitation or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

19


4. Representations and Warranties of the Investors . Each Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company as to itself, as follows:

4.1. Organization of Investors; Authority . (a) Such Investor has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization (as applicable). Such Investor has the requisite power and authority to enter into and deliver this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by such Investor and the performance by such Investor of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Investor. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by such Investor and, assuming that this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the other parties hereto and thereto, this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable against such Investor in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents by such Investor does not, and the consummation by such Investor of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party does not and will not:

(i) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, any provision of the Constituent Documents of such Investor;

(ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default (or an event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, require any notice, consent, approval or waiver under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, suspension, revocation or cancellation of, or result in the creation or continuance of any Lien on any of the assets or properties of such Investor pursuant to, any contract, permit or obligation to which such Investor is a party or by which such Investor or any of its assets or properties is bound; or

(iii) conflict with or violate any Law applicable to such Investor or any of its assets or properties.

4.2. Purchase for Own Account . This Agreement is made with such Investor in reliance upon such Investor’s representation to the Company, which by such Investor’s execution of this Agreement such Investor hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by such Investor will be acquired for investment for such Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the public resale or distribution of any part thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act in violation thereof, and that such Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any

 

20


participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation thereof. By executing this Agreement, such Investor further represents that such Investor does not have as of the date of this Agreement any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares.

4.3. Restricted Securities . Such Investor understands that the Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein. Such Investor understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities Laws and that, pursuant to these Laws, the Investor must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Except as otherwise provided for in the Investor Rights Agreement, such Investor acknowledges that the Company does not have any obligation to register or qualify the Shares. Such Investor further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements, including the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Investor’s control, and which the Company is not under any obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

4.4. Investment Experience . Such Investor has experience as an investor in securities of companies at the stage of development of the Company and acknowledges that the Investor is able to make an informed investment decision, can bear the economic risk of such Investor’s investment in the Shares and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment in the Shares.

4.5. Brokers or Finders . Such Investor has not engaged any broker, agent, investment banker, financial advisor or finder and none of the Company or any Investor has or will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investors, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

4.6. Tax Advisors . Such Investor has reviewed with its own Tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and foreign Tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. With respect to such matters, such Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company (other than the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents) or any of their respective agents, written or oral. Except as otherwise agreed in the Transaction Documents, such Investor understands that it will be responsible for its own Tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

21


4.7. Accredited Investor Status . Such Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and will submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may reasonably be requested by the Company.

4.8. Foreign Investors . If such Investor is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), such Investor hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the Laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (a) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (d) the income Tax and other Tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of the Shares. Such Investor’s subscription and payment for and continued Beneficial Ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other Laws of the Investor’s jurisdiction.

4.9. No General Solicitation . Neither such Investor nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder, (a) engaged in any general solicitation or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

4.10. No Regulatory Approvals . To the Knowledge of such Investor, as of the date of this Agreement, neither the Initial Closing nor any Subsequent Closing requires any regulatory approval of or filing with respect to such Investor with any Governmental Entity as the result of its entry into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

4.11. Availability of Funds . Such Investor will have, as of each Closing, sufficient funds available to fund the portion of the Purchase Price required to be funded by such Investor at such Closing.

5. Covenants .

5.1. Cooperation . Each of the parties will promptly notify the other parties in writing of, and the breaching party will use commercially reasonable efforts to cure before the applicable Closing, any event, transaction or circumstance, as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes known to such party, that causes or may reasonably be expected to cause any covenant or other agreement under this Agreement to be violated or remain unfilled in any material respect or that renders untrue in any material respect any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement, in either case with respect to such Closing.

5.2. Governmental Approvals . (a) The parties will cooperate with each other and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to (and, with respect to the antitrust Laws, if applicable, will use their respective commercially reasonable efforts

 

22


to cause their respective Affiliates to) promptly prepare and file all necessary documentation to effect all applications, notices, petitions and filings to obtain as promptly as practicable all governmental approvals necessary to consummate each Closing, as applicable, and to otherwise effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “ Required Governmental Approvals ”), and to comply with the terms and conditions of all such Required Governmental Approvals. The parties will use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to file all required initial applications and documents in connection with obtaining the Required Governmental Approvals within a reasonable period of time prior to the applicable Closing and will act reasonably and promptly thereafter in responding to additional requests and comments in connection therewith. Each of the parties will have the right to consult with the others on, in each case subject to applicable Laws relating to the exchange of information (including antitrust Laws), all the information relating to the other and any of its Affiliates that appears in any filing made with, or written materials submitted to, any third Person or Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Each of the parties will promptly notify the other parties upon receiving any communication from any Governmental Entity whose consent, approval or waiver of a right to enjoin or object is required for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any Closing, which indicates that there is a reasonable likelihood that such consent or approval or waiver from such Governmental Entity will not be obtained or that the receipt of any such consent or approval will be materially delayed.

5.3. Performance . Except as otherwise required pursuant to an Order, prior to each Closing, each of the parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy or cause to be satisfied with respect to itself all of the conditions to the obligations of the other parties set forth in Sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4.

5.4. Publicity . Promptly after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company and WLR will issue an initial press release in the form agreed by the Company and WLR. Thereafter, except as may be required by applicable Law or legal process or relevant stock exchanges or self regulatory organizations, no party will publish any press release or release any similar public statement regarding the terms of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents (including any employee or trade announcement), other than as to the fact of any investment, the amount invested and numbers of Common Shares subject hereto, without the prior written consent of WLR and the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party is permitted to disclose this Agreement to any Governmental Entity if required by Law or relevant stock exchanges or self regulatory organizations, for any accounting and/or auditing purposes or for reporting to investors.

5.5. Provision of Tax Information . Each of the Investors agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to gather information requested by the Company to permit the Company to claim the exclusion from U.S. federal income tax of income from the international operation of ships under Section 883 of the Code, including the completion and submission of ownership statements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.883-3(c) or -4(d).

 

23


5.6. Further Actions . In case at any time after any Closing Date, including the Initial Closing Date, any further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest any Investor with valid legal title to any applicable Shares in accordance with this Agreement, the parties will take or cause to be taken all such necessary or appropriate action in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement.

5.7. Company Covenants . From the date of this Agreement until the final Subsequent Closing Date, the Company will operate the business of the Company Group in all material respects in the ordinary course of business thereof and use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve in all material respects the assets, business relationships and goodwill of the Company Group.

5.8. Certain Deliveries . Prior to each Subsequent Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investors (a) a true and complete copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company Group as at December 31st of the two most recent calendar years for which audited financial statements have been prepared as of such time, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the periods then ended, together with the notes thereto, (b) a true and complete copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company Group as at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter (unless such immediately preceding calendar quarter ended on December 31st), and the consolidated related statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the relevant period then ended, and (c) a summary of any action, complaint, claim, lawsuit, demand, charge, inquiry, proceeding, arbitration or investigation against any member of the Company Group or any property or asset of any member of the Company Group then pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, then threatened before any Governmental Entity or nonjudicial dispute resolution forum.

6. Closing Deliveries; Conditions Precedent to Each Closing .

6.1. Initial Closing Deliveries . (a)  Deliveries by the Company . At the Initial Closing, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Investors, the following items:

(i) the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the Initial Closing Date, duly executed by the Company; and

(ii) a copy of Board action or minutes of a Board meeting, certified by the Secretary of the Company, reflecting that the applicable Board Designee (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) has been duly elected to the Board.

 

24


(b) Deliveries by the Investors . At the Initial Closing, the Investors will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Company, the following items:

(i) a complete and executed IRS Form W-9, W-8BEN or W-8IMY (with all applicable attachments), as appropriate, with respect to such Investor; and

(ii) the Investor Rights Agreement, duly executed by each of the Investors.

6.2. Conditions of the Parties’ Obligations To Effect Each Closing . The respective obligations of the parties to this Agreement to effect any Closing are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions prior to such Closing:

(a) No Injunctions . No Governmental Entity shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law that has the effect of enjoining, making illegal, materially conditioning or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents or such Closing.

(b) Governmental Approvals . All Required Governmental Approvals, if any, shall have been obtained, all such approvals shall remain in full force and effect and all applicable statutory waiting periods in respect thereof shall have expired.

6.3. Additional Conditions of the Company’s Obligation To Effect Each Closing . The obligation of the Company to effect any Closing is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions prior to each Closing, any of which may be waived in writing by the Company:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of each Investor contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such Closing, with the same force and effect as if made as at such Closing, other than such representations and warranties as are made as of another date, which will be true and correct in all material respects as of such date, if earlier than the applicable Closing.

(b) Performance of Obligations of the Investors . Each of the Investors shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by such Investor under this Agreement prior to such Closing.

(c) Officer’s Certificate . The Company shall have received a certificate dated as of the date of such Closing duly executed by an executive officer or other authorized person of each Investor to the effect of Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b).

 

25


(d) Payment of Purchase Price . Each of the Investors shall have delivered to the Company its portion of the applicable purchase price for the relevant Initial Shares or Subsequent Shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2.

(e) Other Deliveries . With respect to the Initial Closing only, each of the Investors shall have delivered the items required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b).

6.4. Additional Conditions of the Investors’ Obligations To Effect Each Closing . The obligation of each Investor to effect any Closing is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions prior to such Closing, provided that the conditions in Sections 6.4(a)-(d) may be waived in writing by Investors representing at least 51% in interest of the Investors:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct when made and shall be true and correct as of such Closing, with the same force and effect as if made as of such Closing, other than such representations and warranties as are made as of another date, which shall be true and correct as of such date, if earlier than such Closing, and except for such breaches as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to either (i) have an adverse effect on the business or consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company Group that would be material or (ii) result in any violation of Law by any Investor.

(b) Performance of Obligations of the Company . The Company shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by the Company under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents prior to such Closing.

(c) Material Adverse Effect . Except for, if applicable, the Qualifying Transaction, the Company shall have operated its business in the ordinary course thereof since September 30, 2011 and since that date there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Officer’s Certificate . Each Investor shall have received a certificate dated as of the date of such Closing duly executed by an executive officer or other authorized person of the Company to the effect of Section 6.4(a), 6.4(b) and 6.4(c).

(e) Shares . The Company shall have delivered to the Investors certificates or a statement of book-entry shares representing all of the Initial Shares or Subsequent Shares applicable to such Closing.

(f) Other Deliveries . With respect to the Initial Closing only, the Company shall have delivered the items required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a).

 

26


7. Survival and Indemnification .

7.1. Survival . (i) The representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement (except for representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4(b)(i), 3.9, 3.18, 3.21 and 3.23, and 4.1 to 4.4, inclusive, and 4.7 and 4.9 hereof (collectively, the “ Fundamental Reps ”)) will survive, with respect to the Shares purchased on the applicable Closing Date, the applicable Closing Date for a period of 18 months after the applicable Closing Date and (ii) the Fundamental Reps will survive, with respect to the Shares purchased on the applicable Closing Date, until 60 days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, taking into account any extensions thereof; provided , however , that any representation or warranty in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Article 7 and the indemnity with respect thereto will survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to this Section 7.1, if written notice of the inaccuracy or breach thereof giving rise to such right of indemnity has been given to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought prior to such time (in any such case such representation or warranty will survive only with respect to such claim until any claim for indemnity related to such inaccuracy or breach is resolved). All of the covenants or other agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement will survive the Initial Closing Date indefinitely.

7.2. Indemnification . (a) Subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.4, from and after the Initial Closing Date, the Company will indemnify, defend and hold each member of the WLR Group and their respective directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, stockholders, partners, equityholders, representatives, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Investor Indemnified Parties ”) harmless from and against any and all losses, Liabilities, claims, demands, defenses, judgments, payments, obligations, penalties, damages, fines, litigation, suits, proceedings, actions, costs, including investigation costs and expert and consultant fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, whether or not involving a third party claim (individually, a “ Loss ” and, collectively, “ Losses ”), including any further Losses arising from the payment of, or obligation to pay, any indemnity claim relating to such Losses, based upon, or resulting from:

(i) the breach of or failure of a representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date hereof and/or as of the applicable Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties that only speak as to a particular time, in which case only at and as of such time) in all material respects; and

(ii) any breach of or failure to perform any covenant, agreement or obligation of the Company in this Agreement in all material respects.

(b) Subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.4, from and after the Initial Closing Date each Investor will, severally and not jointly, indemnify, defend and hold the Company and its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, partners, equityholders, representatives, Affiliates, representatives, successors and permitted assigns harmless

 

27


from and against any and all Losses, including any further Losses arising from the payment of, or obligation to pay, any indemnity claim relating to such Losses, based upon, or resulting from:

(i) the breach of or failure of a representation or warranty made by such Investor with respect to itself but not with respect to any other Investor in this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date hereof and/or as of the applicable Closing (except for such representations and warranties that only speak as to a particular time, in which case only at and as of such time) in all material respects; and

(ii) any breach of or failure to perform any covenant, agreement or obligation of such Investor with respect to itself or WLR, but not with respect to any other Investor in this Agreement, in all material respects.

7.3. Indemnification Procedures . (a) A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a third party claim may be asserted by written notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought.

(b) In the event that any legal proceedings are instituted or that any claim or demand is asserted by any third party in respect of which payment may be sought under Section 7.2 (taking into account the limitations set forth in Section 7.4 and Section 7.5) (an “ Indemnification Claim ”), the Indemnified Party will promptly cause written notice of the assertion of any Indemnification Claim of which it has knowledge which is covered by this indemnity to be forwarded to the Indemnifying Party and will provide a summary of the nature and basis of the legal proceeding, claim or demand and the basis for Indemnification Claim. The failure of the Indemnified Party to give reasonably prompt notice of any Indemnification Claim will not release, waive or otherwise affect the Indemnifying Party’s obligations with respect thereto except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced as a result of such failure. The Indemnifying Party will have 30 days from receipt of such notice to give notice to the Indemnified Party to assume the defense thereof. If notice to the effect set forth in the immediately preceding sentence is given by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party will have the right, at its sole expense, to be represented by counsel of its choice, which must be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and to assume the defense of any such Indemnification Claim which relates to any Losses indemnified against hereunder; provided , however , that if the Indemnifying Party elects to assume control of such defense, it will agree in writing to be responsible for all Losses relating to such Indemnification Claim; and provided , further , however , that the (i) Indemnifying Party will not be entitled to assume control of such defense if (A) the claim for indemnification relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation or (B) the claim seeks an injunction or equitable relief against the Indemnified Party, and (ii) Indemnified Party will be entitled to assume control of such defense if the Indemnifying Party fails to diligently defend such claim or if the Indemnifying Party fails to provide notice that it will assume the defense within the time provided herein. If the Indemnifying Party has assumed such defense, the

 

28


Indemnified Party will be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and to employ counsel of its choice for such purpose at its own expense. The Parties agree to cooperate reasonably with each other in connection with the defense, negotiation or settlement of any such Indemnification Claim; provided , however , that nothing herein will prevent the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party from separately defending an Indemnification Claim at such party’s own cost and expense to the extent that (x) the Indemnification Claim would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates in any material respect other than with respect to the payment of monetary damages in an amount that does not exceed the Cap, (y) a material conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in connection with such defense, or there are specific material defenses available to one party that are different from, or in addition to, those available to the other party and that could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the other party, or (z) the Indemnification Claim involves monetary damages in an amount in excess of the Cap. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.3 to the contrary, neither the Indemnifying Party nor the Indemnified Party will, without the written consent of the other, settle or compromise any Indemnification Claim or permit a default or consent to entry of any judgment unless (I) the claimant or claimants and such party provide to such other party an unqualified release from all liability in respect of the Indemnification Claim or (II) such Indemnification Claim only involves payment of monetary damages not in excess of the Cap. If the Indemnifying Party makes any payment on any Indemnification Claim, the Indemnifying Party will be subrogated, to the extent of such payment, to all rights and remedies of the Indemnified Party to any insurance benefits or other claims of the Indemnified Party with respect to such Indemnification Claim.

7.4. Limitations on Indemnification . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Indemnifying Party will not be liable under this Article 7 for any Losses to the extent that the Indemnified Parties have otherwise been fully compensated for such Losses pursuant to this Article 7 so as to avoid “double counting” of the same Losses and (ii) each of the parties hereto will use their commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate all Losses relating to an Indemnification Claim contemplated by Section 7.3(b).

(b) From and after the Initial Closing Date, except with respect to claims for fraud or willful misconduct, the sole and exclusive remedy for any and all Losses arising out or relating to any breach, or alleged breach, of any representation or warranty or any covenant or agreement in this Agreement, will be the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 7, and the parties hereto each hereby waive to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law any other remedy to which they or any other Person entitled to indemnification hereunder may have at Law or in equity with respect thereto; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 7.4(b) will prevent any party from exercising its rights pursuant to Section 8.5 in lieu of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 7.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in no event will the aggregate amount of Losses for which an Indemnifying Party is obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(i) or Section 7.2(b)(i)

 

29


exceed the aggregate Purchase Price (the “ Cap ”); provided , however , that the Cap will not limit the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties with respect to any Losses resulting from or relating to breaches of any Fundamental Reps (other than breaches of Section 3.9) or any Losses to the extent resulting from fraud on the part of the Indemnifying Party.

7.5. Additional Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no party hereto will be liable to or otherwise responsible to any Indemnified Party for any punitive damages (other than punitive damages awarded to a third party pursuant to a third party Indemnification Claim) or any damages based on the theory that such party could have used the amounts funded herein in respect of the Purchase Price for other investments.

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1. Expenses . Except as expressly provided in Section 8.4, each of the parties will pay its own legal, accounting and other miscellaneous expenses incident to this Agreement, except that (a) in connection with the Initial Closing, the Company will pay up to $300,000 of the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incident to this Agreement of the Investors, including reasonable attorneys’ fees billed at standard hourly rates and disbursements (collectively, “ Investor Costs ”), and (b) in connection with each Subsequent Closing, the Company will pay up to $75,000 of the Investor Costs incident to such Subsequent Closing. Such payments will be made by the Company (i) by deduction from the amounts specified on Exhibit B of the amount of applicable Investor Costs either paid by or on behalf of the Investors or as to which the Investors have received invoices prior to the applicable Closing and (ii) promptly and in any event within ten Business Days after request therefor (accompanied by reasonable substantiating documentation) is made, for all Investor Costs not reimbursed pursuant to clause (ii) above.

8.2. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications made under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement must be in writing and be given by hand delivery, email, facsimile or next Business Day courier to the affected party at the addresses and facsimile numbers set forth below or at such other addresses or facsimile numbers as such party may have provided to the other parties in accordance herewith. Such notices will be deemed given at the time personally delivered (if delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged), upon issuance by the transmitting machine of confirmation that the number of pages constituting the notice has been transmitted without error and confirmed telephonically (if sent by email or facsimile), and the first Business Day after timely delivery to the courier (if sent by next-Business Day courier specifying next-Business Day delivery).

 

  (a) If to the Company, to:

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

399 Park Avenue, 39 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

 

30


Attention: David Butters

Fax No.: 212.355.5981

Email: davidbutters@navigatorgas.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10103

Attention: Allan Reiss

Fax No.: 917.849.5363

Email: areiss@velaw.com

 

  (b) If to any of the Investors:

c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

Fax No.: 212.317.4893

Email: wlross@wlross.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Jones Day

222 East 41st Street

New York, New York 1017

Attention: Robert Profusek, Esq.

Fax No.: 212.326.3800

Email: raprofusek@jonesday.com

8.3. Interpretation . (a) This Agreement has been freely and fairly negotiated among the parties. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section or Exhibit, such reference will be to an Article, Section or Exhibit of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” “$” refers to U.S. dollars. Words used in the singular form in this Agreement will be deemed to include the plural, and vice versa, as the context may require. If the date upon or by which any party hereto is required to perform any covenant or obligation hereunder falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then such date of performance will be automatically extended to the next Business Day thereafter. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in

 

31


this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) “or” is disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive, (ii) the use in this Agreement of a pronoun in reference to a party hereto includes the masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context may require, and (iii) unless otherwise defined herein, terms used herein which are defined in GAAP have the meanings ascribed to them therein. All Exhibits hereto will be deemed part of this Agreement and included in any reference to this Agreement. Any agreement, instrument or Law defined or referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or Law as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented (and, in the case of any Law, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of Laws) by succession of comparable successor Laws.

(b) Without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof, no member of the WLR Group will have any liability or obligation to the Company or any other Person with respect to whether the terms of a Qualifying Transaction are reasonably acceptable to the Investors so long as WLR (acting through its investment committee) made such determination based on such factors as it determined in its good faith business judgment to be relevant at the time in question to whether such investment represented an appropriate investment by the Investors (including economic and legal terms, market conditions and the Company’s future prospects); provided , however , that such determination will not take into consideration the availability of funds to the Investors.

8.4. Governing Law . This Agreement, any claims, causes of actions or disputes (whether in contract or tort) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely in the State of New York, United States of America, without regard to any applicable conflict of Laws principles. The parties hereto agree that any action seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement will only be brought in any United States District Court located in New York County, New York so long as such court has subject matter jurisdiction over such action, or alternatively in any New York State Court located in New York County, New York if the aforesaid United States District Courts do not have subject matter jurisdiction, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement will be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such action and irrevocably waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such action in any such court or that any such action which is brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such action may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 8.2 will be deemed effective service of process on such party. In the event of litigation relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party will be liable and pay to the prevailing party the reasonable costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such litigation, including any appeal therefrom.

 

32


8.5. Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached, that monetary damages may be inadequate and that a party may have no adequate remedy at Law. Notwithstanding Section 8.4, the parties accordingly agree that the parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in action instituted in a United States District Court located in New York County, New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at Law or in equity. In the event that a party seeks in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, no party will allege, and each party hereby waives the defense or counterclaim that, there is an adequate remedy at Law.

8.6. Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or delegated by any of the parties without the prior written consent of the other parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Investor will have the right to assign and delegate all of its rights, interests and obligations under this Agreement, including the right to enforce all of the terms of this Agreement, to an Affiliate of such Investor, including any Affiliated fund, and provided further that, in each case, (a) such assignee expressly agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Investor Rights Agreement and (b) no such assignment will relieve such Investor from its obligations hereunder. Subject to the two preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective assigns.

8.7. Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended or modified by the parties except (a) by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and WLR (on behalf of the WLR Group) or (b) by a waiver in accordance with Section 8.8.

8.8. Extension; Waiver . Any waiver hereunder will be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed by the party or parties entitled to waive the provision being so waived. The failure or delay of any of the parties to assert any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of such rights nor will it preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right or remedy.

8.9. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties and their permitted assigns and nothing herein expressed or implied will give or be construed to give any Person, other than the parties and such assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder.

8.10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, representations and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, including any confidentiality agreements previously entered into by the Company, on the one hand, and the WLR Group or any member thereof, on the other hand.

 

33


8.11. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any Law or public policy in any jurisdiction, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions and the intention of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any of the parties. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

8.12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which will constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by any party hereto by means of a facsimile, email or PDF transmission of an originally executed counterpart, the delivery of which facsimile, email or PDF transmission will have the same force and effect, except as specified in any document executed and delivered pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, as the delivery of the originally executed counterpart.

8.13. WLR as Representative Party . Each Investor irrevocably appoints WLR as its representative to take any action contemplated hereunder to be taken by it, including the execution and delivery of any consent or waiver hereunder or amendment hereto. WLR will have no liability or obligation to the Company for any act or failure to act; provided , however , that nothing herein will relieve the Investors from any liability under this Agreement for any breach by WLR of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

8.14. Certain Consents and Waivers . The parties hereto acknowledge the extent of the prior and existing representations by counsel of the parties hereto and of the parties to the related Transaction Documents and have affirmatively consented to Jones Day’s representation of the WLR Group and Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s representation of the Company, in both cases in connection with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the transactions contemplated thereby, and any related or unrelated transactional or litigation matters now existing or arising in the future. The parties waive any objection to such representations, any conflict of interest or other basis for precluding, challenging or otherwise disqualifying the above-referenced firms from such representations based on any prior or existing representation by either such firm, and agree that no such objection, conflict of interest or other basis for precluding, challenging or otherwise disqualifying the above-referenced firms from representing their respective clients will be asserted by either party if litigation among the parties hereto, or any of them, proceeds or develops, whether or not the transactions

 

34


contemplated hereby are or have been consummated. Each party has had the opportunity to consult with counsel concerning this waiver, and confirms that its consent is voluntary, fully informed and to be relied upon by the other party hereto and the above-referenced firms.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.
By:  

/s/ David J. Butters

  Name: David J. Butters
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
WL ROSS & CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Gibbons

 

Name: Michael J. Gibbons

Title: Chief Financial Officer

INVESTORS:
WLR RECOVERY FUND IV DSS AIV, L.P.
By:   WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV, L.P., its General Partner

By:

  WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV GP, Ltd., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Gibbons

  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Authorized Person


 

WLR IV PARALLEL ESC, L.P.
By:   INVESCO WLR IV Associates LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Invesco Private Capital, Inc.,
  its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Gibbons

  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Authorized Person
WLR RECOVERY FUND V DSS AIV, L.P.
By:   WLR Recovery Associates V DSS
  AIV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   WLR Recovery Associates V DSS
  AIV GP, Ltd., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Gibbons

  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Authorized Person
WLR V PARALLEL ESC, L.P.
By:   Invesco WLR V Associates LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Invesco Private Capital, Inc.,
  its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Gibbons

  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Authorized Person

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Copy

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

This INVESTMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated February 15, 2013, is among Navigator Holdings Ltd., a corporation organized under the Laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”), WL Ross & Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ WLR ”), the Persons signing this Agreement as “ WLR Investors ” on the signature page hereto (each a “ WLR Investor ” and collectively, the “ WLR Investors ” and, together with WLR, the “ WLR Group ”), each of which is an entity sponsored by or an Affiliate of WLR, and the Persons signing this Agreement as “ Other Investors ” on the signature page hereto (each, an “ Other Investor ” and collectively, the “ Other Investors ”). The WLR Investors and the Other Investors are collectively referred to herein as “ Investors .”

RECITALS

A. Certain WLR Investors and the Company entered into an equity commitment letter (the “ WLR Commitment Letter ”), dated November 14, 2012, pursuant to which such WLR Investors agreed to purchase up to 2,500,000 of the Company’s common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), at a price of $30.00 per share.

B. The Investors not party to the WLR Commitment Letter wish to purchase a portion of the Shares from the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

C. The Shares will be offered and sold to the Investors in a private placement without being registered under the Securities Act or any other securities Laws.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

2008 Plan ” means the Company’s 2008 Restricted Stock Plan.

2012 Bonds ” means the 9.0% Navigator Holdings Ltd. Senior Unsecured Callable Bond Issue 2012/2017 bonds issued pursuant to the Bond Agreement, dated December 14, 2012, between the Company (as Issuer) and Norsk Tillitsmann ASA (as Bond Trustee on behalf of the bondholders).

Affiliate ” means with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For this purpose, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with


respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be deemed to be Affiliates of any member of the WLR Group.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company and each member of the WLR Group, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Anticipated Delivery Date ” means, with respect to any APMM Vessel, the expected date of delivery of such APMM Vessel to the Company as identified on Exhibit B hereto.

APPM ” means A.P. Møller-Maersk.

APMM Transaction ” means the acquisition by the Company Group of the APMM Vessels from APMM pursuant to the Framework Agreement and the related transactions entered into in anticipation of, or in connection with, such acquisition, including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Nordea Credit Facility and any other debt financing entered into by any member of the Company Group in connection therewith.

APMM Vessels ” means the vessels to be purchased by the Company Group pursuant to the APMM Transaction, as reflected on Exhibit B hereto, which includes the acquisition price and expected delivery date for each vessel.

Beneficial Owner ” or “ Beneficially Own ” has the meaning given to such terms under Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in London, England or New York, New York, USA, are required or authorized to close.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Common Shares ” means the Company’s common shares, par value $0.01 per share.

Company Group ” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Constituent Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the articles of incorporation and bylaws or comparable constituent documents of such Person.

 

2


Convertible Securities ” means all securities exercisable or exchangeable for, convertible into or representing a right to purchase Common Shares or other Voting Securities.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.

Framework Agreement ” means the Framework Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2012, among Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, A.P. Møller Singapore Pte Ltd, Live Oak Company Limited, the Company and Navigator Gas L.L.C. providing for the acquisition of the APMM Vessels pursuant to the APMM Transaction.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles and practices as of the date hereof and applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

Governmental Entity ” means any (a) nation, principality, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature, (b) governmental or quasi-governmental agency, taxing authority and any court or other tribunal (foreign, federal, state or local), or (c) Person or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative, regulatory, police, military or taxing authority or power of any nature.

Indebtedness ” means, without duplication:

(a) all indebtedness for borrowed money;

(b) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than property, including inventory and services purchased, trade payables and deferred compensation items arising in the ordinary course of business and properly classified as accounts payable under GAAP);

(c) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments (other than performance, surety and appeal bonds arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of which a Person’s liability remains contingent);

(d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired (whether or not the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property);

(e) all obligations under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, to the extent required to be so recorded;

(f) all reimbursement, payment or similar obligations, contingent or otherwise, under acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities (other than any such obligations arising to secure payment obligations in the ordinary course of business in respect of which a Person’s liability remains contingent);

 

3


(g) all liabilities or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above but of other Persons, which liabilities or obligations are guaranteed directly or indirectly by a Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by a Person, through a contract (i) to pay or purchase such liabilities or obligations or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such liabilities or obligations, (ii) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling another Person to make payment of such liabilities or obligations, (iii) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in another Person (including any agreement to pay for property or services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered), or (iv) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of such liabilities or obligations;

(h) any accrued and unpaid interest on liabilities or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above; and

(i) all liabilities or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such liabilities or obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by a Person, even though the Person may not have assumed or become liable for the payment of such liabilities or obligations.

Indemnified Party ” means the Person or Persons indemnified, or entitled or claiming to be entitled to be indemnified, under Section 7.2(a) or 7.2(b), as the case may be.

Indemnifying Party ” means the Person or Persons having the obligation to indemnify another Person under Section 7.2(a) or 7.2(b), as the case may be.

Investor Restrictions Agreement ” means the Investor Restrictions Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2012, by and among the Company, WLR and the other parties thereto.

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and, to the extent relevant, the U.S. Department of Treasury.

Joint Venture Agreement ” means the Joint Venture Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2010, among PT Pesona Sentra Utama, PT Mahameru Kencana Abadi, Navigator Gas Invest Limited and PT Navigator Khatulistiwa, as amended from time to time.

Knowledge ” means, with respect to a Person other than an individual, the knowledge of any director or officer of such Person, after reasonable inquiry and investigation, and, with respect to an individual, the knowledge of such individual, after reasonable inquiry and investigation.

 

4


Law ” means any statute, rule or other legal requirement, including the common law or any Order.

Liabilities ” means all Indebtedness and other liabilities of a Person (whether direct or indirect, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, mature or unmatured, determined or determinable, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated, due or to become due, contingent, fixed or otherwise, and whether in contract, tort, strict liability or otherwise), and including all costs and expenses relating thereto (including, if applicable, all fees, disbursements and expenses of legal counsel, experts, consultants and costs of investigation or enforcement).

Lien ” means any lien, charge, encumbrance, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, claim, charge, option, right of first refusal, easement, servitude, proxy or restriction of any kind, including any restriction on the use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or other exercise of any attributes of ownership.

Material Adverse Effect ” means, (a) with respect to the Company, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate (i) is or would reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company Group, taken as a whole, or (ii) would or would reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, and (b) with respect to an Investor, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, would or would reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of such Investor to perform its obligations under this Agreement or, if applicable, the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement.

Nordea Credit Facility ” means the Facility Agreement, dated February 12, 2013, among Nordea Bank Finland PLC, London Branch, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ), DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, Navigator Gas L.L.C. and the Company.

Order ” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any court or other Governmental Entity.

Per Share Price ” means $30.00.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Entity.

Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to the aggregate of the purchase prices set forth next each Investor’s name on Exhibit C .

 

5


Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.

Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in the Framework Agreement.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise in which such Person (or another Subsidiary of such Person) holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity, (b) the right to receive more than 50% of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity, or (c) a general or managing partnership interest in such entity; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) PT Navigator Khatulistiwa will be deemed to be a Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) for purposes of this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be deemed to be Subsidiaries of any member of the WLR Group.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means all taxes and duties and similar governmental charges, levies, imposts or withholdings (including net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, estimated, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes of any kind whatsoever) whenever and by whatever Governmental Entity imposed, and whether of the United States or a foreign, state or local jurisdiction, together with in any such case any interest, fines, penalties, surcharges and charges incidental or relating to the imposing of any of such Taxes and any additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligation to indemnify or assume or otherwise succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, statement, information statement or other document required to be filed with any Governmental Entity with respect to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

Voting Securities ” means any securities, including Common Shares, of the Company or its successor having the power generally to vote in the election of members of the Board or the equivalent of its successor.

2. Purchase and Sale of the Shares .

2.1. Sale and Issuance of the Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Investor agrees to (i) subscribe for and purchase at the Closing, and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Investor at the Closing, the number of Shares set forth opposite each such Investor’s name on Exhibit C for the Per Share Price. The aggregate purchase price for the purchase and sale of the Shares in respect of each Investor will be the amounts set forth opposite each such Investor’s name on Exhibit C .

 

6


2.2. Closing . The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “ Closing ”) will take place at the offices of Jones Day, 222 East 41st Street, New York, New York 10017 or remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures. The Closing will take place on the date that is the later to occur of (a) February 25, 2012 and (b) one Business Day after the date on which all conditions set forth in Sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 have been satisfied or, to the extent permitted, waived (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or, to the extent permitted, waiver of such conditions) or such other time and place as WLR (without joinder by the Investors) and the Company may mutually agree (the “ Closing Date ”). At the Closing, (i) each Investor will pay an amount equal to the amount set forth opposite each such Investor’s name on Exhibit C by wire transfer of immediately available funds to bank accounts designated by the Company prior to the date hereof and (ii) the Company will issue to each Investor its applicable Shares.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to WLR and to each Investor, except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule attached as Exhibit D to this Agreement (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”), as follows:

3.1. Organization and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing or has equivalent status under the Laws of The Republic of the Marshall Islands and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now being conducted. Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is a corporation or other entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing or has equivalent status under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite corporate or other power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now being conducted. Each member of the Company Group is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing or has equivalent status in each jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing or to have equivalent status would not be material. The Company has previously delivered or made available to each Investor true and complete copies of the Constituent Documents of each member of the Company Group in effect as of the date hereof.

3.2. Shares . (a) Section 3.2(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list, prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, of all of the issued and outstanding Common Shares, including the names and amount held of record by each shareholder. Other than as set forth on Section 3.2(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not have any issued or outstanding equity interests. As of immediately prior to the Closing, there are 20,000,000 authorized Common Shares, of which 12,898,216 are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. All of the issued and outstanding Common Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and

 

7


nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights, any applicable Law, including the Business Corporations Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ BCA ”), the Company’s Constituent Documents or the terms of any contract to which any member of the Company Group is a party or bound.

(b) Except as set forth on Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule and for the issuance of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement, there are no Convertible Securities or other obligations, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase, redeem (or establish a sinking fund with respect to redemption) or otherwise acquire any equity interests of the Company Group. There are no bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness of any member of the Company Group having voting rights with respect to any member of the Company Group (or convertible into securities having voting rights). Except for the 2008 Plan and as set forth in Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule and for the issuance of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement, there are no shares or securities of any member of the Company Group reserved for issuance or any outstanding Convertible Securities or subscriptions, options, warrants, rights, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights or other contracts or commitments, whether oral or in writing, granting to any Person any interest in or right to acquire at any time, including upon the happening of any stated event, any shares or securities of any member of the Company Group or any interest in, exchangeable for or convertible into shares or securities of any member of the Company Group.

(c) Section 3.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all Persons who, to the Knowledge of the officers of the Company, Beneficially Own more than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares, including the names, addresses and amounts Beneficially Owned by each such Person.

(d) Immediately following the Closing, all of the Shares issued in connection with the Closing, when paid for and issued, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable, will not be subject to any preemptive or other similar rights, will not have been issued in violation of any applicable Law, including the BCA, the Company’s Constituent Documents or the terms of any contract to which any member of the Company Group is a party or bound.

3.3. Subsidiaries . Except as set forth on Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not have any Subsidiaries or presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any capital stock or equity interests or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such capital stock or equity interest, of any Person. Each share of capital stock, equity interest or other securities of each entity set forth or required to be set forth in Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights, and has not been issued in violation of any applicable Law, the Constituent Documents of such entity or the terms of any contract to which such entity or any Person controlling such entity is a party or bound. The Company is not a participant, directly or indirectly, in any joint venture or similar arrangement, other than pursuant to the Joint Venture Agreement.

 

8


3.4. Authority; No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents . (a) The Company has the requisite power and authority to enter into and deliver this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company. This Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming that each of this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, respectively, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the other parties hereto and thereto, this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity) (such exceptions, the “ Enforceability Exceptions ”).

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by the Company will not, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement does not and will not:

(i) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, any provision of the Company’s Constituent Documents;

(ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default (or an event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, require any notice, consent, approval or waiver under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, suspension, revocation or cancellation of, or result in the creation or continuance of any Lien on any shares, interests or securities of any other member of the Company Group or any of the material assets or properties of the Company Group pursuant to any contract, permit or obligation to which any member of the Company Group is a party or by which any member of the Company Group or any of its respective assets or properties is bound, other than such of the foregoing that are not and could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group; or

(iii) assuming the accuracy of the representations made by each of the Investors in Article 4, conflict with or violate any Law applicable to any member of the Company Group or any of the assets or properties of the Company Group, other than such of the foregoing that do not and could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group.

 

9


3.5. Consents . No notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, nor expiration nor termination of any statutory waiting periods, is necessary for the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement

3.6. Financial Statements . Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete copy of (a) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company Group as at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the periods then ended, together with the notes thereto (the “ Audited Financial Statements ”), and (b) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company Group as at September 30, 2012, and the consolidated related statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the nine-month period then ended (the “ Unaudited Financial Statements ” and, together with the Audited Financial Statements, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, assets and liabilities, results of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity of the Company Group as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject in the case of the Unaudited Financial Statements to normal year-end adjustments, none of which are material in nature or amount.

3.7. Other Financial Matters . (a) Except for (i) Liabilities reflected in or reserved against in the balance sheet included in the most recent Financial Statements prior to the Closing, (ii) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the balance sheet included in the most recent Financial Statements prior to the Closing that are not material in nature or amount, and (iii) Liabilities with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder or Indebtedness incurred or to be incurred pursuant to the APMM Transaction as described in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, no member of the Company Group has any Liability of any nature, other than Liabilities that do not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(b) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries maintain records that reflect in reasonable detail all transactions to which the Company or its Subsidiaries are parties and maintain systems of internal controls in accordance with GAAP and all applicable legal requirements sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.

3.8. Absence of Certain Changes . Since September 30, 2012, there has been no Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company Group.

 

10


3.9. Taxes . (a) Each member of the Company Group has timely filed with the appropriate taxing authorities all material Tax Returns required by applicable Law to be filed by it. All such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects and were prepared in substantial compliance with all applicable Laws and regulations. Each member of the Company Group has paid all material Taxes (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) imposed on it that have become due and payable in respect of periods or portions thereof beginning before and ending on or before the Closing. No member of the Company Group currently is the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any material Tax Return.

(b) Each member of the Company Group has withheld and paid all material Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder, or other third party.

(c) No member of the Company Group or director or officer (or employee responsible for Tax matters) of a member of the Company Group expects any authority to assess any additional material Taxes for any period for which Tax Returns have been filed. To the Knowledge of the Company, no federal, state, local or foreign audits or other administrative proceedings or court proceedings are pending with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of the members of the Company Group. No member of the Company Group has received any written (i) notice of any such pending audits or proceedings or (ii) request for information related to Tax matters.

(d) There are no outstanding waivers extending the statutory period of limitation relating to the payment of Taxes due from any member of the Company Group.

(e) Neither the IRS nor any other taxing authority (whether domestic or foreign) has asserted or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to assert (including by issuing a notice of deficiency or proposed adjustment) against any member of the Company Group any deficiency or claim for Taxes.

(f) There are no Liens for Taxes upon any property or assets of any member of the Company Group, except for Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and as to which the applicable member of the Company Group has made adequate provision for payment.

(g) No member of the Company Group has any obligation under any tax-sharing agreement with any other Person with respect to the payment of Taxes of any other Person or has any liability for Taxes of any other Person.

(h) As applicable, each member of the Company Group has disclosed on its U.S. federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of U.S. federal income tax within the meaning of Code Section 6662. No member of the Company Group has (i) been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return (other than a group

 

11


the common parent of which was a member of the Company Group) or (ii) any Liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than any other member of the Company Group) under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of Law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(i) The unpaid Taxes of the members of the Company Group (i) did not, as of the most recent fiscal month end, materially exceed the reserve for Tax liabilities (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and tax income) set forth on the face of the most recent balance sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) and (ii) do not materially exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of members of the Company Group in filing their Tax Returns. Since the date of the most recent balance sheet prior to the Closing Date, no member of the Company Group has incurred any liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, as that term is used in GAAP, outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice.

(j) No member of the Company Group will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any:

(i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date;

(ii) “closing agreement” as described in Code Section 7121 (or any corresponding or similar provision of tax Law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date;

(iii) intercompany transaction or excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Code Section 1502 (or any corresponding or similar provision of income Tax Law) incurred on or prior to the Closing Date;

(iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date;

(v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date; or

(vi) election under Code Section 108(i) made on or prior to the Closing Date.

(k) No member of the Company Group has been notified by a jurisdiction in which such member does not file a Tax Return of a claim that such member is required to file a Tax Return in such jurisdiction.

(l) Since January 1, 2009, no member of the Company Group has distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Code Section 355 or Code Section 361.

 

12


(m) No member of the Company Group has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) during the applicable period specified in Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii). The Company Group is not currently, and does not currently expect to become, a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Code Section 1297.

(n) No member of the Company Group is or has been a party to any “listed transaction,” as defined in Code Section 6707A(c)(2) and U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).

(o) No member of the Company Group has incurred or is currently subject to any material United States federal or state income Tax on gross or net income other than the Tax imposed on the United States source gross transportation income of non-U.S. corporations under Code Section 887.

3.10. Litigation . There is no action, complaint, claim, lawsuit, demand, charge, inquiry, proceeding, arbitration or investigation against any member of the Company Group or any property or asset of any member of the Company Group pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened before any Governmental Entity or nonjudicial dispute resolution forum, other than such of the foregoing that do not and could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company. No member of the Company Group or any property or asset of any member of the Company Group is subject to any Order, other than such of the foregoing that do not and could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company.

3.11. Compliance with Applicable Laws, Etc . Each member of the Company Group is complying with, and since November 10, 2011 has complied with, in all material respects, all Laws applicable to its business, property or assets, including environmental and labor and employment relations, safety, health and other Laws.

3.12. Indebtedness . Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule and for Indebtedness of one member of the Company Group to another member of the Company Group, no member of the Company Group has any Indebtedness as of the date of this Agreement or will incur any Indebtedness prior to the Closing or otherwise in connection with the APMM Transaction.

3.13. Owned Real Property . Except as disclosed in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, no member of the Company Group owns or has since November 10, 2011 owned any real property or any interest therein, and no member of the Company Group is a party or ever has been a party to any agreement or option to purchase any real property or interest therein.

 

13


3.14. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Related Matters . Without limiting the generality or effect of the other provision hereof, no member of the Company Group or its respective directors, officers, representatives, employees or agents or any other Person acting on behalf of any such Person have, with respect to the business of the Company Group, (i) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful payments relating to any political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to any government official or employee or any political party or campaign, or (iii) violated any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in Business Transactions or any other anti-bribery conventions or applicable local anti-corruption or bribery Laws.

3.15. Money Laundering . Without limiting the generality or effect of the other provision hereof, the operations of the Company Group are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity.

3.16. OFAC . Without limiting the generality or effect of the other provision hereof, no member of the Company Group nor any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”). The Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds from the Shares, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds, to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

3.17. Insurance . Each member of the Company Group has in full force and effect all insurance policies, with coverage, in customary amounts (subject to reasonable deductibles), sufficient to provide adequate insurance coverage for all of the assets and properties of the Company Group for all material risks customarily insured against by Persons engaged in a similar business, and in compliance with applicable Law and the terms of all charter parties and other contracts. There are no pending claims against any such insurance policy as to which the insurers have denied or threatened in writing to deny liability.

3.18. Investment Company Status . The Company is not registered, and upon the issuance of the Shares will not be required to register, as an “investment company” under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).

3.19. Affiliate Transactions . Except as set forth in Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule, no officer, director or shareholder of the Company (other than a member of the WLR Group), or any Affiliate or family member thereof, is a party to any contract, commitment or transaction with any other member of the Company Group or has any interest in any property used or held for use by the Company Group.

3.20. Brokers . No broker, agent, investment banker, financial advisor or finder is entitled to any brokerage fees, commissions or finders’ fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group.

 

14


3.21. Application of Takeover Protections . The Company and the Board have taken all necessary action, if any, in order to render inapplicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement any control share acquisition, interested stockholder, business combination, stockholder rights plan or similar arrangement relating to accumulations of beneficial ownership of Common Shares or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Company’s Constituent Documents or the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or otherwise which is or would reasonably be expected to become applicable to any Investor as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.22. Vessels . (a) Either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, is, or will be as of the consummation of the APMM Transaction, the sole owner of each vessel described on Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule (each, a “ Company Vessel ” and, collectively, the “ Company Vessels ”) and has, or will have as of the consummation of the APMM Transaction, good title to the Company Vessels.

(b) Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a description of each Company Vessel, including its name, capacity (cbm), year built, its classification society, the flag under which such Company Vessel is registered and whether such Company Vessel is currently operating in the spot or time charter market. Each Company Vessel (i) is duly registered as a vessel under the Laws of the jurisdiction set forth opposite its name on Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) is seaworthy and in good operating condition, (iii) has all national and international operating and trading certificates and endorsements, each valid and unextended, that are required for the operation of such Company Vessel in the trades and geographic areas in which it is operated, and (iv) has been classed by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, and is fully in class with no outstanding material recommendations or notations. No event has occurred and no condition exists that would cause any Company Vessel’s class to be suspended or withdrawn, and all events and conditions that are required to be reported as to class have been disclosed and reported to such Company Vessel’s classification society.

(c) The Company Vessels are (i) free of damage affecting their class, (ii) have all their classification trading and statutory certificates and national certificates, as well as other certificates, plans and technical documentation, and (iii) supplied with spare parts at levels consistent with operational needs and such spare parts are in the aggregate usable in the ordinary course of business.

3.23. No General Solicitation . Neither the Company nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder (a) engaged in any general solicitation or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

15


3.24. APMM Transaction . (a) The Company has delivered to the Investors true and complete copies of the Framework Agreement and the Nordea Credit Facility. Neither of such agreements has been amended or modified, no such amendment or modification is contemplated and none of the respective obligations and commitments contained in such agreements have been withdrawn, terminated or rescinded in any respect. The net proceeds from the Purchase Price, the 2012 Bonds and the financing contemplated by the Nordea Credit Facility will in the aggregate be sufficient for the Company to pay all amounts required to be paid by the Company Group under the Framework Agreement. The Framework Agreement and the Nordea Credit Facility are (a) legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company Group and each of the other parties thereto and (b) enforceable in accordance with their respective terms against the Company Group and each of the other parties thereto, subject, as to clause (b), to the Enforceability Exceptions. No event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would or would reasonably be expected to constitute a default or breach on the part of any parties thereto under the Framework Agreement or the Nordea Credit Facility. The Company does not have any reason to believe that any of the conditions to any Utilisation (as defined in the Nordea Credit Facility) will not be satisfied or that any Utilisation will not be made available to the Company as necessary to permit it to complete the APMM Transaction on the terms set forth in the Framework Agreement. The Company will be able to satisfy all the conditions to each Utilisation that are within its control on each Utilisation Date (as defined in the Nordea Credit Facility).

(b) Exhibit B accurately reflects the purchase price to be paid by the Company Group in respect of each APMM Vessel pursuant to the Framework Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has not received any notice from Sellers under the Framework Agreement to the effect that, or otherwise obtained Knowledge that, the delivery of the Maersk Global, Maersk Gusto or Maersk Genesis vessels identified on Exhibit B is reasonably likely to be delayed by more than five Business Days after its respective Anticipated Delivery Date.

(c) The Company has completed the purchase of the Maersk Galaxy with the purchase price therefor paid from the proceeds of the issuance of the 2012 Bonds, and such vessel has been delivered to the Company.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Investors . Each Investor hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, to the Company as to itself only, as follows:

4.1. Organization of Investors; Authority . (a) Such Investor is either (i) an entity which has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization (as applicable) or (ii) an individual. Such Investor has the requisite power and authority to enter into and deliver this Agreement and, if applicable the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. To the extent the Investor is an entity, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Amended and Restated

 

16


Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable, by such Investor and the performance by such Investor of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Investor. This Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable have been or will be duly executed and delivered by such Investor and, assuming that this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement constitute or will constitute the valid and binding obligations of the other parties hereto and thereto, this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable constitute or will constitute the valid and binding obligation of such Investor enforceable against such Investor in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable by such Investor does not and will not, and the consummation by such Investor of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable, does not and will not:

(i) conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, any provision of the Constituent Documents of such Investor, if applicable;

(ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default (or an event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, require any notice, consent, approval or waiver under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, suspension, revocation or cancellation of, or result in the creation or continuance of any Lien on any of the assets or properties of such Investor pursuant to, any contract, permit or obligation to which such Investor is a party or by which such Investor or any of its assets or properties is bound; or

(iii) conflict with or violate any Law applicable to such Investor or any of its assets or properties.

4.2. Purchase for Own Account . This Agreement is made with such Investor in reliance upon such Investor’s representation to the Company, which by such Investor’s execution of this Agreement such Investor hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by such Investor will be acquired for investment for such Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the public resale or distribution of any part thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act in violation thereof, and that such Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation thereof. By executing this Agreement, such Investor further represents that such Investor does not have as of the date of this Agreement any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares.

 

17


4.3. Restricted Securities . Such Investor understands that the Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein. Such Investor understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities Laws and that, pursuant to these Laws, the Investor must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Except as otherwise provided for in the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, such Investor acknowledges that the Company does not have any obligation to register or qualify the Shares. Such Investor further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements, including the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Investor’s control, and which the Company is not under any obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

4.4. Investment Experience . Such Investor has experience as an investor in securities of companies at the stage of development of the Company and acknowledges that the Investor is able to make an informed investment decision, can bear the economic risk of such Investor’s investment in the Shares and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment in the Shares.

4.5. Brokers or Finders . Such Investor has not engaged any broker, agent, investment banker, financial advisor or finder and none of the Company or any Investor has or will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investors, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges under this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable.

4.6. Tax Advisors . Such Investor has reviewed with its own Tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and foreign Tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable. With respect to such matters, such Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company (other than the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable) or any of their respective agents, written or oral. Except as otherwise agreed to in this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable, such Investor understands that it will be responsible for its own Tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable.

4.7. Accredited Investor Status . Such Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and will submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may reasonably be requested by the Company.

 

18


4.8. Foreign Investors . If such Investor is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), such Investor hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the Laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (a) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (d) the income Tax and other Tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of the Shares. Such Investor’s subscription and payment for and continued Beneficial Ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other Laws of the Investor’s jurisdiction.

4.9. No General Solicitation . Neither such Investor nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder, (a) engaged in any general solicitation or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

4.10. No Regulatory Approvals . To the Knowledge of such Investor, as of the date of this Agreement, the Closing does not require any regulatory approval of or filing with respect to such Investor with any Governmental Entity as the result of its entry into this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

4.11. Availability of Funds . Such Investor will have, as of the Closing, sufficient funds available to fund the portion of the Purchase Price required to be funded by such Investor at the Closing.

5. Covenants .

5.1. Cooperation . Each of the parties will promptly notify the other parties in writing of, and the breaching party will use commercially reasonable efforts to cure before the Closing, any event, transaction or circumstance, as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes known to such party, that causes or may reasonably be expected to cause any covenant or other agreement under this Agreement to be violated or remain unfilled in any material respect or that renders untrue in any material respect any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement.

5.2. Governmental Approvals . (a) The parties will cooperate with each other and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to (and, with respect to the antitrust Laws, if applicable, will use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective Affiliates to) promptly prepare and file all necessary documentation to effect all applications, notices, petitions and filings to obtain as promptly as practicable all governmental approvals necessary to consummate the Closing, as applicable, and to otherwise effect the transactions contemplated by this

 

19


Agreement (collectively, the “ Required Governmental Approvals ”), and to comply with the terms and conditions of all such Required Governmental Approvals. The parties will use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to file all required initial applications and documents in connection with obtaining the Required Governmental Approvals within a reasonable period of time prior to the Closing and will act reasonably and promptly thereafter in responding to additional requests and comments in connection therewith. Each of the parties will have the right to consult with the others on, in each case subject to applicable Laws relating to the exchange of information (including antitrust Laws), all the information relating to the other and any of its Affiliates that appears in any filing made with, or written materials submitted to, any third Person or Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Each of the parties will promptly notify the other parties upon receiving any communication from any Governmental Entity whose consent, approval or waiver of a right to enjoin or object is required for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Closing, which indicates that there is a reasonable likelihood that such consent or approval or waiver from such Governmental Entity will not be obtained or that the receipt of any such consent or approval will be materially delayed.

5.3. Performance . Except as otherwise required pursuant to an Order, prior to the Closing, each of the parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy or cause to be satisfied with respect to itself all of the conditions to the obligations of the other parties set forth in Sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4.

5.4. Publicity . In the event either the Company or WLR desires to issue a press release with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, such parties shall cooperate with each other to agree on the form of such press release. After the issuance of such press release, except as may be required by applicable Law or legal process or relevant stock exchanges or self regulatory organizations, no party will publish any press release or release any similar public statement regarding the terms of this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (including any employee or trade announcement), other than as to the fact of any investment, the amount invested and numbers of Common Shares subject hereto, without the prior written consent of WLR and the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party is permitted to disclose this Agreement to any Governmental Entity if required by Law or relevant stock exchanges or self regulatory organizations, for any accounting and/or auditing purposes or for reporting to investors.

5.5. Provision of Tax Information . Each of the Investors agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to gather information requested by the Company to permit the Company to claim the exclusion from U.S. federal income tax of income from the international operation of ships under Section 883 of the Code, including the completion and submission of ownership statements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.883-3(c) or -4(d).

 

20


5.6. Further Actions . In case at any time after the Closing Date, any further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest any Investor with valid legal title to any applicable Shares in accordance with this Agreement, the parties will take or cause to be taken all such necessary or appropriate action in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement.

5.7. Company Covenants . (a) From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, the Company will operate the business of the Company Group in all material respects in the ordinary course of business thereof and use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve in all material respects the assets, business relationships and goodwill of the Company Group.

(b) From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will cause the other members of the Company Group not to:

(i) declare a dividend in or make a distribution on its equity interests;

(ii) subdivide, combine or reclassify (by stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) its outstanding equity interests;

(iii) make any amendment, restatement or revocation to or of any Constituent Document of any member of the Company Group (or any provision thereof); or

(iv) issue any equity interests without consideration or for a consideration per share that is less than the Per Share Price, except pursuant to and in accordance with the 2008 Plan.

5.8. APMM Transaction . (a) Prior to and following the Closing, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper and advisable to consummate the APMM Transaction (and the purchase of each vessel thereunder) on the terms described in the Framework Agreement and to obtain the financing contemplated by the Nordea Credit Facility. Prior to and following the Closing, the Company will keep the Investors informed of the status of its efforts to consummate the APMM Transaction and to obtain the financing contemplated by the Nordea Credit Facility and to satisfy the conditions thereof, including (i) giving the Investors prompt written notice of any material adverse change with respect to the APMM Transaction or the financing contemplated by the Nordea Credit Facility and (ii) advising and updating the Investors, in a reasonable level of detail, with respect to the status and proposed funding dates thereunder.

(b) The Purchase Price, the proceeds from the 2012 Bonds issued prior to the date hereof and the proceeds from the Nordea Credit Facility will be used solely to pay the purchase prices for the APMM Vessels in the APMM Transaction, as set forth on Exhibit B .

 

21


(c) Without limiting any other provision hereof, prior to the Closing, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Investors copies of each notice required to be delivered by Sellers pursuant to Sections 4.5 and 5.3 of the Framework Agreement in respect of each APMM Vessel to be acquired by the Company Group thereunder. Each such notice will be delivered as promptly as practicable following receipt thereof; provided , however , that, with respect to any such notice in respect of the Maersk Global, Maersk Gusto and Maersk Genesis vessels identified on Exhibit B , such notice must be delivered to the Investors within one Business Day of the Company’s receipt of such notice from Sellers.

(d) Following the Closing, the Company will notify the Investors promptly of any material change in the Anticipated Delivery Date of any APMM Vessel.

6. Closing Deliveries; Conditions Precedent to the Closing .

6.1. Closing Deliveries . (a)  Deliveries by the Company . At the Closing, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each member of the WLR Group, the following items:

(i) the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by the Company;

(ii) a document, duly executed by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to WLR, evidencing that the transactions contemplated hereby have been approved on behalf of the Company in accordance with the Investor Restrictions Agreement.

(b) Deliveries by the WLR Group . At the Closing, each applicable member of the WLR Group will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Company the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, duly executed by each applicable member of the WLR Group.

6.2. Conditions of the Parties’ Obligations to Effect the Closing . The respective obligations of the parties to this Agreement to effect the Closing are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions prior to the Closing:

(a) No Governmental Entity shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law that has the effect of enjoining, making illegal, materially conditioning or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement or the Closing.

(b) All Required Governmental Approvals or other third-party or contractual approvals required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if any, shall have been obtained, all such approvals shall remain in full force and effect and all applicable statutory waiting periods in respect thereof shall have expired.

 

22


(c) The Framework Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect.

(d) The Nordea Credit Facility shall continue to be in full force and effect.

6.3. Additional Conditions of the Company’s Obligation to Effect the Closing . The obligation of the Company to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions prior to the Closing, any of which may be waived in writing by the Company:

(a) The representations and warranties of each Investor contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if made as at the Closing, other than such representations and warranties as are made as of another date, which will be true and correct in all material respects as of such date, if earlier than the Closing.

(b) Each of the Investors shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by such Investor under this Agreement prior to the Closing.

(c) The Company shall have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date duly executed by an executive officer or other authorized person of each Investor to the effect of Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b).

(d) Each of the Investors shall have delivered to the Company its portion of the Purchase Price for the Shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2.

(e) Each member of the WLR Group shall have delivered the item required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b).

6.4. Additional Conditions of the Investors’ Obligations to Effect the Closing . The obligation of each Investor to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions prior to the Closing, provided that the conditions in this Section 6.4 may be waived in writing by WLR (as to and on behalf of the WLR Group) or any Other Investor (as to and on behalf of itself only):

(a) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct when made and shall be true and correct as of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing, other than such representations and warranties as are made as of another date, which shall be true and correct as of such date, if earlier than the Closing, and except for such breaches as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to either (i) have an adverse effect on the business or consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company Group that would be material or (ii) result in any violation of Law by any Investor.

 

23


(b) The Company shall have performed (i) in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by the Company under this Agreement prior to the Closing and (ii) in all respects all obligations required to be performed by the Company pursuant to Section 5.8 prior to the Closing.

(c) The Company shall have operated its business in the ordinary course thereof since September 30, 2012 and since that date there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Each Investor shall have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date duly executed by an executive officer or other authorized person of the Company to the effect of Section 6.4(a), 6.4(b) and 6.4(c).

(e) The Company shall have delivered to the Investors certificates or a statement of book-entry shares representing all of the Shares.

(f) The Company shall have delivered the items required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a).

7. Survival and Indemnification .

7.1. Survival . (i) The representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement (except for representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4(b)(i), 3.9, 3.18, 3.21, 3.23 and 3.24, and 4.1 to 4.4, inclusive, and 4.7 and 4.9 hereof (collectively, the “ Fundamental Reps ”)) will survive the Closing Date for a period of 18 months after the Closing Date and (ii) the Fundamental Reps will survive until 60 days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, taking into account any extensions thereof; provided , however , that any representation or warranty in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Article 7 and the indemnity with respect thereto will survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to this Section 7.1, if written notice of the inaccuracy or breach thereof giving rise to such right of indemnity has been given to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought prior to such time (in any such case such representation or warranty will survive only with respect to such claim until any claim for indemnity related to such inaccuracy or breach is resolved). All of the covenants or other agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement will survive the Closing Date indefinitely.

7.2. Indemnification . (a) Subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.4, from and after the Closing Date, the Company will indemnify, defend and hold each Investor and WLR and their respective directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, stockholders, partners, equityholders, representatives, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Investor Indemnified Parties ”) harmless from and against any and all losses, Liabilities, claims, demands, defenses, judgments, payments, obligations, penalties, damages, fines, litigation, suits, proceedings, actions, costs, including investigation costs and expert and consultant fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, whether or not involving a third party claim (individually, a “ Loss ” and, collectively, “ Losses ”), including any further Losses arising from the payment of, or obligation to pay, any indemnity claim relating to such Losses, based upon, or resulting from:

 

24


(i) the breach of or failure of a representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date hereof and/or as of the Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties that only speak as to a particular time, in which case only at and as of such time) in all material respects; and

(ii) any breach of or failure to perform any covenant, agreement or obligation of the Company in this Agreement in all material respects.

(b) Subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.4, from and after the Closing Date each Investor will, severally and not jointly, indemnify, defend and hold the Company and its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, partners, equityholders, representatives, Affiliates, representatives, successors and permitted assigns harmless from and against any and all Losses, including any further Losses arising from the payment of, or obligation to pay, any indemnity claim relating to such Losses, based upon, or resulting from:

(i) the breach of or failure of a representation or warranty made by such Investor with respect to itself but not with respect to any other Investor in this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date hereof and/or as of the Closing (except for such representations and warranties that only speak as to a particular time, in which case only at and as of such time) in all material respects; and

(ii) any breach of or failure to perform any covenant, agreement or obligation of such Investor with respect to itself or, with respect to any Investor in the WLR Group, with respect to WLR, but not with respect to any other Investor in this Agreement, in all material respects.

7.3. Indemnification Procedures . (a) A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a third party claim may be asserted by written notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought.

(b) In the event that any legal proceedings are instituted or that any claim or demand is asserted by any third party in respect of which payment may be sought under Section 7.2 (taking into account the limitations set forth in Section 7.4 and Section 7.5) (an “ Indemnification Claim ”), the Indemnified Party will promptly cause written notice of the assertion of any Indemnification Claim of which it has knowledge which is covered by this indemnity to be forwarded to the Indemnifying Party and will provide a summary of the nature and basis of the legal proceeding, claim or demand and the basis for Indemnification Claim. The failure of the Indemnified Party to give reasonably prompt notice of any Indemnification Claim will not release, waive or

 

25


otherwise affect the Indemnifying Party’s obligations with respect thereto except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced as a result of such failure. The Indemnifying Party will have 30 days from receipt of such notice to give notice to the Indemnified Party to assume the defense thereof. If notice to the effect set forth in the immediately preceding sentence is given by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party will have the right, at its sole expense, to be represented by counsel of its choice, which must be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and to assume the defense of any such Indemnification Claim which relates to any Losses indemnified against hereunder; provided , however , that if the Indemnifying Party elects to assume control of such defense, it will agree in writing to be responsible for all Losses relating to such Indemnification Claim; and provided , further , however , that the (i) Indemnifying Party will not be entitled to assume control of such defense if (A) the claim for indemnification relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation or (B) the claim seeks an injunction or equitable relief against the Indemnified Party, and (ii) Indemnified Party will be entitled to assume control of such defense if the Indemnifying Party fails to diligently defend such claim or if the Indemnifying Party fails to provide notice that it will assume the defense within the time provided herein. If the Indemnifying Party has assumed such defense, the Indemnified Party will be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and to employ counsel of its choice for such purpose at its own expense. The Parties agree to cooperate reasonably with each other in connection with the defense, negotiation or settlement of any such Indemnification Claim; provided , however , that nothing herein will prevent the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party from separately defending an Indemnification Claim at such party’s own cost and expense to the extent that (x) the Indemnification Claim would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates in any material respect other than with respect to the payment of monetary damages in an amount that does not exceed the Cap, (y) a material conflict of interest arises between the interests of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in connection with such defense, or there are specific material defenses available to one party that are different from, or in addition to, those available to the other party and that could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the other party, or (z) the Indemnification Claim involves monetary damages in an amount in excess of the Cap. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.3 to the contrary, neither the Indemnifying Party nor the Indemnified Party will, without the written consent of the other, settle or compromise any Indemnification Claim or permit a default or consent to entry of any judgment unless (I) the claimant or claimants and such party provide to such other party an unqualified release from all liability in respect of the Indemnification Claim or (II) such Indemnification Claim only involves payment of monetary damages not in excess of the Cap. If the Indemnifying Party makes any payment on any Indemnification Claim, the Indemnifying Party will be subrogated, to the extent of such payment, to all rights and remedies of the Indemnified Party to any insurance benefits or other claims of the Indemnified Party with respect to such Indemnification Claim.

7.4. Limitations on Indemnification . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Indemnifying Party will not be liable under this Article 7 for any Losses to the extent that the Indemnified Parties have otherwise been fully compensated for such Losses pursuant to this Article 7 so as to avoid “double counting” of the same Losses and (ii) each of the parties hereto will use their commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate all Losses relating to an Indemnification Claim contemplated by Section 7.3(b).

 

26


(b) From and after the Closing Date, except with respect to claims for fraud or willful misconduct, the sole and exclusive remedy for any and all Losses arising out or relating to any breach, or alleged breach, of any representation or warranty or any covenant or agreement in this Agreement, will be the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 7, and the parties hereto each hereby waive to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law any other remedy to which they or any other Person entitled to indemnification hereunder may have at Law or in equity with respect thereto; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 7.4(b) will prevent any party from exercising its rights pursuant to Section 8.5 in lieu of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 7.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in no event will the aggregate amount of Losses for which an Indemnifying Party is obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(i) or Section 7.2(b)(i) exceed the Purchase Price (the “ Cap ”); provided , however , that the Cap will not limit the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties with respect to any Losses resulting from or relating to breaches of any Fundamental Reps (other than breaches of Section 3.9) or any Losses to the extent resulting from fraud on the part of the Indemnifying Party.

7.5. Additional Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no party hereto will be liable to or otherwise responsible to any Indemnified Party for any punitive damages (other than punitive damages awarded to a third party pursuant to a third party Indemnification Claim) or any damages based on the theory that such party could have used the amounts funded herein in respect of the Purchase Price for other investments.

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1. Expenses . Except as expressly provided in Section 8.4, each of the parties will pay its own legal, accounting and other miscellaneous expenses incident to this Agreement, except that the Company will pay on behalf of or reimburse the WLR Group for all actual and reasonable fees and expenses, incurred by or on behalf of the WLR Investors in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the WLR Commitment Letter, the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement and any and all documentation or other acts relating to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including but not limited to the actual and reasonable fees of counsel, accountants and/or consultants to the WLR Investors billed at standard hourly rates and disbursements (the “ Investor Costs ”). Such payments will be made by the Company (i) by deduction from the amounts specified on Exhibit C of the amount of applicable Investor Costs either paid by or on behalf of the WLR Investors or as to which the WLR Investors have received invoices prior to the Closing and (ii) promptly and in any event within ten Business Days after request therefor (accompanied by reasonable substantiating documentation) is made, for all Investor Costs not reimbursed pursuant to clause (ii) above.

 

27


8.2. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications made under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement must be in writing and be given by hand delivery, email, facsimile or next Business Day courier to the affected party at the addresses and facsimile numbers set forth below or at such other addresses or facsimile numbers as such party may have provided to the other parties in accordance herewith. Such notices will be deemed given at the time personally delivered (if delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged), upon issuance by the transmitting machine of confirmation that the number of pages constituting the notice has been transmitted without error and confirmed telephonically (if sent by email or facsimile), and the first Business Day after timely delivery to the courier (if sent by next-Business Day courier specifying next-Business Day delivery).

 

  (a) If to the Company, to:

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

399 Park Avenue, 39 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: David Butters

Fax No.: 212.355.5981

Email: davidbutters@navigatorgas.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Morgan Lewis & Bockius LLP

101 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10178

Attention: Allan Reiss

Fax No.: 212.309.6001

Email: areiss@morganlewis.com

 

  (b) If to WLR or any WLR Investor, to:

c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

Fax No.: 212.317.4893

Email: wlross@wlross.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Jones Day

222 East 41st Street

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Robert Profusek, Esq.

Fax No.: 212.326.3800

Email: raprofusek@jonesday.com

 

28


  (c) If to David J. Butters, to:

David J. Butters

c/o Navigator Holdings Ltd.

399 Park Avenue, 39 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: David Butters

Fax No.: 212.355.5981

Email: davidbutters@navigatorgas.com

 

  (d) If to Blue Crane Partners, LP, to:

William E. Macaulay

First Reserve Corporation

One Lafayette Place

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Attention: William E. Macaulay

Fax No.: 203.661.6729

Email: wmacaulay@firstreserve.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Linda Macaulay

7 Hill Road

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Attention: Linda Macaulay

Fax No.: 203.625.8501

Email: lmacaulay@investbcp.com

8.3. Interpretation . This Agreement has been freely and fairly negotiated among the parties. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section or Exhibit, such reference will be to an Article, Section or Exhibit of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” “$” refers to U.S. dollars. Words used in the singular form in this Agreement will be deemed to include the plural, and vice versa, as the context may require. If the date upon or by which any party hereto is required to perform any covenant or obligation hereunder falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then such

 

29


date of performance will be automatically extended to the next Business Day thereafter. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) “or” is disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive, (ii) the use in this Agreement of a pronoun in reference to a party hereto includes the masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context may require, and (iii) unless otherwise defined herein, terms used herein which are defined in GAAP have the meanings ascribed to them therein. All Exhibits hereto will be deemed part of this Agreement and included in any reference to this Agreement. Any agreement, instrument or Law defined or referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or Law as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented (and, in the case of any Law, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of Laws) by succession of comparable successor Laws.

8.4. Governing Law . This Agreement, any claims, causes of actions or disputes (whether in contract or tort) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely in the State of New York, United States of America, without regard to any applicable conflict of Laws principles. The parties hereto agree that any action seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement will only be brought in any United States District Court located in New York County, New York so long as such court has subject matter jurisdiction over such action, or alternatively in any New York State Court located in New York County, New York if the aforesaid United States District Courts do not have subject matter jurisdiction, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement will be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such action and irrevocably waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such action in any such court or that any such action which is brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such action may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 8.2 will be deemed effective service of process on such party. In the event of litigation relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party will be liable and pay to the prevailing party the reasonable costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such litigation, including any appeal therefrom.

8.5. Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached, that monetary damages may be inadequate and that a party may have no adequate remedy at Law. Notwithstanding Section 8.4, the parties accordingly agree that the parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to

 

30


enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in action instituted in a United States District Court located in New York County, New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at Law or in equity. In the event that a party seeks in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, no party will allege, and each party hereby waives the defense or counterclaim that, there is an adequate remedy at Law.

8.6. Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or delegated by any of the parties without the prior written consent of the other parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Investor will have the right to assign and delegate all of its rights, interests and obligations under this Agreement, including the right to enforce all of the terms of this Agreement, to an Affiliate of such Investor, including any Affiliated fund, and provided further that, in each case, (a) such assignee expressly agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, if applicable, and (b) no such assignment will relieve such Investor from its obligations hereunder. Subject to the two preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective assigns.

8.7. Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended or modified by the parties except (a) by an instrument in writing signed by the Company, WLR (on behalf of the WLR Group) and the Other Investors or (b) by a waiver in accordance with Section 8.8.

8.8. Extension; Waiver . Any waiver hereunder will be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed by the party or parties entitled to waive the provision being so waived. The failure or delay of any of the parties to assert any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of such rights nor will it preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right or remedy.

8.9. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties and their permitted assigns and nothing herein expressed or implied will give or be construed to give any Person, other than the parties and such assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder.

8.10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, representations and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement will not supersede or affect the terms or enforceability of Sections 4 and 5 of the WLR Commitment Letter, which will continue in full force and effect.

 

31


8.11. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any Law or public policy in any jurisdiction, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions and the intention of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any of the parties. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

8.12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which will constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by any party hereto by means of a facsimile, email or PDF transmission of an originally executed counterpart, the delivery of which facsimile, email or PDF transmission will have the same force and effect, except as specified in any document executed and delivered pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, as the delivery of the originally executed counterpart.

8.13. WLR as Representative Party . Each Investor in the WLR Group irrevocably appoints WLR as its representative to take any action contemplated hereunder to be taken by it, including the execution and delivery of any consent or waiver hereunder or amendment hereto. WLR will have no liability or obligation to the Company for any act or failure to act; provided , however , that nothing herein will relieve any Investor in the WLR Group from any liability under this Agreement for any breach by WLR of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

8.14. No Relationship Among Certain Investors . Each member of the WLR Group, each of the Other Investors and the Company acknowledge and agree that (i) this Agreement is being jointly negotiated and entered into by the members of the WLR Group and the Other Investors solely for convenience and will not create any relationship or obligations among such Persons except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, (ii) the Other Investors will have no right to act as representatives of any member of the WLR Group or take any action contemplated hereunder to be taken by a member of the WLR Group on behalf of such Person and vice versa, and (iii) no breach by an Other Investor of its obligations hereunder will create any Liability for any member of the WLR Group and vice versa.

8.15. Certain Consents and Waivers . The parties hereto acknowledge the extent of the prior and existing representations by counsel of the parties hereto and of the parties to this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement and have affirmatively consented to Jones Day’s representation of the WLR Group and Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP’s representation of the Company, in both cases in connection with this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and any related or unrelated transactional or litigation matters now existing or arising in the future. The parties waive any objection to such representations, any conflict of interest or other basis for precluding, challenging or otherwise disqualifying the above-referenced firms

 

32


from such representations based on any prior or existing representation by either such firm, and agree that no such objection, conflict of interest or other basis for precluding, challenging or otherwise disqualifying the above-referenced firms from representing their respective clients will be asserted by either party if litigation among the parties hereto, or any of them, proceeds or develops, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are or have been consummated. Each party has had the opportunity to consult with counsel concerning this waiver, and confirms that its consent is voluntary, fully informed and to be relied upon by the other party hereto and the above-referenced firms.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

By:  

/s/ David J. Butters

  Name: David J. Butters
  Title: Chairman, President and CEO

WL ROSS & CO. LLC

By:  

/s/ Michael J. Gibbons

  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

WLR INVESTORS:

WLR RECOVERY FUND IV DSS AIV, L.P.

By:   WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS
  AIV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS
  AIV GP, Ltd., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Gibbons

  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Authorized Signatory

WLR IV PARALLEL ESC, L.P.

By:   INVESCO WLR IV Associates LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Invesco Private Capital, Inc.,
  its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Michael J. Gibbons

  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[ Signature Page to Investment Agreement ]


WLR RECOVERY FUND V DSS AIV, L.P.
By:   WLR Recovery Associates V DSS
  AIV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   WLR Recovery Associates V DSS
  AIV GP, Ltd., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Michael J. Gibbons
  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Authorized Signatory
WLR V PARALLEL ESC, L.P.
By:   INVESCO WLR V Associates LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Invesco Private Capital, Inc.,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Michael J. Gibbons
  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Authorized Signatory
WLR SELECT CO-INVESTMENT, L.P.
By:   WLR Select Associates DSS, L.P.,
  its General Partner
By:   WLR Select Associates DSS GP, Ltd.,
  its General Partner
By:   /s/ Michael J. Gibbons
  Name: Michael J. Gibbons
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[ Signature Page to Investment Agreement ]


OTHER INVESTORS:
DAVID J. BUTTERS
/s/ David J. Butters
BLUE CRANE PARTNERS, LP
By:   /s/ Linda R. Macaulay
  Name: Linda R. Macaulay
  Title: Managing Member

[ Signature Page to Investment Agreement ]

Exhibit 4.4

Execution Copy

INVESTOR RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTOR RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 9, 2012 , is among Navigator Holdings Ltd., a corporation organized under the Laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Company ”), WL Ross & Co. LLC (“ WLR ”), a Delaware limited liability company, and the Persons signing this Agreement as “Investors” on the signature page hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ” and, together with WLR, the “ WLR Group ”), each of which is an entity sponsored by, or an Affiliate of, WLR.

RECITALS

A. The Company and the Investors entered into the Investment Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2011 (the “ Investment Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Investors, and the Investors purchased and acquired from the Company, an aggregate of 2,500,000 Common Shares, and since such time, the Investors have purchased from third parties an additional 950,000 Common Shares, resulting in the aggregate ownership by the Investors of 3,450,000 Common Shares (collectively, the “ Current Shares ”).

B. On August 9, 2012, WLR entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with the trustee for the liquidation of Lehman Brothers Inc. under the Securities Investor Protection Act (the “ Lehman Purchase Agreement ”) pursuant to which it agreed to acquire up to an additional 4,406,763 Common Shares (the “ Lehman Shares ” and, collectively, with the Current Shares and any other Common Shares that the Investors may hereafter acquire without violating the terms of this Agreement, the “ Shares ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

Affiliate ” means with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For this purpose, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Beneficial Owner ,” “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” have the meanings set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, and a Person’s beneficial ownership of securities will be calculated in accordance with the provisions of such Rule; provided , however , that (a) the members of the WLR Group and their controlled Affiliates will not be deemed to Beneficially Own any Common Shares Beneficially


Owned by (i) Invesco Ltd. or any of its Affiliates (other than members of the WLR Group) as long as such Common Shares Beneficially Owned by such Persons were not acquired with the actual knowledge or knowing approval of any officer or director of any Person that is a member of the WLR Group or (ii) any Portfolio Company as long as the Common Shares Beneficially Owned by such Portfolio Company were not acquired with the actual knowledge or knowing approval of any officer or director of any Person that is a member of the WLR Group and (b) no member of the WLR Group will be deemed to Beneficially Own any Common Shares by reason of any contract, instrument or offer to acquire Common Shares if the purchase or other acquisition of Common Shares thereunder is expressly conditioned (and which condition may not be waived) upon Board Approval unless and until either such approval has been given and the other conditions thereto are satisfied or waived. Unless specified otherwise, all calculations of Beneficial Ownership will be made by including securities that the Person (and any group of which such Person is a member), but not any other Person (except member(s) of a group of which such Person is a member), has the right to acquire in both the numerator and the denominator.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Board Designee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in London, England or New York, New York, USA are required or authorized to close.

Change of Control ” means an event or series of events by which (a) any Person acquires Beneficial Ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, (b) all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company are sold, leased, exchanged or transferred to any Person or group of Persons, (c) the Company is consolidated, merged, amalgamated, reorganized or otherwise enters into a similar transaction in which it is combined with another Person, unless the Persons who Beneficially Own the outstanding Common Shares immediately before consummation of the transaction Beneficially Own a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the combined or surviving entity immediately thereafter in substantially the same proportion among such Persons as prior to giving effect to such transaction, or (d) the Shareholders approve of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Common Shares ” means the Company’s common shares, par value $0.01 per share.

Continuing Director Termination Date ” means the date on which a majority of the Board no longer consists of Continuing Directors.

 

-2-


Continuing Director ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board, excluding any Board Designee, who (a) is a member of the Board as of the date hereof or (b) was nominated for election or elected to the Board with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board at the time of such nomination or election.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Governmental Entity ” means any (a) nation, principality, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature, (b) governmental or quasi-governmental agency, taxing authority and any court or other tribunal (foreign, federal, state or local), or (c) Person or body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any executive, legislative, judicial, administrative, regulatory, police, military or taxing authority or power of any nature.

Investor Rights Agreement ” means the Investor Rights Agreement, dated December 12, 2011, among the Company, WLR and certain of the Investors.

Law ” means any statute, rule or other legal requirement, including the common law or any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Entity.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Entity.

Portfolio Company ” means a company that meets each of the following requirements: (a) a member of the WLR Group or one of their controlled Affiliates which has as its principal business the making and holding of investments owns a significant equity interest in such company as an investment, (b) such company is actively engaged in a trade or business, and (c) the WLR Group does not in the aggregate own a majority of the voting equity interests of such company or otherwise have the right to elect a majority of such company’s board of directors or similar governing body.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shareholders ” means the holders of equity securities of the Company as of the applicable time.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise in which such Person (or another Subsidiary of such Person) holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity, (b) the right to receive more than 50% of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity, or (c) a general or managing partnership interest in such entity; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, PT Navigator Khatulistiwa will be deemed to be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

-3-


2. Certain Restrictions . (a) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c), during the period beginning on the date of the acquisition by WLR and/or the Investors of the Lehman Shares pursuant to the Lehman Agreement and ending on the third anniversary thereof (or, if earlier, the date that the WLR Group no longer has Beneficial Ownership of at least 25% of the then-outstanding Common Shares) (the “ Standstill Period ”), without the prior written approval of the Company, no member of the WLR Group may, and each will cause each of its controlled Affiliates not to, act alone or in concert with any other Person or group to, directly or indirectly:

(i) acquire or agree to acquire, whether by purchase, tender or exchange offer or otherwise, Beneficial Ownership of additional Common Shares, except that (A) members of the WLR Group and their Affiliates may acquire Beneficial Ownership of additional Common Shares representing in the aggregate not more than 1% of then-outstanding Common Shares in any consecutive 12-month period (with any unused right to be carried over to the next 12-month period) during the Standstill Period and (B) the WLR Group may acquire, whether by purchase, tender or exchange offer or otherwise, Beneficial Ownership of additional Common Shares in any transaction that, prior to the purchase of such Common Shares thereunder, has been accepted or approved by a majority of the members of the Board who are not employed by any member of the WLR Group or nominated for election to the Board by the WLR Group (such approval, “ Board Approval ”) or the holders of a majority of the Common Shares not Beneficially Owned by the WLR Group (such approval, “ Majority of the Minority Approval ”);

(ii) publicly offer or propose to effect (A) any tender offer, merger, consolidation, exchange, business combination, recapitalization, restructuring, liquidation, dissolution or other transaction in which Common Shares would be purchased, converted or exchanged into cash or other property, (B) any sale of any of the vessels of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any material portion of their businesses, (C) an initial public offering of the Common Shares, or (D) any transaction involving a member of the WLR Group, on the one hand, and the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, on the other hand (excluding transactions in the ordinary course of business on arms’ length terms); provided , however , nothing herein will prohibit any member of the WLR Group or any of its Affiliates from making any offer or proposal if such offer or proposal is (A) requested to be made in writing by the Board, acting with Board Approval, prior to the making of such offer or proposal or (B) made on a confidential basis in discussions with or proposals to the Board and/or senior executives of the Company; provided , further , however , that any offer or proposal permitted to be made pursuant to clause (A) of this provision or Section 2(c) below will be expressly conditioned upon Board Approval or Majority of the Minority Approval; or

 

-4-


(iii) publicly seek a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of this Section 2(a); provided , however , that nothing herein will prohibit any member of the WLR Group or any of its Affiliates from making any such request to the Board and/or senior executives of the Company on a confidential basis;

(iv) prior to the Continuing Director Termination Date, nominate or seek the election of designees to the Board of any of the members of the WLR Group in a number in excess of that provided in Section 2.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement, or seek the removal of any director who is not replaced by a Continuing Director; provided , however , that nothing will limit the WLR Group’s ability to seek removal of any Board Designee;

(v) prior to the Continuing Director Termination Date, solicit or participate in any “solicitation” of “proxies” (as such terms are used in the proxy rules of the SEC but without regard to the exclusion set forth in Section 14a-1(1)(2)(iv) from the definition of “solicitation”) with respect to the Company (other than as contemplated by Section 2 of the Investor Rights Agreement);

(vi) prior to the Continuing Director Termination Date, grant any proxy with respect to any Common Shares (other than to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, any Board Designee or another member of the WLR Group);

(vii) prior to the Continuing Director Termination Date, form, join or participate in a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) with respect to any Common Shares or deposit any Common Shares in a voting trust or subject any Common Shares to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting of such Common Shares or other agreement having similar effect, other than a group or voting arrangement comprised solely of other members of the WLR Group, Board Designees and Continuing Directors, including their controlled Affiliates; or

(viii) during the Standstill Period (or, where applicable, prior to the Continuing Director Termination Date), enter into any agreements with any other Person (excluding members of the Board or management or their respective controlled Affiliates) with respect to any of the foregoing clauses (iv)-(vii); or

(ix) bring any legal action to contest the validity of this Section 2(a).

(b) The restrictions set forth in Section 2(a) will not (i) prohibit any member of the WLR Group or any of its Affiliates from (A) participating in any tender offer, or participating in or voting for or against any Change of Control or any other transaction that has received or is expressly conditioned on Board Approval or Majority of the Minority Approval, or (B) except to the extent expressly limited by this Section 2, transferring any Common Shares, or (ii) be construed to prohibit a Board Designee or other representative of the WLR Group from confidentially discussing a proposal concerning any extraordinary transaction involving the Company or any successor thereto, any Subsidiary or division thereof, or any of their respective securities or assets, with the Board and representatives of the Company and its advisors who are involved in the evaluation or execution of any such proposal on behalf of the Company.

 

-5-


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, the WLR Group and its controlled Affiliates will be released from their obligations under Sections 2.1(a)(ii)-(viii) immediately, and without any other action by the Company in the event that (i) any Person (other than a member of the WLR Group) publicly offers or proposes to effect any Change of Control, (ii) the Company executes an agreement with any Person (other than a member of the WLR Group) providing for a Change of Control, (iii) any Person (other than a member of the WLR Group) acquires more than the number of Common Shares then held by the members of the WLR Group without agreeing to be subject to restrictions at least as restrictive as those applying to the WLR Group hereunder, or (iv) the Company or any Person (other than a member of the WLR Group) makes any public announcement with respect to any of the foregoing matters; provided , however , that in the event that any member of the WLR Group makes any public offer or proposal contemplated by Section 2(a)(ii) as permitted by this Section 2(c), such public offer or proposal will be conditioned on Board Approval or Majority of the Minority Approval.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1. Termination . This Agreement will terminate, except for this Article 3, upon the earlier of (a) expiration of the Standstill Period in accordance with Section 2(a) and (b) the termination of the Lehman Purchase Agreement without the sale of the Lehman Shares contemplated thereby.

3.2. Investor Rights Agreement . The parties will promptly, after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Lehman Purchase Agreement, amend the Investor Rights Agreement to include the Lehman Shares and any other Shares in the definition of “Registrable Securities” therein.

3.3. Rights Agreement . Prior to the earlier of the termination of the Lehman Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the purchase of the Lehman Shares thereunder, the Company agrees that it will not amend or otherwise modify the Rights Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2012, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (as amended by the First Amendment to Rights Agreement and Direction to Rights Agent, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment ”)), in any manner that would cause the amendments contemplated by Section 1 of the Amendment to no longer apply.

3.4. Expenses . All expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby will be paid by the party incurring such expenses.

3.5. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications made under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement must be in writing and be given by hand delivery, email, facsimile or next Business Day courier to the affected

 

-6-


party at the addresses and facsimile numbers set forth below or at such other addresses or facsimile numbers as such party may have provided to the other parties in accordance herewith. Such notices will be deemed given at the time personally delivered (if delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged), upon issuance by the transmitting machine of confirmation that the number of pages constituting the notice has been transmitted without error and confirmed telephonically (if sent by email or facsimile), and the first Business Day after timely delivery to the courier (if sent by next-Business Day courier specifying next-Business Day delivery).

 

  (b) If to the Company, to:

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

399 Park Avenue

39th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: David Butters

Fax No.: 212.355.5981

Email: davidbutters@navigatorgas.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

101 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10178

Attention: Allan Reiss

Fax No.: 212.309.6001

Email: areiss@morganlewis.com

 

  (c) If to any of the Investors:

c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC

1166 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

Fax No.: 212.317.4893

Email: wlross@wlross.com

With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

Jones Day

222 East 41st Street New York,

New York 1017

Attention: Robert Profusek

  Andrew Levine

Fax No.: 212.755.7306

Email: raprofusek@jonesday.com

  amlevine@jonesday.com

 

-7-


3.6. Interpretation . This Agreement has been freely and fairly negotiated among the parties. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or Section, such reference will be to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” “$” refers to U.S. dollars. Words used in the singular form in this Agreement will be deemed to include the plural, and vice versa, as the context may require. If the date upon or by which any party hereto is required to perform any covenant or obligation hereunder falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then such date of performance will be automatically extended to the next Business Day thereafter. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) “or” is disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive, (ii) the use in this Agreement of a pronoun in reference to a party hereto includes the masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context may require, and (iii) unless otherwise defined herein, terms used herein which are defined in United States generally accepted accounting principles have the meanings ascribed to them therein. All Exhibits hereto will be deemed part of this Agreement and included in any reference to this Agreement. Any agreement, instrument or Law defined or referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or Law as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented (and, in the case of any Law, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder), including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of Laws) by succession of comparable successor Laws.

3.7. Governing Law . This Agreement, any claims, causes of actions or disputes (whether in contract or tort) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely in the State of New York, United States of America, without regard to any applicable conflict of Laws principles. The parties hereto agree that any action seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement will only be brought in any United States District Court located in New York County, New York so long as such court has subject matter jurisdiction over such action, or alternatively in any New York State Court located in New York County, New York if the aforesaid United States District Courts do not have subject matter jurisdiction, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement will be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such action and irrevocably waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such action in any such court or that any such action which is brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such action may be served on any

 

-8-


party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 3.5 will be deemed effective service of process on such party. In the event of litigation relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party will be liable and pay to the prevailing party the reasonable costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such litigation, including any appeal therefrom.

3.8. Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached, that monetary damages may be inadequate and that a party may have no adequate remedy at Law. Notwithstanding Section 3.7, the parties accordingly agree that the parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in action instituted in a United States District Court located in New York County, New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at Law or in equity. In the event that a party seeks in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, no party will allege, and each party hereby waives the defense or counterclaim that, there is an adequate remedy at Law.

3.9. Successors and Assigns; Assignment . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto. This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) the Company (other than by operation of Law, including in connection with a Change of Control), without the prior written consent of WLR, on behalf of the other members of the WLR Group, or (b) any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company, except that each Investor may assign its respective rights and obligations without such consent in connection with a transfer of its Shares to an Affiliate of such Investor, including any Affiliated fund, and in connection therewith such permitted transferee will execute and deliver a counterpart to this Agreement and become an “Investor.”

3.10. Amendment and Waiver . No amendment, waiver or other modification of, or consent under, any provision of this Agreement will be effective against the Company, unless it is approved in writing by the Company, and no amendment, waiver or other modification of, or consent under, any provision of this Agreement will be effective against any Investor, unless it is approved in writing by WLR on behalf of such Investor; provided that any Investor may also waive any rights or provide consent with respect to itself; provided further that notwithstanding the foregoing, the addition of an Investor as a party hereto will not constitute an amendment hereto and may be effected by the execution of a counterpart hereto by such Investor and the Company. No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained will be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof or of any other agreement or provision herein contained. The failure or delay of any of the parties to assert any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of such rights nor will it preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of

 

-9-


any other right or remedy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act (or any similar requirements under any applicable securities laws), the parties will negotiate in good faith any amendments to this Agreement that may be applicable as a result thereof, including as a result of the application of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.

3.11. Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties and their permitted assigns and nothing herein expressed or implied will give or be construed to give any Person, other than the parties and such assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder, subject in all respects to Section 3.16 hereof.

3.12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the exhibits hereto) and the Investor Rights Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, representations and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, including any confidentiality agreements previously entered into by the Company, on the one hand, and the WLR Group or any member thereof, on the other hand.

3.13. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any Law or public policy in any jurisdiction, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions and the intention of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any of the parties. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

3.14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which will constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by any party hereto by means of a facsimile, email or PDF transmission of an originally executed counterpart, the delivery of which facsimile, email or PDF transmission will have the same force and effect, except as specified in any document executed and delivered pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, as the delivery of the originally executed counterpart.

3.16. WLR as Representative Party . Each Investor irrevocably appoints WLR as its representative to take any action contemplated hereunder to be taken by it, including the execution and delivery of any consent or waiver hereunder or amendment hereto. WLR will have no liability or obligation to the Company for any act or failure to act; provided , however , that nothing herein will relieve the Investors from any liability under this Agreement for any breach by WLR of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

-10-


3.15. Company Actions . Any actions or determinations contemplated or required to be taken or made by the Company under this Agreement will be made on behalf of the Company by the members of the Board who are not Board Designees or employees of any member of the WLR Group, and such members of the Board who are not Board Designees or employees of any member of the WLR Group will be entitled to take any actions necessary or appropriate to enforce the rights of the Company hereunder.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank .]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Investor Restrictions Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.
By:   /s/ David J. Butters
  Name: David J. Butters
  Title: Chairman, President and CEO
WL ROSS & CO. LLC
By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Chairman and CEO
INVESTORS:
WLR RECOVERY FUND IV DSS AIV, L.P.
By:   WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS
  AIV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS
  AIV GP, Ltd., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Authorized Person
WLR IV PARALLEL ESC, L.P.
By:   Invesco WLR IV Associates LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Invesco Private Capital, Inc.,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Authorized Person

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INVESTOR RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT


WLR RECOVERY FUND V DSS AIV, L.P.
By:   WLR Recovery Associates V DSS
  AIV, L.P., its General Partner
By:   WLR Recovery Associates V DSS
  AIV GP, Ltd., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Authorized Person
WLR V PARALLEL ESC, L.P.
By:   Invesco WLR V Associates LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Invesco Private Capital, Inc.,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Name: Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.
  Title: Authorized Person

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INVESTOR RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.8

Dated 4 August 2010

PT PESONA SENTRA UTAMA

- and –

PT MAHAMERU KENCANA ABADI

- and –

NAVIGATOR GAS INVEST LIMITED

- and –

PT NAVIGATOR KHATULISTIWA

 

 

JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT

 

 

Watson, Farley & Williams

Singapore


INDEX

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1

  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      1   

2

  SHARE CAPITAL      8   

3

  RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES      9   

4

  CLOSING      9   

5

  CONDUCT PRIOR TO CLOSING DATE      11   

6

  ANNUAL BUDGETS AND ACCOUNTS      13   

7

  INDONESIAN OWNERSHIP      14   

8

  FUNDING GENERALLY      14   

9

  RESTRICTION ON DEALINGS WITH SHARES AND CALL OPTION      15   

10

  OPERATION OF COMPANY      16   

11

  BOARD RESOLUTIONS      19   

12

  GENERAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS      19   

13

  DIVIDENDS      21   

14

  BOOKS, RECORDS AND REPORTS      22   

15

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      22   

16

  INDEMNITIES      24   

17

  APPROVALS      24   

18

  CONFIDENTIALITY      24   

19

  TERM      25   

20

  EVENT OF DEFAULT      25   

21

  NOTICES      27   

22

  FRUSTRATION      28   

23

  FORCE MAJEURE      28   

24

  RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES      29   

25

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT      30   

26

  SEVERABILITY      30   


27   ASSIGNMENT      30   

28

  NO WAIVER      30   

29

  COSTS      31   

30

  MANAGEMENT SERVICES      31   

31

  GOVERNING LAW      32   

32

  EXECUTION AND DELIVERY      32   

33

  GOVERNING LANGUAGE      32   

ANNEXURE A—REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE COMPANY, PSU AND MKA

     35   

ANNEXURE B—DESCRIPTION OF MANAGEMENT SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY PSU AND MKA TO THE COMPANY

     41   


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 4 August 2010.

BETWEEN:

 

(1) PT PESONA SENTRA UTAMA , a limited liability company duly incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Indonesia and having its registered office at Globe Building 6th Floor, Jalan Buncit Raya Kav. 31-33, Jakarta, Indonesia 12740 (“ PSU ”);

 

(2) PT MAHAMERU KENCANA ABADI a limited liability company duly incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Indonesia and having its registered office at Jalan Warung Buncit Raya No. 49 Mampang Prapatan Jakarta, Indonesia 12740 (“ MKA ”);

 

(3) NAVIGATOR GAS INVEST LIMITED (Company Registration No. 7263791), a company incorporated in England, and having an office at 150 Aldersgate Street, London EC1A 4AB, United Kingdom,(“ NGIL ”); and

 

(4) PT NAVIGATOR KHATULISTIWA , a limited liability company duly incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Indonesia, and having its registered office at Globe Building, Jalan Buncit Raya Kau 31.33, Jakarta, Indonesia 12740 (the “ Company ”).

RECITALS:

 

(A) The Company has been duly established as a PMA Company in the field of shipping and any other shipping related business activities.

 

(B) The Parties hereto have agreed to enter into this agreement (“ Agreement ”) to govern the management of the Company and their respective rights and obligations as shareholders of the Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

IT IS AGREED as follows.

 

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

The following definitions apply unless the context requires otherwise:

Affiliate means, in relation to a Party which is a company (other than the Company), any company which is for the time being a Subsidiary or Holding Company of that Party or a Subsidiary of a Holding Company of that Party.

Aries Earnings means in relation to the Aries Vessel, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Company and which arise out of the use or operation of the Aries Vessel, including (but not limited to):

 

  (a) all amounts payable to the Company under the Aries Time Charter and all other freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to the Company in the event of requisition of the Aries Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Aries Vessel;

 

  (b) all moneys which are at any time payable under Aries Insurances in respect of loss of earnings; and

 

  (c) if and whenever the Aries Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Aries Vessel.

 

1


Aries General Assignment ” means an assignment of the rights of the Company in the Aries Time Charter, the Aries Insurances, and the Aries Earnings to be executed by the Company in favour of FFPL in such form and on such terms as may be acceptable to FFPL.

Aries Hypothec ” means the first priority hypothec over the Aries Vessel to be executed by the Company in favour of FFPL in such form and on such terms as may be acceptable to FFPL and acceptable to be registered with the relevant authorities in Indonesia.

Aries Insurances ” means, in relation to the Aries Vessel:

 

  (a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Aries Vessel in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, which are effected in respect of the Aries Vessel, the Aries Earnings or otherwise in relation to it; and

 

  (b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium.

Aries Sale and Purchase Agreement means the memorandum of agreement made or to be made between the Company and Navigator Aries L.L.C. in respect of the Aries Vessel.

Aries Time Charter ” means the time charterparty dated 16 September 2008 made originally between Pacific Peregrine Shipping Pte Ltd (“ PPSPL ”) and the Time Charterer in relation to the Aries Vessel, as novated by PPSPL in favour of the Company pursuant to a transfer agreement dated 26 May 2010.

Aries Vessel ” means the LPG carrier known as m.v. “Navigator Aries” currently registered under Liberian flag and to be sold by Navigator Aries L.L.C. to the Company pursuant to the Aries Sale and Purchase Agreement and thereafter to be registered under Indonesian flag.

Articles means the articles of association of the Company, amended in accordance with this Agreement in such form as the Parties may agree.

Auditors means the firm Moore Stephens who shall continue for the time being to be appointed as the Company’s auditors or any other independent, internationally respected accounting firm with an associated office in Indonesia as approved by the Parties.

Authorisation includes any authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notorisation and legalisation which may be required of any governmental, quasi-governmental or public body or any other authority or sub-division thereof.

BKPM means the Capital Investment Coordinating Board (Badan Koordinasi Penanaman Modal) of Indonesia now referred to as the BKPM.

BKPM Approval means the letter of approval from the BKPM approving the change of shareholders, change of capital structure and the use of manpower including expatriates by the Company.

 

2


Board of Commissioners means the board of commissioners of the Company as constituted from time to time.

Board of Directors means the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time.

Business means the Company’s business of shipping and any other shipping related business activities.

Business Day means any weekday on which banks are open for business in Jakarta and Singapore.

Capital Contribution means the subscription by a Party (other than the Company) for fully-paid Shares.

Closing means the fulfillment of the conditions and the performance by the Parties of their obligations set out in Clause 4.1, save where conditions have been waived by NGIL pursuant to Clause 4.2(a).

Closing Date means the date upon which Closing occurs.

Commissioner means a commissioner of the Company.

Confidential Information ” means all confidential and proprietary information of a Party (the “ Relevant Party ”) including, without limitation, information relating to technology, processes, products, specifications, formulae, inventions or designs used or developed by the Relevant Party, trade secrets and know-how and information of a commercially sensitive nature. Confidential Information does not include information which:

 

  (a) at the time of the first disclosure to or observation by the other party, was already in the lawful possession of that party;

 

  (b) is in or comes into the public domain otherwise than by disclosure in breach of this Agreement; or

 

  (c) becomes available to the other party from any other source provided it was not acquired directly or indirectly from the Relevant Party.

Deed of Establishment ” means the deed of establishment No. 02 dated 9 April 2010 made before Surjadi, S.H., notary in Jakarta, which has been approved by the Minister of Justice of the Republic of Indonesia under decree No. AHU.22044.AH.01.01.Tahun 2010 dated 29 April 2010.

Defaulting Party ” is defined in Clause 20.1, being (a) a Party (other than the Company) that commits an Event of Default; or (b) a Party in relation to which any Event of Default occurs.

Director means a director of the Company.

Dispose in relation to any property means to sell, transfer, assign, create an Encumbrance over, declare oneself a trustee of, part with the benefit of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any interest in or any part of the property. It includes, without limitation, in relation to a Share, to enter into a transaction in relation to the Share (or any interest in it), other than a transaction which is:

 

  (a) permitted by this Agreement or the Articles; or

 

  (b) conditional on each other Shareholder consenting to it or waiving certain of its rights under this Agreement or the Articles or as otherwise agreed by each other Party,

 

3


which results in a person other than the registered holder of the Share:

 

  (i) acquiring any interest in the Share, including, but not limited to, an interest arising under a declaration of trust, an agreement for sale and purchase or an option agreement or an agreement creating a charge or other security interest in respect of the Share; or

 

  (ii) acquiring any right to receive directly or indirectly any dividends payable in respect of the Share; or

 

  (iii) acquiring any rights of pre-emption, first refusal or like control over the disposal of the Share; or

 

  (iv) acquiring any rights of control over the exercise of any voting rights or rights to appoint directors or commissioners attaching to the Share; or

 

  (v) otherwise acquiring rights against the registered holder of the Share which have the effect of placing the person in the same position as would exist if the person had acquired an interest in the Share itself,

and Disposal has a corresponding meaning.

Dividend includes a bonus or other distribution in specie or in cash.

Encumbrance means any mortgage, pledge, lien, hypothecation, charge, power of attorney, fiduciary transfer, assignment of rights for security purposes or other form of security interest or interest in the nature of a security interest, and Encumber has a corresponding meaning.

Equity Loans means the two loan agreements with each MKA and PSU as borrower and FFPL as lender, each for the amount of US$2,884,050.

Event of Default ” means any of the acts set out in Clause 20.1.

Exchange Rate means the exchange rate quoted by Bank Indonesia on the day prior to the day of conversion for the purchase of $ for Indonesian Rupiah.

FFPL means Falcon Funding Pte. Ltd. (Company Registration No. 201005399C), a company incorporated in Singapore, and having an office at 7 Temasek Boulevard, #07-08, Suntec Tower One, Singapore 038987.

FFPL Loan Agreement means the loan agreement dated 4 August 2010 entered into between FFPL as borrower and the Navigator Gas L.L.C. as lender for the amount of US$106,000,000.

Government means the Government of Indonesia.

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a company, a company of which the first company is a Subsidiary.

Indonesia means the Republic of Indonesia.

 

4


Indonesian Financial Year ” means the accounting year of the Company under Indonesian GAAP, which shall commence on 1 January and end on 31 December each calendar year, unless otherwise agreed at a general meeting of Shareholders.

Indonesian Financial Quarter Year ” means each of the four 3 month periods of an Indonesian Financial Year.

Indonesian GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles on a consistent basis in Indonesia.

MKA Shares Pledge ” means a pledge granted or to be granted by MKA in favour of FFPL of all of its shares in the Company in such form and on such terms as may be acceptable to FFPL.

MOL ” means the Ministry of Law and Human Rights of Indonesia.

Navigator Aries L.L.C. means a limited liability company with Company Registration No. 961369, formed in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960.

Navigator Pluto L.L.C. ” means a limited liability company, with Company Registration No. 961269, formed in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960.

Notifying Party ” means any Party (other than the Company) giving a written notice to each other Party under Clause 21.

Party means each of PSU, MKA, NGIL, and the Company and any other party to this Agreement from time to time, and includes their respective successors or permitted assigns and Parties means all of them.

Pluto Earnings means in relation to the Pluto Vessel, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Company and which arise out of the use or operation of the Pluto Vessel, including (but not limited to):

 

  (a) all amounts payable to the Company under the Pluto Time Charter and all other freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to the Company in the event of requisition of the Pluto Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Pluto Vessel;

 

  (b) all moneys which are at any time payable under Pluto Insurances in respect of loss of earnings; and

 

  (c) if and whenever the Pluto Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Pluto Vessel.

 

5


Pluto General Assignment means an assignment of the rights of the Company in the Pluto Time Charter, the Pluto Insurances, and the Pluto Earnings to be executed by the Company in favour of FFPL in such form and on such terms as may be acceptable to FFPL.

Pluto Hypothec ” means the first priority hypothec over the Pluto Vessel to be executed by the Company in favour of FFPL in such form and on such terms as may be acceptable to FFPL and acceptable to be registered with the relevant authorities in Indonesia.

Pluto Insurances means, in relation to the Pluto Vessel:

 

  (d) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Pluto Vessel in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, which are effected in respect of the Pluto Vessel, the Pluto Earnings or otherwise in relation to it; and

 

  (e) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium.

Pluto Sale and Purchase Agreement means the memorandum of agreement made or to be made between the Company and Navigator Pluto L.L.C. in respect of the Pluto Vessel.

Pluto Time Charter means the time charterparty made between the Company and the Time Charterer dated on or about the date of this Agreement in relation to the Pluto Vessel in such form and on such terms as may be acceptable to the Company.

Pluto Vessel ” means the LPG carrier known as m.v. “Navigator Pluto” currently registered under Liberian Islands flag and to be sold by Navigator Pluto L.L.C. to the Company pursuant to the Pluto Sale and Purchase Agreement and thereafter to be registered under Indonesian flag.

PMA Company means a foreign capital investment company (penanaman modal asing) established in accordance with Law No 25 of 2007 regarding Capital Investment of Indonesia and any of its subsequent amendments and implementing regulations and policies and as contemplated in Indonesian Law No 40 of 2007 regarding limited liability companies.

Project Documents means collectively, the Pluto Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Aries Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Pluto Time Charter, the Aries Time Charter, the Pluto General Assignment, the Aries General Assignment, the Pluto Hypothec, the Pluto General Assignment, the PSU Shares Pledge, MKA Shares Pledge and the FFPL Loan Agreement.

PSU Shares Pledge means a pledge granted or to be granted by PSU in favour of FFPL of all of its shares in the Company in such form and on such terms as may be acceptable to FFPL.

Seacom means Directorate General of Sea Communication of the Department of Communication of Indonesia.

Share means a share in the capital of the Company.

 

6


Shareholder means a Party holding shares in the Company.

Shareholding Percentage means, in relation to a Shareholder, a fraction the numerator of which is the total number of Shares held by that Shareholder for the time being and the denominator of which is the total number of all Shares (including the Shares held by the Shareholder) issued for the time being (and the expression Shareholding Percentages in relation to some or all of the Shareholders shall be construed accordingly).

SIUPAL Licences means the Surat Izin Usaha Perusahaan Angkutan Laut (SIUPAL) which the Company holds and any and all Authorisation required to ensure that the Company is permitted to act as a general agent.

Subsidiary means, in relation to a company, any other company where the first company:

 

  (a) holds a majority of the issued share capital in that other company (excluding any part of the issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital);

 

  (b) controls the composition of that other company’s board of directors; or

 

  (c) is in a position to cast, or control the casting of, a majority of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of shareholders of that other company,

or where that other company is a Subsidiary of a company which is itself a Subsidiary of the first company.

Termination Notice means a written notice given by a Notifying Party to each other Party in accordance with Clause 20.1.

Time Charterer means PT Pertamina (Persero).

Vessels ” means collectively, the Aries Vessel and the Pluto Vessel.

Vessel Loan ” means the loan agreement with FFPL as lender and the Company as borrower for the amount of US$100,000,000.

 

1.2 Interpretation

In this Agreement, headings are for convenience only, and unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

  (b) a word denoting any gender includes all genders;

 

  (c) a reference to a person includes a body corporate, an unincorporated body or other entity and vice versa;

 

  (d) a reference to a Clause, Schedule or Annexure is to a clause of, schedule to or annexure to this Agreement;

 

  (e) a reference to any party to this Agreement or any other agreement or document includes the party’s successors and permitted assigns;

 

7


  (f) a reference to any agreement or document is to that agreement or document as amended, novated, supplemented, varied or replaced from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by this Agreement or that other agreement or document;

 

  (g) a reference to any legislation or to any provision of any legislation includes any modification or re-enactment of it, any legislative provision substituted for it and all regulations and statutory instruments issued under it; and

 

  (h) $ or Dollars means the lawful currency of the United States of America and Rp or Rupiah means the lawful currency of Indonesia.

 

2 SHARE CAPITAL

 

2.1 Existing Capital Structure

PSU represents and warrants that, as of the date of this Agreement, the Company is properly registered with the following capital structure:

 

Authorised Capital :

   US$45,240,000 divided into 45,240,000 shares of US$1.00 each = Rp410,553,000,000 divided into 45,240,000 shares of Rp9,075 each

Paid Up and Issued Capital :

   US$11,310,000 consisting of 11,310,000 shares of US$1.00 each = Rp102,638,250,000 divided into 11,310,000 shares of Rp9,075 each
Shareholders :    NGIL – 5,541,900 shares (49%)
   PSU – 2,884,050 shares (25.5%)
   MKA – 2,884,050 shares (25.5%)

 

2.2 New Capital Structure

 

  (a) The issued share capital of the Company shall be reclassified or otherwise reconstituted into two classes of Shares as follows:

 

  (i) 5,541,900 Class A shares (“ Class A Shares ”), each with a par value of US$1.00 per share and one voting right and one dividend right each; and

 

  (ii) 5,768,100 Class B shares (“ Class B Shares ”), each with a par value of US$1.00 per share and one voting right and one dividend right each.

 

  (b) NGIL will subscribe for all of the Class A Shares for US$1.00 per share, aggregate consideration of US$5,541,900 which will be fully paid to the Company on the Closing Date.

 

  (c) PSU and MKA will each subscribe for 50% of all of the Class B Shares for US$1.00 per share, aggregate consideration each of US$2,884,050 which will be fully paid to the Company on the Closing Date.

 

8


3 RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

 

3.1 Parties not in partnership

Nothing in this Agreement or the Articles shall be considered or interpreted as constituting:

 

  (a) the relationship of the Parties as a partnership, association or any other relationship in which one or more of the Parties may be liable generally for the acts or omissions of any other Party; or

 

  (b) any Party as the general agent or representative of any other Party.

 

3.2 Articles

 

  (a) The Articles shall, to the extent permitted under Indonesian law, at all times give effect to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Each Party irrevocably agrees that if there is any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles, then:

 

  (i) as between the Parties, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail; and

 

  (ii) the Parties shall, to the extent permitted under Indonesian law, forthwith use their best endeavours to procure an amendment to the Articles so as to remove such conflict or inconsistency.

 

4 CLOSING

 

4.1 Conditions of Closing

Closing shall not occur until all of the following terms and conditions for the exclusive benefit of FFPL have been fulfilled and/or performed:

 

  (a) the Company having executed:

 

  (i) the Aries Sale and Purchase Agreement and the Pluto Sale and Purchase Agreement and having satisfied all its completion obligations thereto;

 

  (ii) the Aries Time Charter and the Pluto Time Charter with the Time Charterer;

 

  (iii) the Aries Hypothec, the Pluto Hypothec, the Aries General Assignment and the Pluto General Assignment, each in favour of FFPL; and

 

  (iv) the Vessel Loan;

 

  (b) the Company delivering to NGIL all necessary corporate authorities approving the execution of the documents set out in Clause 4.1(a);

 

  (c) each of PSU and MKA providing documentary evidence satisfactory to NGIL that both PSU and MKA have, or will on the Closing Date have, funds in place to each pay for 50% of the Class B Shares in full;

 

9


  (d) the Parties finalising and, in the presence of a notary public in Indonesia, executing the amended Articles;

 

  (e) the Parties finalising and submitting:

 

  (i) to BKPM, a final Foreign Investment Application (Model 1/PMA Application) together with annexes and supporting documents, seeking approval of, the proposed activity of the Company and structure of the Shareholders’ investment in the Company; and

 

  (ii) to MOL, the duly executed and notarised amended Articles, together with all supporting documents, for MOL approval to approve the amendments to the Articles;

 

  (f) the Company having obtained each of the following:

 

  (i) the registration of the Aries Vessel and the Pluto Vessel in the name of the Company as evidenced by the Grosse Akte issued by Seacom;

 

  (ii) the registration of the Aries Vessel and the Pluto Vessel under Indonesian flag by Seacom as evidenced in the main register for registration and transfer of title of vessels in Jakarta, Indonesia;

 

  (iii) the SIUPAL Licences being issued by Seacom in the name of the Company as necessary for the commercial operation of the Aries Vessel and the Pluto Vessel in Indonesia;

 

  (iv) the certificate of classification of the Aries Vessel and the Pluto Vessel from the Indonesian Classification Bureau being the Indonesian classification society; and

 

  (v) documentary evidence satisfactory to NGIL that each of the Aries Vessel and the Pluto Vessel is insured on terms and with underwriters and P & I clubs acceptable to NGIL;

 

  (g) confirmation being received in writing by all of the Parties that all approvals, licences and consents of BKPM, MOL, Seacom and any other government or governmental body or regulatory authority which are required to enable the Company to conduct the Business without interruption or inconvenience, have been obtained, issued or granted on terms satisfactory to NGIL;

 

  (h) the covenants, representations and warranties of each of the Company, PSU and MKA contained in Clause 15 shall be true and correct, each and every one of which is hereby deemed to be a condition and NGIL shall have received a certificate dated the Closing Date, in form satisfactory to counsel for NGIL, signed under seal by each of the Company and PSU to the effect that such covenants, representations and warranties referred to above are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date;

 

  (i) the composition of the Board of Commissioners and the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in Clause 10.2 shall be completed;

 

  (j) the new capital structure of the Company set forth in Clause 2.2 shall be completed; and

 

10


  (k) no legislation (whether by statute, by-law, regulation or otherwise) shall have been enacted or introduced which, in the opinion of NGIL, adversely affects or may adversely affect the operations and Business of the Company.

 

4.2 Termination or Waiver of Closing Conditions

In case any of the conditions in Clause 4.1 are not be fulfilled and/or performed to the satisfaction of NGIL on or before 31 August 2010 (the “Outstanding Conditions ), NGIL may, at its option:

 

  (a) agree that Closing shall take place before the Outstanding Conditions are fulfilled or performed, in which case those Outstanding Conditions shall be fulfilled and/or performed within such period as NGIL may specify, any such waiver to be binding on NGIL only if the same is in writing; or

 

  (b) rescind this Agreement by notice to the Company, PSU and MKA, and in such event NGIL shall be released from all obligations hereunder.

 

4.3 Termination for Non-Payment

If the Company has not received payment in full by NGIL under Clause 2.2(b) and payment in full by each of PSU and MKA under Clause 2.2(c) on or before 31 August 2010 (or such other date as may be acceptable to NGIL), each of the Parties hereto shall be released from all obligations hereunder.

 

5 CONDUCT PRIOR TO CLOSING DATE

 

5.1 Obligations of PSU, MKA and the Company

At all times prior to the Closing Date, PSU, MKA and the Company shall:

 

  (a) not undertake any activity or do anything which may, in the reasonable opinion of NGIL, be contrary to the best interests of NGIL under this Agreement;

 

  (b) keep NGIL fully informed of all matters relating directly or indirectly to the Company or to NGIL’s rights or future rights under this Agreement;

 

  (c) take such action as may be required to protect NGIL’s rights and future rights under this Agreement;

 

  (d) ensure that the Articles are amended where necessary to be consistent with the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (e) ensure that the Company, or any person on behalf of the Company, does not create any Encumbrance on the Vessels, Dispose of the Vessels or any other vessel which may be owned by the Company from time to time or all or a substantial or material part of the Company’s business or assets, or amend the Articles, unless first approved in writing by NGIL; and

 

  (f) ensure that the Company complies with all laws and other obligations binding on it and maintains the SIUPAL Licenses and its status as a general agent in good standing.

 

11


5.2 Matters requiring NGIL’s approval

Except as otherwise provided or contemplated in this Agreement, at all times prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall not and PSU and MKA shall ensure that the Company shall not, except with the prior written approval of the NGIL (which approval will be withheld only on reasonable grounds and in good faith), do any of the following:

 

  (a) ( Arm’s length transactions ) Enter into, vary or terminate any contract or arrangement (whether legally binding or not) with any Director, Commissioner or Shareholder.

 

  (b) ( Directors’ contracts ) Vary the terms of service (including compensation, remuneration and emoluments) of a Director or Commissioner.

 

  (c) ( Disposal ) Dispose of the Vessels or any other vessel which may be owned by the Company from time to time or its main undertaking or any of its principal assets.

 

  (d) ( Securities issue ) Issue, allot, redeem, purchase or grant options over any of its Shares, debentures or other securities or reorganise its share capital in any way otherwise than in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  (e) ( Distributio ns) Pay or make any dividend or other distribution otherwise than in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  (f) ( Reduction of capital ) Reduce its share capital in any manner.

 

  (g) ( Memorandum and Articles ) Amend the Articles or pass any resolution for winding up.

 

  (h) ( Cessation or change in Business ) Cease to conduct or change the nature or scope of the Business, the operations of the Company or commence any new business not being ancillary or incidental to the Business or the operations of the Company.

 

  (i) ( Early repayments ) Make any early repayment of any of its indebtedness.

 

  (j) ( Modification ) Modify or abrogate any rights for the time being attached to the Shares.

 

  (k) ( Material contracts and commitments ) The entry into of any contract or commitment (other than pursuant to the Project Documents) under which the Company may incur costs of US$100,000 or more or which may not be fulfilled or completed within 1 year.

 

  (l) ( Termination, variation or suspension of material contracts ) The termination, variation or suspension of the performance of:

 

  (i) the Aries Time Charter or the Pluto Time Charter;

 

  (ii) any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Vessels or any or any other vessel which may be owned by the Company from time to time; or

 

12


  (iii) any material contract or commitment of the Company;

 

  (m) ( Acquisitions ) The acquisition of any assets or property at a total cost (per transaction) of more than US$100,000(other than pursuant to the Project Documents).

 

  (n) ( Borrowings ) The borrowing of any amounts.

 

  (o) ( Encumbrances ) The creation of Encumbrances over any assets or property of the Company including the Vessels or any other vessel which may be owned by the Company.

 

6 ANNUAL BUDGETS AND ACCOUNTS

 

6.1 Preparation of Annual Budgets

 

  (a) ( Principal ) As soon as practicable after the signing of this Agreement and not later than 60 days prior to the commencement of each subsequent Indonesian Financial Year (in respect of that Indonesian Financial Year), the Board of Directors shall deliver a draft Annual Budget to the Board of Commissioners.

 

  (b) ( Updates ) The Board of Directors may, from time to time, prepare, or cause to be prepared, draft updates to the then current Approved Budget to revise, add or delete any expenditure, and shall deliver any revisions to the Annual Budget to the Board of Commissioners.

 

6.2 Approval of Annual Budgets and updates

 

  (a) ( Principal ) Not later than 15 days prior to the commencement of the relevant Indonesian Financial Year, the Board of Commissioners shall settle and approve each draft Annual Budget, and provide copies to the Shareholders.

 

  (b) ( Updates ) Within 45 days of its preparation the Board of Commissioners shall settle and approve each draft update to the then current Approved Budget, and provide copies to the Shareholders.

 

6.3 Books, accounts and records

The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards and practices in Indonesia comprehensive books, accounts and records of the Company, in Rupiah and in English (except to the extent required by Indonesian law) of the Operations and of all transactions entered into by or on behalf of the Company. Those books, accounts and records shall include, without limitation:

 

  (a) details of each sum received by the Company, the date of receipt and the source of the payment;

 

  (b) details of each sum disbursed by the Company for the Operations and the date and purpose of the payment; and

 

  (c) details of services and of materials, equipment and supplies acquired by the Company for the Operations and the date and cost of acquisition.

 

6.4 Costs of preparation

The costs of preparing and maintaining all books, accounts and records in accordance with Clause 6.3 shall be charged as the Company’s expenditure.

 

13


7 INDONESIAN OWNERSHIP

 

  (a) Each of MKA and PSU represents and warrants that it is (and will remain for so long as it is a Shareholder) a company incorporated in Indonesia.

 

  (b) Each of MKA and PSU represents and warrants that it is (and will remain for so long as it is a Shareholder) a company owned and controlled by Indonesian entities or individuals.

 

  (c) If at any time PSU and/or MKA ceases to be owned and controlled by Indonesian entities, NGIL shall be entitled to require MKA or, as the case may be, PSU to sell some or all of its Shares in whatever manner NGIL reasonably considers necessary to ensure that the obligations of the Company under Indonesian law are fulfilled.

 

8 FUNDING GENERALLY

 

8.1 Funding

 

  (a) (Methods ) All funding to be provided to the Company shall be by way of:

 

  (i) third party financing by the Company (with or without support, whether by way of guarantee, indemnity, Encumbrance or otherwise, from the Shareholders or their respective Affiliates);

 

  (ii) Capital Contributions; or

 

  (iii) any combination of the above,

as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

  (b) (Calls ) Subject to Clause 8.2, to the extent that funding to be provided to the Company is to be by way of Capital Contributions, it shall be provided in accordance with written notices given to each Shareholder by or on behalf of the Board of Directors from time to time. Such notices shall be issued at such times and for such amounts as may be required to meet the Company’s expenditures that is then accrued or that the Board of Directors estimates will accrue or become payable during the period to which the relevant notice relates. Each Shareholder must provide the amount specified in each notice given to it within seven days of receipt of that notice.

 

8.2 Funding after Closing Date

 

  (a) (Capital Contributions ) To the extent that funding to be provided to the Company after the Closing Date is to be by way of Capital Contributions, such Capital Contributions shall either be made by the Shareholders in proportion to their Shareholding Percentages or, in the event that a Shareholder’s Capital Contribution exceeds its Shareholding Percentage, such Shareholder will be duly compensated through increased shares, increased share votes, profit sharing or such other suitable arrangement as the Parties may agree.

 

14


9 RESTRICTION ON DEALINGS WITH SHARES AND CALL OPTION

 

9.1 Restriction on dealings with shares

Save as to the PSU Shares Pledge and the MKA Shares Pledge, a Shareholder shall not Encumber or Dispose of any of its Shares in favour of or to any third party (including, without limitation, an Affiliate of that Shareholder) except as provided in this Clause 9.

 

9.2 Affiliate exception

 

  (a) Subject to Indonesian law, NGIL may at any time and without first having to obtain the prior consent of PSU or MKA, transfer all or any of its Shares and assign all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates.

 

  (b) Any transfer under this Clause 9.2 shall only be made on condition that:

 

  (i) the Affiliate agrees that if it ceases to be an Affiliate for any reason whatsoever, it shall immediately reassign to NGIL (or its Affiliate) all of the Shares then held by it; and

 

  (ii) the Affiliate, if not already a Party to this Agreement, enters into an Accession Agreement with all Shareholders and the Company (each of which are bound to execute that deed if the Affiliate and NGIL have complied with this Clause 9) such that such Affiliate is bound to this Agreement.

 

  (c) The Company shall not register any Affiliate as the holder of any Shares unless and until that Accession Agreement has been executed.

 

9.3 Call option

 

  (a) Each PSU and MKA hereby grants to NGIL an option (the “ Call Option ”) to purchase all (but not some) of the Shares held by each of them (the “ Option Shares ”) at the Option Price (as defined in Clause 9.3(e)) which NGIL may exercise upon:

 

  (i) PSU or MKA having committed any Event of Default; or

 

  (ii) the Aries Time Charter and/or the Pluto Time Charter with the Time Charterer is terminated, cancelled, suspended or ceases to be in full force and effect for any reason whatsoever

and on the exercise of the Call Option, PSU and/or MKA shall become bound to sell and the NGIL shall become bound to purchase the Call Shares in accordance with Clause 9.3(c).

 

  (b) Once lodged, a notice to exercise given under Clause 9.3(a) shall be irrevocable save with the consent in writing of the other party.

 

  (c) Completion of the sale and purchase of the Option Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Call Option shall take place at the registered office of the Company (or such other location as the parties may agree) on the date specified in the exercise notice given in accordance with Clause 9.3(a) when:

 

15


  (i) the transferee shall pay or procure the payment of the Option Price to transferor;

 

  (ii) the transferor shall deliver to the transferee a transfer instrument in respect of the Option Shares duly executed in favour of transferee together (where appropriate) with the original share certificate(s) if any representing the Option Shares in the name of the transferor; and

 

  (iii) subject to the payment by the transferee of the requisite amount of any stamp or transfer duty that is payable, the transferor shall use its reasonable endeavours (subject to due completion) to procure that transferee (or its nominee) shall be registered as the holder of the Option Shares without delay and a share certificate in respect thereof shall be delivered to the transferee (or its nominee).

 

  (d) If the transferor makes default in transferring the Option Shares following the exercise of the relevant Option:

 

  (i) the directors of the Company shall be entitled to receive and give a good discharge for the Option Price on behalf of the transferor;

 

  (ii) the transferor in each case hereby irrevocably, and by way of security for the performance of the transferor’s obligations under this Clause 9.3, appoints such person as the transferee shall nominate in writing as the transferor’s attorney to execute on transferor’s behalf a transfer or transfers of the Option Shares in favour of the transferee (or as the transferee may direct) and such other documents as may be necessary to transfer title to the Option Shares to the transferee (or as the transferee may direct); and

 

  (iii) the transferor hereby authorises the directors of the Company to approve the registration of such transfer or transfers or other documents,

PROVIDED That the provisions of this Clause 9.3(d) shall not apply where the transferee has failed to tender payment for the Option Shares or to comply with any of its obligations under this Clause 9.3.

 

  (e) For the purposes of this Clause 9.3, the “ Option Price ” shall mean the amount of the Equity Loan then outstanding from PSU or MKA (as the case may be) to FFPL and in the event that the Equity Loan has been fully paid by PSU or MKA (as the case may be), the Option Price shall be US$1.00.

 

10 OPERATION OF COMPANY

 

10.1 Board of Directors and Board of Commissioners

 

  (a) The Company shall be managed by the Board of Directors under the supervision, in accordance with Indonesian law, of the Board of Commissioners.

 

  (b) The Board of Directors shall be responsible for the overall direction and control of the management of the Company and the formulation of the policies to be applied in accordance with the Company’s purposes and objectives and to represent the Company in and out of court in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association.

 

16


  (c) The Articles will as soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement be modified to expressly provide that the powers of the Board of Commissioners will be in accordance with this Agreement.

 

10.2 Composition of Board of Commissioners and Directors

The Parties have agreed that NGIL should have control at shareholder level and on this basis:

 

  (a) the Board of Commissioners of the Company shall comprise:

 

  (i) one NGIL nominee who shall be the President Commissioner; and

 

  (ii) one nominee on behalf of PSU and MKA.

 

  (b) the Board of Directors of the Company shall comprise:

 

  (i) one MKA and PSU nominee and whom shall also be the President Director.

PROVIDED That the Shareholders may at anytime agree to change the composition of the Board of Commissioners and/or the Board of Directors.

 

  (c) a quorum for the Board of Commissioner shall require the attendance of at least one Commissioner nominated by NGIL and at least one Commissioner nominated by either of PSU or MKA;

 

  (d) the President Commissioner shall have a second or casting vote at meetings of the Board of Commissioners; and

 

  (e) notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement no resolution of the Board of Commissioners shall be passed unless with the affirmative vote of the Commissioner nominated by NGIL.

 

10.3 Written Consent of the Board of Commissioners

Decisions of the Company in relation to the following matters shall require a prior written consent of the Board of Commissioners of the Company and not the Board of Directors:

 

  (a) commitment of the Company to capital expenditures in excess of $50,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other currency in one transaction or in a series of transactions within a twelve month period;

 

  (b) hiring of executive or senior employees;

 

  (c) granting of ex-gratia payments to third parties as well as to employees;

 

  (d) engagement and termination of the services of professionals in excess of US$50,000;

 

  (e) expansion of business/services or collaboration with third parties;

 

  (f) granting of salary adjustments or bonus payments to employees;

 

17


  (g) establishment of any Subsidiary or investment in another company, partnership or any other forms of business organizations;

 

  (h) disposal of any assets and the charter of any vessel;

 

  (i) incurring of any liabilities or obligations (whether in the nature of financial indebtedness or otherwise) in excess of $50,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other currency;

 

  (j) pledging, hypothecating or granting any security over the assets or acting as the guarantor of any third party; or

 

  (k) the conduct of any business or the assumption of any new risks outside the ordinary scope of business.

Provided Always that in the event that NGIL wishes any one or more of the Vessels to be sold to an affiliate, a third party or otherwise, the Company shall be obliged to sell, and the Board of Commissioners shall approve the sale of the relevant Vessel(s) and the proceeds from such sale of the Vessel(s) shall be applied by the Company in a manner to be decided by NGIL in its absolute discretion.

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Clause 10.3 are strictly without prejudice to the requirement that specific Shareholder approval will be necessary in respect of certain of the matters listed.

 

10.4 Powers of Board of Commissioners

In addition to the powers provided in this Agreement, the Board of Commissioners shall have the following powers required under Indonesian law:

 

  (a) to suspend temporarily the appointment of a member of the Board of Directors, where that member acts contrary to the Articles or to Indonesian law;

 

  (b) to assume temporarily control of the management of the Company, where the appointments of all the members of the Board of Directors have been suspended, until the next general meeting of Shareholders and in any case for a maximum period of 30 days, and in any other circumstances approved in a general meeting of Shareholders;

 

  (c) to visit the premises of the Company and to have access to the records of the Company; and

 

  (d) to supervise in accordance with Indonesian law the Board of Directors in the operation of the Company and to provide advice to the Board of Directors,

all in accordance with the Articles.

 

10.5 Manner of conduct

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party shall exercise its powers so as to ensure that the Company and the Board of Directors:

 

  (a) transact all of their respective activities on arm’s length terms;

 

  (b) keep accurate and complete books of account and comply with the requirements of Clause 14; and

 

  (c) adopt and apply accounting policies and standards in accordance with generally accepted Indonesian accounting principles and practices.

 

18


11 BOARD RESOLUTIONS

 

11.1 Board of Directors’ resolutions

Except or otherwise provided in this Agreement:

 

  (a) The Board of Directors shall meet at least once every 6 months and more frequently as required; and

 

  (b) resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be passed by a simple majority of the members of the Board of Directors in writing or present or represented at a meeting, including by video teleconference, unless, and only to the extent, required by law whereby any resolutions passed at a meeting shall be recorded in a minutes of meeting signed by all directors present or represented at the meeting.

 

11.2 Board of Commissioners’ resolutions

Resolutions of the Board of Commissioners shall be passed by a simple majority of the members of the Board of Commissioners in writing or present or represented at a meeting, including by video teleconference, unless, and only to the extent, required by law whereby any resolutions passed at a meeting shall be recorded in a minutes of meeting signed by all commissioners present or represented at the meeting.

 

12 GENERAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

12.1 Annual general meetings

An annual general meeting of shareholders of the Company shall be held once in each calendar year within six months after the end of the preceding Indonesian Financial Year.

 

12.2 Extraordinary general meetings

An extraordinary general meeting of shareholders shall be convened by notice issued by the President Director or the Board of Directors:

 

  (a) whenever it deems necessary; or

 

  (b) upon the written request of those Shareholders holding in aggregate at least 20% of the total number of all Shares on issue, which request must state the matters to be dealt with at the meeting.

 

12.3 Chairman

Subject to the Articles, the President Director shall act as the chairman of all general meetings of Shareholders but shall not have a second or casting vote.

 

12.4 Quorum

 

  (a) Subject to Indonesian law, the quorum for a general meeting of Shareholders shall be that number of Shareholders (whether present or represented) holding in aggregate at least 80% of the total number of all issued Shares with valid voting rights.

 

19


  (b) If a quorum is not present at a duly convened general meeting of Shareholders within 2 hours of the time set for the meeting to begin, the meeting shall be adjourned for not less than 14 days. The quorum for a reconvened meeting shall be that number of Shareholders (whether present or represented) holding in aggregate at least 55% of the total number of all issued Shares with valid voting rights. If, at the reconvened meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

12.5 Voting Rights

Resolutions at all general meetings of Shareholders shall be passed if approved by those Shareholders present or represented at the meeting holding in aggregate a simple majority of the total number of all issued Shares with valid voting rights other than the following, which shall require the approval of at least 80% of the total number of issued Shares with valid voting rights:

 

  (a) alter or modify the rights attached to any issued shares of the Company;

 

  (b) make any alterations to the Articles of the Company which would result in the rights attached to any issued shares being altered or modified; or

 

  (c) pay or make any dividends or other distributions out of capital, profits or reserves of the Company otherwise than in accordance with this Agreement and the Articles;

 

  (d) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the whole or substantially all of the business, undertaking or assets or the Company;

 

  (e) the Company ceasing to carry on business;

 

  (f) the Company to enter into any joint venture or partnership the terms of which provide for the profits of the Company being shared with a third party and which therefore would give rise to a drain on the profits of the Company;

 

  (g) appoint or remove any directors or commissioners of the Company otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles.

 

  (h) promote or take steps to effect a member’s voluntary winding-up or the making of an administration order, or pass any resolution for winding-up or take any action which would result in the Company becoming insolvent or unable to pay its debts or apply to the courts to order a meeting of creditors or of members of any class of members;

 

  (i) sale of all the shares in the Company; and

 

  (j) merger and split off of the Company.

 

12.6 NGIL Vote

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement no resolution of the Shareholders shall be passed unless with the affirmative vote of NGIL.

 

20


13 DIVIDENDS

 

13.1 Distribution of dividends

 

  (a) Subject to the availability of net profits of the Company in the relevant Indonesian Financial Year, the availability of retained earnings of the Company from previous Indonesian Financial Years, Clauses 13.1(b) and 13.2 and the requirements of the Articles and of Indonesian law for the maintenance of a reserve fund, each of PSU and MKA shall:

 

  (i) after the completion of each Indonesian Financial Quarter Year of the Company, be paid dividends not exceeding US$31,250 for that Indonesian Financial Year, such payment to be made on such dates as the Board of Commissioners may determine;

 

  (ii) after the completion of each Indonesian Financial Quarter Year of the Company, be paid dividends calculated at the rate not exceeding 3.5% of net charterhire actually paid to and received by, the Company in respect of the Pluto Vessel only during that Indonesian Financial Quarter Year, such payment:

(A) to be subject to the amount of net charterhire actually paid to and received by, the Company in respect of the Pluto Vessel only during that Indonesian Financial Quarter Year; and

(B) to be made on such dates as the Board of Commissioners may determine.

 

  (b) Subject to Clauses 5.2(e) and 13.1(a), the distribution of dividends by the Company shall be determined at each annual general meeting of Shareholders based on the audited annual accounts of the Company, provided that:

 

  (i) dividends may only be paid from net profits of the Company in the relevant Indonesian Financial Year or from its retained earnings from previous Indonesian Financial Years, subject to the requirements of the Articles and of Indonesian law for the maintenance of a reserve fund;

 

  (ii) the Company shall not borrow funds in order to pay any dividend;

 

  (iii) the distribution of dividends by the Company shall be subject always to the requirements of financially prudent management of the Company; and

 

  (iv) dividends shall be distributed pro-rata in accordance with the dividend rights applicable to each class of shares.

 

13.2 Interim dividends

Subject to Clause 5.2(e), the compliance with this Clause 13, the Articles and the prevailing Indonesian Law, the Board of Commissioners may resolve to pay one or more interim dividends in any Indonesian Financial Year.

 

21


14 BOOKS, RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

14.1 Maintenance of records and accounts

The Board of Directors shall ensure that the following are maintained:

 

  (a) accurate and adequate accounting books and records maintained in US dollars and in Rupiah and in English on an accrual basis in accordance with both IFRS and Indonesian GAAP;

 

  (b) such other accounting or other records as may be required by the laws of Indonesia; and

 

  (c) all original agreements, records, and reports relating to its activities and operations.

 

14.2 Quarterly directors’ reports

The Board of Directors shall provide unaudited financial statements for the Company within thirty days (25) after the end of each calendar quarter to the Shareholders.

 

14.3 Annual audits of the Company

 

  (a) After the end of each Indonesian Financial Year commencing 31 December 2010, the Auditors shall audit the books and records of the Company, the activities of the Company and the Operations. The Board of Directors shall provide to the Shareholders at the Company’s expense audited financial statements of the Company with a report presented in accordance with IFRS within 45 days of the end of each Financial Year.

 

  (b) The auditors of each Shareholder shall also have the right to review the books and accounts of the Company on an annual basis at the expense of that Shareholder.

 

  (c) The audited accounts of the Company and the Board of Directors’ report shall be submitted in US dollars and in Rupiah and in English for approval at the annual general meeting of Shareholders in respect of the relevant Indonesian Financial Year. Upon such approval being granted, the audited accounts and Board of Directors’ report shall, in the absence of manifest error or fraud, be final and binding upon the Shareholders as to the matters set out in them, subject at all times to Indonesian law.

 

15 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

15.1 General representations and warranties by PSU, MKA and NGIL

Each of PSU, MKA and NGIL represents and warrants as follows.

 

  (a) (Power ) It has full power to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder according to the terms of this Agreement, and that it has taken all necessary corporate or other actions and has obtained all necessary consents and approvals, to authorize its entering into and performance of this Agreement.

 

  (b) (Authorisations ) It is duly authorized and licensed by all relevant governmental authorities to enter into and to perform this Agreement and that it has made and will make all required reports and disclosures to any applicable governmental authority with respect to this Agreement or any activity undertaken in connection with this Agreement.

 

22


  (c) (No obligations ) It has no outstanding commitments or obligations, contractual or otherwise, which would in any way impede its right or ability to enter into this Agreement or to fulfil any of its obligations hereunder.

 

  (d) (No insolvency ) None of the following has occurred and is subsisting, or is threatened, in relation to it:

 

  (i) its:

 

  (A) being insolvent or unable to pay its debts, other than as the result of a failure to pay a debt or claim the subject of a good faith dispute; or

 

  (B) stopping or suspending, or threatening to stop or suspend, payment of its debts; or

 

  (ii) the appointment of an administrator over all or any of its assets or undertaking;

 

  (iii) an application or an order made, proceedings commenced, a resolution passed or proposed in a notice of meeting or other steps taken (other than applications, proceedings, notices or steps that are frivolous, vexatious or lacking good faith) for:

 

  (A) the winding up, dissolution or administration of it; or

 

  (B) its entering into an arrangement, compromise or composition with or assignment for the benefit of its creditors or any or any class of them.

 

  (C) the appointment of a receiver or similar officer to all or any of its assets or undertaking.

 

  (e) (Taxes ) All taxes that have been or deemed to have been assessed or imposed on it and that are due and payable, have been paid by the final date for payment by it, other than taxes for which it has set aside sufficient reserves and that are being contested in good faith.

 

  (f) (Business approvals ) It has all necessary authorisations to carry on its business properly.

 

  (g) (No litigation ) No legal or administrative action involving it has been commenced or taken and is continuing or, to its knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken.

 

  (h) (No conflicts ) Its execution and compliance of this Agreement, and its participation in the transactions contemplated by or undertaken pursuant to, this Agreement will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

 

  (i) any law or regulation; or

 

  (ii) its constitutional documents; or

 

  (iii) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on it or any of its assets.

 

23


15.2 Representations by the Company, PSU and MKA

The Company, PSU and MKA make each of the representations and warranties set out in Annexure A, and undertakes to ensure that each of those representations and warranties is true at all times until the Closing Date.

 

16 INDEMNITIES

Each Party (an “Indemnifying Party” ) shall indemnify and hold each other Party (the “Indemnified Parties”) harmless from, against and in respect of any and all liabilities, losses, costs, damages and expenses (except for consequential liabilities, losses, costs, damages and expenses) which the Indemnified Parties may sustain or incur by reason of the Indemnifying Party’s breach of any representation or warranty made by the Indemnifying Party under Clause 15 or the breach of any material obligation of the Indemnifying Party under this Agreement.

 

17 APPROVALS

During the term of this Agreement each Party shall use its best endeavours expeditiously to obtain and maintain all approvals, licences and permits required under applicable law and policies for maintaining the shareholding of the Shareholders in the Company and for the continued existence and activities of the Company.

 

18 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

18.1 Confidential Information not to be disclosed

 

  (a) The Company and each Shareholder agrees that it shall not, directly or indirectly, at any time either during the continuance of this Agreement or at any time following the termination or expiration hereof, disclose or use any Confidential Information of a Relevant Party (as defined in the definition of “Confidential Information ”) for any purpose other than for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations hereunder or as may be required by law, regulation or effective government policy.

 

  (b) The Company and each Shareholder shall each return all of such Confidential Information and all copies or records thereof to the Relevant Party immediately upon request by the Relevant Party or the termination or expiration of this Agreement and all records thereof in any data storage system maintained by or for the Company or any Shareholder shall be transferred to the Relevant Party’s data storage system or as the Relevant Party directs and thereafter forthwith be deleted from the Company’s or the Shareholder’s data storage system, as the case may be.

 

18.2 Survival

The provisions of this Clause shall forever survive termination of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect.

 

18.3 Breach

The Company and each Shareholder each acknowledges that a breach of this Clause may cause the Relevant Party irreparable harm. In the event of such a breach, the Relevant Party may seek immediately equitable and other relief from a court of competent jurisdiction without having to prove actual damages in accordance with the prevailing laws of such competent jurisdiction.

 

24


18.4 Public statements concerning the Company

 

  (a) The Shareholders shall use their reasonable endeavours to agree the wording and timing of all public announcements and statements by all or any of them relating to the Company or the business of the Company before the relevant announcement is made.

 

  (b) PSU and MKA may not make any public announcement or statement concerning this Agreement or the activities under it without the prior approval of NGIL.

 

19 TERM

This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until:

 

  (a) there is only one remaining Shareholder which is a Party;

 

  (b) the Company has disposed of all or substantially all of its assets; or

 

  (c) it is terminated by agreement between the Parties (other than the Company) or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

 

20 EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

20.1 Reasons for an Event Default

If at any time any Party commits any of the following acts or any of the following events occurs in respect of any Party (the “ Defaulting Party ”), any other Party (other than the Company) may at its election terminate this Agreement by written notice to each other Party, provided that where the Company is the Defaulting Party and the relevant act was committed or the relevant event occurred before the Closing Date only NGIL may give a Termination Notice:

 

  (a) ( material obligations ) the Defaulting Party fails to perform any material obligation under this Agreement and such failure continues for a period of 60 days after written notice of such failure has been received by the Defaulting Party from the Notifying Party;

 

  (b) ( breach of warranty ) any warranty or representation made by the Defaulting Party under or in connection with this Agreement is materially false or misleading when made and is not remedied within 30 days of receipt of notice from the Notifying Party to so remedy;

 

  (c) (i nsolvency, incapacity, etc ) the Defaulting Party:

 

  (i) becomes insolvent, bankrupt or is unable to pay its debts when due;

 

  (ii) stops or suspends, or threatens to stop or suspend, payment of its debts; or

 

  (iii) has an administrator appointed over all or any of its assets or undertaking;

 

  (iv) has an application or an order made, proceedings commenced, a resolution passed or proposed in a notice of meeting or other steps taken (other than applications, proceedings, notices or steps that are frivolous, vexatious or lacking good faith) for:

 

25


  (A) the winding up, dissolution or administration of it; or

 

  (B) its entering into an arrangement, compromise or composition with or assignment for the benefit of its creditors or any or any class of them; or

 

  (C) has a receiver or similar officer appointed to all or any of its assets or undertaking; or

 

  (d) ( change in control ) the power, whether held directly or indirectly and by whatever means (and whether or not enforceable at law or in equity):

 

  (i) to exercise or control the voting rights attached to a majority of the issued shares in the Defaulting Party;

 

  (ii) to Dispose of or exercise a right of Disposal over a majority of the issued voting shares in the Defaulting Party;

 

  (iii) to appoint a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the members of the Board of Commissioners (if any) or other management body of the Defaulting Party; or

 

  (iv) to determine the conduct of the Defaulting Party’s business activities,

at any time resides with any person (or group of persons acting jointly) other than those holding that power on the date of this Agreement, other than:

 

  (A) as a consequence of an on-market transaction involving any of the issued shares in the Defaulting Party or in any Holding Company of the Defaulting Party conducted on a recognised stock exchange; or

 

  (B) where the Defaulting Party would otherwise be NGIL, any transactions arising from the restructuring in any way of the NGIL Group.

 

20.2 Consequences of an Event of Default

Upon an Event of Default by PSU or MKA, NGIL (provided it is not the Defaulting Party) may do as follows:

 

  (a) require the Defaulting Party to sell all of its Shares to NGIL for the amount of the Equity Loan then outstanding by the Defaulting Party to FFPL and in the event that the Equity Loan has been fully paid, the price for such Shares shall be US$1; and

 

  (b) if PSU or MKA or the Company are the Defaulting Party, NGIL shall have the assignable option to purchase the Aries Vessel and/or the Pluto Vessel from the Company, the proceeds of which will be applied by NGIL directly to FFPL, in consideration for the amount owed to FFPL under the Vessel Loan up to the value of the Aries Vessel and/or the Pluto Vessel at the time the option is exercised and no further consideration if the value of the Aries Vessel and/or the Pluto Vessel exceeds the aggregate of such amount at the time the option is exercised.

 

26


20.3 Accrued rights not affected

Termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to the accrued rights and liabilities of the Parties at the date of termination and shall not affect any provision of this Agreement which is expressed to come into effect on, or to continue in effect after, that termination.

 

21 NOTICES

Any notice given under this Agreement:

 

  (a) must be in writing addressed to the intended recipient at the address shown below or the address last notified by the intended recipient to the sender:

 

  (i)   the Company:                    PT Navigator Khatulistiwa
      

Globe Building, Jalan Buncit Raya Kau 31.33,

Jakarta, Indonesia 12740

       Attention: President Director
       Fax No: +62 21 7918 7109
       and
       21 Palmer Street
       London SWIA AD
       United Kingdom
       Attention: Niall Nolan
       Fax No: +44 20 7340 4858
  (ii)   PSU:    PT Pesona Sentra Utama
       Globe Building 6th Floor,
       Jalan Buncit Raya Kav.
       31-33, Jakarta, Indonesia 12740
       Attention: President Director
       Fax No: +62 21 7918 7097
  (iii)   MKA:    PT Mahameru Kencana Abadi
      

Jalan Warung Buncit Raya No. 49 Mampang

Prapatan Jakarta, Indonesia 12740

       Fax No: +62 21 7918 4263
  (iv)   NGIL:    Navigator Gas Invest Limited
       21 Palmer Street
       London SWIA AD
       United Kingdom
       Attention: Niall Nolan
       Fax No: +44 20 7340 4858

 

  (b) must be signed by a person duly authorised by the sender; and

 

  (c) will be taken to have been given:

 

  (i) (in the case of delivery in person) when delivered;

 

27


  (ii) (in the case of delivery by post) ten business days after the date of posting (if posted to an address in the same country) or fourteen business days after the date of posting (if posted to an address in another country); and

 

  (iii) (in the case of facsimile transmission) on receipt by the sender of a transmission control report from the despatching machine showing the relevant number of pages and the correct destination fax machine number, unless:

 

  (A) within 24 hours of that time the recipient informs the sender that the transmission was received in an incomplete or garbled form; or

 

  (B) the transmission control report indicates a faulty or incomplete transmission,

but if delivery or receipt occurs on a day on which business is not generally carried on in the place to which the communication is sent or is later than 4.00pm (local time) on that day, it will be taken to have been duly given at the commencement of business on the next day on which business is generally carried on in the place.

 

22 FRUSTRATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Parties are prevented from proceeding in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement by any reason beyond the control of the Parties, including by law or policy of Indonesia, but excluding any reason entirely personal or internal to any Party, the Parties shall put in place alternative arrangements to those frustrated which have the same practical commercial effect, and which afford the fullest protection of each Party’s rights available at law.

 

23 FORCE MAJEURE

 

23.1 Obligations suspended during force majeure

A Party shall not be liable for any delay in or failure of performance if:

 

  (a) that delay or failure arises from causes beyond its reasonable control including any act of God, strike, lockout or other industrial disturbance or labour difficulty, act of public enemy, war, blockade, revolution, riot, insurrection, civil commotion, lightning, storm, flood, fire, earthquake, explosion, or any action, inaction, demand, order, restraint, restriction, requirement, prevention, frustration or hindrance by or of any person, government or competent authority, embargo, unavailability of any essential equipment, chemicals or other materials, unavoidable accident, lack of transportation and any other cause whether specifically referred to above or otherwise which is not within its reasonable control;

 

  (b) that Party has taken all proper precautions, due care and reasonable alternative measures with the object of avoiding the delay or failure and of carrying out its obligations under this Agreement, provided that nothing in this Clause 23.1 shall require a Party to settle or compromise a labour dispute if to do so would in its sole discretion be contrary to its best interests; and

 

28


  (c) as soon as possible after the beginning of an occurrence which affects the ability of that Party to observe or perform any of its covenants or obligations under any of this Agreement, it has given notice to each other Party of the specific nature of the occurrence and, as far as possible, estimating its duration and the probable extent to which that Party will be unable to observe or perform those covenants or obligations.

 

23.2 Force majeure effects to be overcome

A Party claiming the benefit of Clause 23.1 shall use all reasonable endeavours promptly to overcome the adverse consequences and effects of the event or occurrence in question subject always to Clause 23.1(b).

 

23.3 Parties to meet where continuing suspension

If after a period of six consecutive months the force majeure or its adverse consequences and effects continue to exist, the Parties shall meet in good faith to discuss the situation and use their reasonable endeavours to achieve a mutually satisfactory resolution of the problem.

 

24 RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES

 

24.1 Manner of resolution

Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration in Singapore in accordance with the arbitration rules of the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (“ SIAC ”) for the time being in force, which rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference in this clause without limiting the right of NGIL to file any claim in any other jurisdiction.

 

24.2 Arbitration Tribunal

The tribunal shall consist of 3 arbitrators, one to be appointed by NGIL, one by PSU and one by MKA, with the chairman of the tribunal to be appointed from the 3 aforesaid arbitrators by the chairman of the SIAC.

 

24.3 Language of arbitration

All communications during the arbitration proceedings shall be in the English language.

 

24.4 Arbitral award

 

  (a) Decisions of the arbitrator or of the Board of Arbitration (as the case requires) shall be in writing and shall state the findings of fact and conclusions of law upon which the decision is based and may include an order requiring any disputing Party to take or refrain from taking specific action with respect to the matter in dispute.

 

  (b) The award of the arbitrator or of the Board of Arbitration (as the case requires) shall be final and binding on the disputing Parties and the disputing Parties hereby irrevocably exclude any right of application or appeal to any Court in any jurisdiction whatsoever in connection with any question arising in the course of any arbitration or in respect of any award made.

 

  (c) The Shareholders irrevocably agree to cause the Company to observe and give effect to the award of the arbitrator or the Board of Arbitration.

 

29


24.5 Costs of arbitration

The costs of the arbitration shall be borne equally by the disputing Parties (other than the Company) pending the arbitrator’s or Board of Arbitration’s award. Each prevailing Party in any arbitration proceeding under this Clause 24 shall be entitled to recover the portion of those costs incurred by that Party in connection with arbitration under this Agreement.

 

24.6 Mandate of arbitrator not to expire

The parties hereby agree that the mandate of the Arbitrator or Board of Arbitration duly constituted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect until a final arbitral award has been issued by the arbitrator or by the Board of Arbitration.

 

24.7 Election of domicile for enforcement of award

For the purposes of enforcing any arbitral award only, each of the Parties hereby irrevocably elects domicile at the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of Central Jakarta without prejudice to any Party’s right to commence proceedings in respect of the enforcement of the arbitral award in any other Court whether within or outside Indonesia having jurisdiction over any other Party or any of its assets.

 

25 ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT

 

  (a) This Agreement may be amended only by another agreement in writing executed by all Parties who may be affected by the amendment.

 

  (b) This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to its subject matter and, except as otherwise agreed between the Parties, supersedes all earlier agreements, understandings and other conduct by the Parties with respect to its subject matter.

 

26 SEVERABILITY

If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any document executed in connection herewith shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The Parties shall use their best efforts to achieve the purpose or commercial effect of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision by a new legally valid provision or provisions.

 

27 ASSIGNMENT

Subject to Clause 9 and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of each Party under this Agreement are personal and cannot be assigned, charged or otherwise dealt with, and no Party shall attempt or purport to do so, without the prior written consent of each other Party.

 

28 NO WAIVER

No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Agreement will operate as a waiver. Nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of that or any other right, power or remedy.

 

30


29 COSTS

Each Party shall bear its own legal and other costs incurred in relation to the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and all agreements contemplated by this Agreement.

 

30 MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

30.1 The Company hereby appoints PSU and MKA jointly and severally to manage the overall commercial interests of the Company and to provide the management services described in Annexure B ( “Management Services ”) which appointment each of PSU and MKA is willing to accept on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

 

30.2 Each of PSU and MKA undertakes jointly and severally to the Company to perform the Management Services in a professional and timely manner as per the prevalent industry standards.

 

30.3 Any additional services which may be required by the Company from time to time during the term of this Agreement may be provided by MKA and/or PSU on terms to be agreed with the Company.

 

30.4 PSU and MKA undertake at all times when providing the Management Services to keep the Company indemnified and to hold it harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities which may be brought against or incurred by the Company arising as a result of the negligence or default by PSU or MKA or any of its servants or agents or anyone acting on its behalf.

 

30.5 The appointment of:

 

  (a) PSU and MKA pursuant to Clause 30.1 shall terminate automatically in the event that this Agreement is terminated, cancelled or ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason whatsoever;

 

  (b) PSU pursuant to Clause 30.1 may be terminated immediately upon notice in writing from the Company to PSU if:

 

  (i) PSU becomes or, in the reasonably opinion of the Company, will become, subject to any insolvency proceedings, receivership, administration, bankruptcy or composition for the benefit of creditors;

 

  (ii) PSU is no longer a shareholder of the Company;

 

  (iii) PSU has been in breach of any provision of this Agreement and such breach has not been corrected within ninety (90) days of written notice by the Company;

 

  (c) MKA pursuant to Clause 30.1 may be terminated immediately upon notice in writing from the Company to MKA if:

 

  (i) MKA becomes or, in the reasonably opinion of the Company, will become, subject to any insolvency proceedings, receivership, administration, bankruptcy or composition for the benefit of creditors;

 

  (ii) MKA is no longer a shareholder of the Company;

 

31


  (iii) MKA has been in breach of any provision of this Agreement and such breach has not been corrected within ninety (90) days of written notice by the Company.

 

30.6 Each of PSU and/or MKA shall deliver to the Company, all materials and other documents (including correspondence, list of clients or customers, notes, memoranda, plans, and other documents) made or complied in the course of providing the Management Services or otherwise acquired by PSU and/or MKA, their respective employees or agents or sub-contractors concerning the business or affairs of the Company, if termination of the Management Services occurs pursuant to Clause 30.5.

 

31 GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of England.

 

32 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Executed copies of this Agreement may be delivered, in counterparts or otherwise, for and on behalf of the Parties hereto via fax.

 

33 GOVERNING LANGUAGE

This Agreement has been negotiated and agreed in the English language which shall be the governing and determining language of and in respect of this Agreement for all purposes, notwithstanding that it may be translated into any other language for any reason. In the absence of a Bahasa Indonesia version, the Parties hereby disclaim any benefit from, or any right to cancel or declare this Agreement null and void because of, the absence of a Bahasa Indonesia version pursuant to the Indonesian Law No. 24 of 2009.  PT PESONA SENTRA UTAMA, PT MAHAMERU KENCANA ABADI dan PT NAVIGATOR KHATULISTIWA telah mengambil semua langkah yang diperlukan baginya untuk memahami dan menyetujui sepenuhnya isi Perjanjian ini dan konsekuensi-konsekuensinya.

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

32


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed on behalf of the parties on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

SIGNED for and behalf of   )   
PT PESONA SENTRA UTAMA   )   

by its President Commissioner and its

President Director in the presence of:

 

)

)

  

SIGNED: /s/ Ajie Kusumantoro

     Signature

SIGNED:

    

Ajie Kusumantoro

Witness      Print name
    

SIGNED:

 

Print name

     Signature
     Print name
SIGNED for and behalf of   )   
MAHAMERU KENCANA ABADI   )   

by its President Commissioner and its

President Director in the presence of:

 

)

)

  

SIGNED: /s/ Muhamad Kerry Adrianto

     Signature

SIGNED:

    

Muhamad Kerry Adrianto

Witness      Print name
    

SIGNED:

 

Print name

     Signature
     Print name
SIGNED for and behalf of   )   
NAVIGATOR GAS INVEST LIMITED   )   

by its authorized signatory

in the presence of:

 

)

)

  

SIGNED: /s/ Niall Nolan

     Signature

SIGNED:

    

Niall Nolan

Witness      Print name

 

Print name

    

 

33


SIGNED for and behalf of   )   
PT NAVIGATOR KHATULISTIWA  

)

)

  

by its President Commissioner,

and its President Director,

 

)

)

  
in the presence of:   )   

SIGNED: /s/ Muhamad Kerry Adrianto

     Signature

SIGNED:

    

Muhamad Kerry Adrianto

Witness      Print name
    

SIGNED:

 

Print name

     Signature
    

 

Print name

 

34


ANNEXURE A

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE COMPANY, PSU AND MKA

 

1 GENERAL

 

1.1 No material adverse change

There:

 

  (a) has been no change (nor any development or event reasonably likely involving a prospective change of which the Company is, or might reasonably be expected to be, aware) which is materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, shareholders’ equity, results of operations, properties or general affairs of the Company; and

 

  (b) have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company.

 

1.2 No liability

The Company is not, nor is it potentially, liable for the obligations of any other person.

 

1.3 Not party to agreements

The Company is not a party to any other agreement, understanding or undertaking in terms of which it is or will be bound to share profits, pay any royalties or waive or abandon rights other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement.

 

1.4 Purpose of Company

The Company does not and has not carried on any business whatsoever other than stipulated in the Articles.

 

2 ACCURACY OF INFORMATION

 

2.1 Full disclosure

Each of the Company, PSU and MKA has disclosed to NGIL all information which it knows, or could reasonably be expected to know, that is material to be disclosed to NGIL as intended transferee of or subscriber for Shares.

 

3 TITLE AND SHARE CAPITAL

 

3.1 Share Capital

The authorised capital of the Company is US$45,240,000, divided into 45,240,000 shares, each having a nominal value of US$1.00. The issued and paid-up capital of the Company is US$11,310,000.

 

3.2 Deed of Establishment

The Deed of Establishment (containing the Articles of Association) of the Company is set out in Deed No. 02 dated 9 April 2010 made before Surjadi, S.H., Notary in Jakarta, which has been approved by the MOL under decree No. AHU.22044.AH.01.01.Tahun 2010 dated 29 April 2010.

 

35


4 STRUCTURE

The Company:

 

  (a) is not the holder or beneficial owner of any shares or other capital in any body corporate (wherever incorporated); and

 

  (b) is not a member of any partnership or other unincorporated association (other than a recognised trade association).

 

5 FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS

All information with respect to the financial arrangements of the Company have been disclosed in writing by the Company to NGIL and are due to normal business activities which do not, individually or together as a series of transactions, exceed $50,000.

 

6 LIABILITIES

All information in respect to the liabilities of the Company in excess of $50,000 have been disclosed in writing to NGIL.

 

7 FINANCING

 

7.1 Financing

The Company does not have nor is it engaged in financing of a type which is not required to be shown or reflected in its accounting reports.

 

8 CONDUCT

Each of the following has occurred.

 

  (a) ( Conduct of business ) The business of the Company is conducted in the ordinary and usual course for a single purpose company established for the purpose of effecting the business contemplated by this Agreement and not otherwise.

 

  (b) ( No disposals ) The property of the Company remains in the possession or under the control of the Company. The Company has not created an Encumbrance over or declared itself trustee of any of its assets.

 

  (c) ( Dealings ) The Company has not dealt with any person except at arm’s length except as otherwise disclosed to NGIL.

 

  (d) ( No material adverse change ) There has been no material adverse change in the financial condition or prospects of the Company.

 

  (e) ( Authorisations ) The Company holds a valid SIUPAL Licence and no Authorisation from a governmental authority from which the Company benefits has been terminated, or has expired and could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the profitability of any business of the Company.

 

  (f) ( No issues ) No share or loan capital, security or other right convertible into shares or loan capital has been issued by the Company other than as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

36


  (g) ( Waiver ) The Company has not waived any right or debt owed to it.

 

9 POWERS OF ATTORNEY

 

9.1 Powers of attorney

There is no power of attorney or other authority in force by which a person is able to bind the Company other than normal authorities under which officers or employees of the Company may carry out its business in the ordinary course.

 

9.2 Offers

No outstanding offer, tender, quotation or the like given or made by the Company is capable of giving rise to a contract merely by any unilateral act of a third party, other than in the ordinary course of business and on terms calculated to yield a gross profit margin consistent with that usually obtained by the Company.

 

10 CONTRACTS AND COMMITMENTS

 

10.1 Profit sharing

The Company is not a party to any contract, arrangement or understanding in terms of which it is or will be bound to share profits, pay any royalties or waive or abandon any rights, other than this Agreement.

 

10.2 Binding contracts

Except as disclosed in writing to NGIL, no contract, arrangement or understanding to which the Company is a party:

 

  (a) is outside the ordinary and proper course of business or is otherwise unusual;

 

  (b) has a period of more than 12 months to run from the date of this Agreement until its expiration or termination;

 

  (c) is incapable of being fulfilled or performed on time, or only with undue or unusual expenditure of money or effort;

 

  (d) is not on arm’s length terms;

 

  (e) provides that the Company will act as distributor of goods or services or as agent for another person;

 

  (f) is with PSU or any of them or a person controlling or controlled by PSU or any of them; or

 

  (g) involves or is likely to involve obligations or liabilities which, by reason of their nature or magnitude, should reasonably be made known to NGIL as intended transferees of or subscribers for Shares.

 

10.3 Contracts affected by this Agreement

No party is entitled under any contract, arrangement or understanding because of the issue of Shares by the Company or the compliance with this Agreement:

 

  (a) to terminate the contract, arrangement or understanding; or

 

37


  (b) to require the adoption of terms less favourable to the Company; or

 

  (c) to do anything which would:

 

  (i) adversely affect the interests, business or assets of the Company; or

 

  (ii) result in any of the assets of the Company failing to be disposed of or charged.

 

11 COMPLIANCE WITH LEGISLATION AND ABSENCE OF LITIGATION

 

11.1 No contravention of legislation

The Company has not, nor as far as it is aware, has any of its officers, agents or employees, committed or omitted to do any act or thing the commission or omission of which is in contravention of any legislation.

 

11.2 Disputes

Neither the Company nor any person for whom it may be vicariously liable, is or has been, engaged in any prosecution, litigation, arbitration proceedings or administrative or governmental investigation or challenge as plaintiff, defendant, third party or in any other capacity. There are no such matters pending or threatened in respect of which verbal or written communication has been given or received by or against the Company. Except which has been disclosed in writing to NGIL, there are no facts or disputes which may or might give rise to any such matters.

 

11.3 Orders

The Company is not the subject of any order, waiver, declaration, exemption or notice granted or issued by the MOL or any other person under Indonesian law.

 

11.4 Proceedings Related to Transaction

No action or proceeding in Indonesia, or any other jurisdiction, by law or in equity shall be pending or threatened by any person, company, firm, governmental authority, regulatory body or agency to enjoin or prohibit:

 

  (a) the creation of the new capital structure described in Clause 2.2 and the issuance of the Class A Shares to NGIL contemplated thereby or the right of NGIL to own such shares; or

 

  (b) the right of the Corporation to conduct its operations and carry on the Business in the normal course as the Business and its operations have been carried on in the past.

 

12 AUTHORISATIONS

The Company has all necessary Authorisations to carry on its business properly and the SIUPAL Licenses are valid and in full force and effect. In respect of each Authorization and SIUPAL License:

 

  (a) all fees due have been paid;

 

  (b) all conditions have been duly complied with; and

 

38


  (c) each of the Company and PSU does not know of any factor that might prejudice its continuance or renewal.

 

13 RECORDS

All accounts, books, ledgers and financial and all other records of the Company:

 

  (a) have been fully and properly maintained and contain complete and accurate records of all matters required to be entered in them by any relevant legislation;

 

  (b) do not contain or reflect any material inaccuracies or discrepancies;

 

  (c) give a true and fair view of the trading transactions, state of affairs, results, financial and contractual position and assets and liabilities of the Company;

 

  (d) have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards in Indonesia;

 

  (e) are in the possession and unqualified control of the Company; and

 

  (f) for employee records, contain adequate and suitable records regarding the service of each of its employees.

 

14 TAXATION

 

14.1 Payment of tax

 

  (a) To date, no taxes have been or have been deemed to have been assessed or imposed on the Company, or have been required to be withheld from any payment made by the Company to another person which are due and payable, have been paid by the final date for payment by the Company.

 

  (b) The Company has not entered into any agreement or arrangement which extends the period for assessment or payment of any taxes.

 

14.2 No disallowance

Nothing has occurred in respect of the Company which will cause the disallowance for income tax purposes of either the carry forward of losses as at or after the Closing Date or the deduction of losses incurred after the Closing Date.

 

14.3 Applications

All particulars given to the Government or any Indonesian authority in connection with or affecting any application for any ruling, consent or clearance on behalf of the Company fully and accurately disclosed all facts and circumstances material for the decision of the Government or the Indonesian authority. Each ruling, consent or clearance is valid and effective. Each transaction for which that ruling, consent or clearance has previously been obtained has been carried into effect in accordance with the terms of the relevant application, ruling, consent or clearance.

 

39


14.4 Investigations

All necessary information, notices, computations and returns have:

 

  (a) been properly and duly submitted by the Company to each relevant Indonesian authority in respect of taxes for or in respect of the Company for all periods up to the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (b) will continue to be submitted in respect of periods after the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date in respect of those later periods.

There is no unresolved correspondence or dispute with any Indonesian authority. No fiscal authority has at any time carried out, or is at present conducting any investigation into all or any part of the business or affairs of the Company.

 

40


ANNEXURE B

DESCRIPTION OF MANAGEMENT SERVICES

TO BE PROVIDED BY PSU AND MKA TO THE COMPANY

PSU and MKA shall jointly and severally advise and assist the Company:

 

(a) in business development, marketing and promotion of the Company’s business including but not limited to seeking business opportunities in developing and expanding the Company’s business activities and any related matter which may be deemed necessary by the Company in developing the Company’s business in Indonesia and/or elsewhere;

 

(b) in obtaining and maintaining any licenses and permits from the competent government authority in supporting the Company’s business activities;

 

(c) in running its daily operation including but not limited to financial, taxation, legal and/or contractual matters, human resources, information technology, annual budgeting, strategic business planning and any other required matters;

 

(d) on how to expand its businesses, including but not limited to business expansion, business efficiencies and strategic planning; and

 

(e) in maintaining the existing Aries Time Charter and the Pluto Time Charter with the Time Charterer.

 

41

Exhibit 10.9

FORM OF

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of             , 2013 by and between Navigator Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), and (together with any Other Indemnified Person, “ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, directors, officers and other Persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself;

WHEREAS, highly competent Persons have become more reluctant to serve as directors, officers or in other capacities with the Company unless they are provided adequate protection through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such Persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that the Company should act to assure such Persons that there shall be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, (i) the Second Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (as may be amended, the “ Articles of Incorporation ”) and the Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as may be amended, the “ Bylaws ”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company in certain circumstances, (ii) Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (“ BCA ”), and (iii) the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the BCA expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other Persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and the BCA and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, (i) Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, BCA and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, (ii) Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer without adequate protection, (iii) the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity, and (iv) Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that the Indemnitee be so indemnified; and


WHEREAS, in light of the considerations referred to in the preceding recitals, it is the Company’s intention and desire that the provisions of this Agreement be construed liberally to maximize the protections to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder.

AGREEMENT:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . (a) As used in this Agreement:

Affiliate ” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.

Corporate Status ” describes the status of a Person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of (i) the Company or (ii) any other Enterprise.

Disinterested Director ” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expenses ” shall mean all costs, expenses, fees and charges, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage and delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include without limitation (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from, incurred by Indemnitee in connection with, arising out of or in respect of or relating to any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise, (iii) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and (iv) any interest, assessments or other charges in respect of the foregoing. “Expenses” shall not include “Liabilities.”

Indemnity Obligations ” shall mean all obligations of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement, including the Company’s obligations to provide indemnification to Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

 

2


Independent Counsel ” shall mean a law firm of 50 or more attorneys, or a member of a law firm of 50 or more attorneys, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder; provided , however , that the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities ” shall mean all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, orders, fines, penalties and other amounts paid or payable in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to any Proceeding, including without limitation amounts paid in settlement in any Proceeding and all costs and expenses in complying with any judgment, order or decree issued or entered in connection with any Proceeding or any settlement agreement, stipulation or consent decree entered into or issued in settlement of any Proceeding.

Other Indemnified Person ” shall mean, collectively, each Affiliate of the individual Indemnitee who is the party hereto, any Person who appointed such individual Indemnitee to the Board and any other Person who incurs expenses or is alleged to incur any liabilities for any act or failure to act of the individual Indemnitee who is a party hereto or any such Affiliate.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, governmental agency or body or any other legal entity.

Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, asserted, pending or completed demand, action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, formal or informal hearing, inquiry or investigation, litigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed judicial, administrative or arbitration proceeding (including without limitation any such proceeding under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act or any other federal law, state law, statute or regulation), whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature (each, a “ Claim ”), in each case, (i) in which Indemnitee was, is or will be, or is threatened to be, involved as a party, witness or otherwise by reason of (A) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (B) any actual, alleged or suspected action taken (or failure to take action) by Indemnitee or of any action (or failure to take action) on Indemnitee’s part while acting as director or officer of the Company or another Enterprise, or (C) the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement can be provided under this Agreement, or (ii) in which any Other Indemnified Person was, is or shall be, or is threatened to be, involved as a party, witness or otherwise that relates to, results from or arises out of, directly or

 

3


indirectly, in whole or in part, any Claim in respect of any action or inaction of the Company or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, predecessors and assignees (each, a “ Company Person ”), including without limitation any Claim that alleges that an Other Indemnified Person is liable in whole or in part in respect of any action or inaction by any Company Person under any theories of secondary liability, including without limitation as an alleged aider or abettor, co-conspirator, controlling person or principal, or under any other theories.

(b) For the purpose hereof, references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a Person who acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Section 2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred (and, in the case of retainers, reasonably expected to be incurred) by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding (other than any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor), or any claim, issue or matter therein.

Section 3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, or any claim, issue or matter therein. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court in a final non-appealable decision to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Republic of the Marshall Islands courts or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, and without limiting the rights of Indemnitee under any other provision hereof, including any rights to indemnification pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 hereof, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved Proceeding, claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 4 and without limitation, the resolution or disposition of any Proceeding or claim, issue or matter in any manner other than by adverse judgment (including by means of settlement with or without payment of money or other consideration) or by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

4


Section 5. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or otherwise, a witness or otherwise a participant in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses suffered or incurred (or, in the case of retainers, reasonably expected to be incurred) by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

Section 6. Additional Indemnification . Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4 hereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses suffered or reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, including but not limited to:

(a) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the BCA that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the BCA; and

(b) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the BCA adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to indemnify or hold harmless Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy obtained by the Company except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under such insurance policy;

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

(c) except for compulsory counterclaims or as provided in Section 12(d) of this Agreement, for any Liabilities in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or the Company participated in such Proceeding or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; or

(d) if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful.

 

5


Section 8. Advancement . In accordance with the pre-existing requirements of the Articles of Incorporation, and notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses and Liabilities reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting Section 12(e), advances shall include any and all Expenses reasonably incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement hereunder following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. Any delay or failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay or failure in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) In the event Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification and/or advancement with respect to any Proceeding, Indemnitee may, at Indemnitee’s option, (i) retain counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company to defend Indemnitee in such Proceeding, at the sole expense of the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), or (ii) have the Company assume the defense of Indemnitee in such Proceeding, in which case the Company shall assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) within ten days of the Company’s receipt of written notice of Indemnitee’s election to cause the Company to do so. If the Company is required to assume the defense of any such Proceeding, it shall engage legal counsel for such defense, and the Company shall be solely responsible for all fees and expenses of such legal counsel and otherwise of such defense. Such legal counsel may represent both Indemnitee and

 

6


the Company (and any other party or parties entitled to be indemnified by the Company with respect to such matter) unless, in the reasonable opinion of legal counsel to Indemnitee, there is a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company (or any other such party or parties) or there are legal defenses available to Indemnitee that are not available to the Company (or any such other party or parties). Notwithstanding either party’s assumption of responsibility for defense of a Proceeding, each party shall have the right to engage separate counsel at its own expense. The party having responsibility for defense of a Proceeding shall provide the other party and its counsel with all copies of pleadings and material correspondence relating to the proceeding. Indemnitee and the Company shall reasonably cooperate in the defense of any Proceeding with respect to which indemnification is sought hereunder, regardless of whether the Company or Indemnitee assumes the defense thereof. Indemnitee may not settle or compromise any Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Company may not settle or compromise any proceeding without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, if any determination by the Company is required by applicable law with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto, such determination shall be made (i) if Indemnitee shall request such determination be made by Independent Counsel, by Independent Counsel, and (ii) in all other circumstances, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the shareholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person or Persons making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such Person or Persons upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person or Persons making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification), and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company shall not deny any written request for indemnification hereunder made in good faith by Indemnitee unless a determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification described in this Section 10(a) has been made. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Liabilities and Expenses arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, (i) the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company within ten days of the Submission Date (the cost of such Independent Counsel to be paid by the Company), (ii) the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected, and

 

7


(iii) Indemnitee may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company Indemnitee’s written objection to such selection. Such objection by Indemnitee may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement. If such written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected shall not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until Indemnitee withdraws the objection or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. Absent a timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to before the later of (i) 30 days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof (the “ Submission Date ”) and (ii) ten days after the final disposition of the Proceeding, each of the Company and Indemnitee shall select a law firm or member of a law firm meeting the qualifications to serve as Independent Counsel, and such law firms or members of law firms shall select the Independent Counsel. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person or Persons making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any Person or Persons of any determination and may do so only by adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) Subject to Section 12(e) hereof, if the Person or Persons empowered or selected under Section 10 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if (i) the determination is to be made by Independent Counsel and Indemnitee objects to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and (ii) the Independent Counsel ultimately selected requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation or information relating thereto; provided further, however , that such 60-day period may also be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 60 days, if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the shareholders of the Company.

 

8


(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d) Reliance as Safe Harbor . For purposes of any determination of good faith, to the effect applicable, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including without limitation financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with the reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 11(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) Actions of Others . The knowledge or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(e) hereof, in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 4 or 5 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Sections 2, 3 or 6 of this Agreement is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other Person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

9


(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, unless prohibited under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that Indemnitee not be required to incur Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding; provided that, in absence of any such determination with respect to such Proceeding, the Company shall advance Expenses with respect to such Proceeding subject to Section 8.

Section 13. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of directors, the BCA or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded

 

10


currently under the BCA, the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. The Company will not adopt any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or any contract or otherwise. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement and insurance provided by one or more Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of the Indemnity Obligations, (ii) the Company shall be primarily liable for all Indemnity Obligations and any indemnification afforded to Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of Indemnity Obligations, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise, (iii) any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated to indemnify Indemnitee or advance Expenses or Liabilities to Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding shall be secondary to the obligations of the Company hereunder, (iv) the Company shall be required to indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses or Liabilities to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or insurer of any such Person, and (v) the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated from any claim of contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, in the event any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss which is the subject of any Indemnity Obligation owed by the Company or payable under any Company insurance policy, the payor shall have a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurer or insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurer or insurers under this Agreement. In no event shall payment of an Indemnity Obligation by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for any Indemnity Obligation to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated. Subject to Section 7(a), any indemnification, insurance or advancement provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated with respect to any liability arising as a result of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or capacity as an officer or director of any Person or otherwise is specifically in excess over any Indemnity Obligation of the Company or valid and any collectible insurance (including but not limited to any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company under this Agreement.

 

11


(c) For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Company, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending or possible Proceeding, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for directors and/or officers of the Company that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by the Company’s current policies of director and officer liability insurance, and Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies and such policies shall provide for and recognize that the insurance policies are primary to any rights to indemnification, advancement or insurance proceeds to which Indemnitee may be entitled from one or more Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated to the same extent as the Company’s indemnification and advancement obligations set forth in this Agreement. The Company shall provide Indemnitee with a copy of all director and officer liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials and shall provide Indemnitee with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the same. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(d) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall not be subrogated to the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, including rights of indemnification provided to Indemnitee from any other Person with whom Indemnitee may be associated; provided, however , that the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of any such payment of all rights of recovery of Indemnitee under insurance policies of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(e) The indemnification and contribution provided for in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Indemnitee.

Section 14. Not Employment Contract . The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns (including any Person acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators, but this Agreement shall not otherwise be assignable or delegatable by the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment, consultancy or independent contractor contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any

 

12


Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s relationship with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is governed by the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, the BCA and the Investor Rights Agreement (as it may be amended from time to time), among an Affiliate of Indemnitee, the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ IRA ”).

Section 15. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto, and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the BCA, applicable law and the IRA, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 17. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 18. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

13


(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to:

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H OAD, United Kingdom

Facsimile: 44 (0)20 73404858

Attention: Board of Directors

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 19. Contribution and Partial Indemnity . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Liabilities or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding and (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and transaction(s). If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Liability or Expense, but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 20. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, United States of America, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the United States District Court located in New York County, New York (the “ New York Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the New York Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the New York Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

14


Section 22. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs and Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 23. Third Party Beneficiaries . Each Other Indemnified Person shall be an express third-party beneficiary of this Agreement for all purposes.

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.      INDEMNITEE
By:         

     

Name:        Name:
Title:        Title:
      

     

      

     

      

     

       Facsimile:                                              

 

 

Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Navigator Holdings Ltd.:

We consent to the use of our report dated July 18, 2013, except as to Note 10(b), which is as of November 4, 2013, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Navigator Holdings Ltd. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, included herein, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report contains an explanatory paragraph that refers to Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements and states that Navigator Holdings Ltd. changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition of voyage charters effective April 1, 2013.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

November 4, 2013

 

LOGO

Exhibit 23.5

November 4, 2013

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H 0AD, United Kingdom

Ladies and Gentleman:

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) relating to the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Navigator Holdings Ltd. (the “ Company ”). We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Registration Statement and to the use of the statistical and graphical information supplied by us set forth in section of the Registration Statement entitled “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry”. We advise the Company that we do not have any knowledge that the information provided by us is inaccurate in any material respect. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the provision of such statistical and graphical data supplied by us. With respect to such statistical and graphical data, we advise you that:

 

    certain information in our database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; and

 

    while we have taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believe it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of the Company to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to the reference to our firm in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Industry and Market Data.”

/s/ Nigel Gardiner

Nigel Gardiner

Group Managing Director

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.

LONDON | DELHI | SINGAPORE | S HANGHAI

Drewry Shipping Consultants, 15-17 Christopher Street, London EC2A 2BS, United Kingdom

t : +44 (0) 20 7538 0191     f : +44 (0) 20 7987 9396     e : enquiries@drewry.co.uk

Registered in England No. 3289135    Registered VAT No. 830 3017 77

www.drewry.co.uk